THE GOLDFINCH

BRITAJSTKIA

::' &0 BRAGH.

Xonaor^Lo^n^. ..Cr

THE

BOOK OF THE SALMON:

IN TWO PARTS.

Part I.

THE THEORY, PRINCIPLES, AXD PRACTICE OF FLY-PISHING FOR

SALMON; WITH LISTS OF SALMO>-FLIES FOR SYEE jf

GOOD RIVER IN THE EliPiRE.

Part XX.

THE NATURAL HISTORY OF THE SALMON, ALL ITS KNOWN

HABITS DESCRIBED, AND THE BEST WAY OF ARTIFICIALLY

BREEDING IT EXPLAINED.

Usefally illustrated with nuxaerous Coloured Ed gravmgs
of Salmon-flies, and Salmon-fry.

BY EPHEMERA, [t>>«-^h

AUTHOR OF "A HANDBOOK OF ANGLING:"

BY ANDEEW YOUNG,

OF imERSHIN, MANAGER OF THE DUKE OF SUTHERLAND'S
SALMON-FISHERIES.

LONDON :
LONGMAN, BROWN, GREEN, AND LONGMANS,

PATERNOSTER-ROW.
1850.

CrOLOtjT

LIBRARY

G

SiOLOGY UBAkhi

London :

Spottiswoodes and Shaw,

New-street- Square.

THE FOLLOWING PAGES,

ESPECIALLY THOSE WHICH TREAT OF THE NATURAL
HISTORY OF SALMON,

ARE,

BY PERMISSION, GRATEFULLY INSCRIBED TO

HIS GRACE THE DUKE OF SUTHERLAND, K.G.

IN TESTIMONY OF

THE AI>MIRATION IN WHICH HE IS HELD,

FOR HIS ENLIGHTENED. AND LIBERAL ADMINISTRATION

OF HIS PRINCELY LAND AND WATER

POSSESSIONS, —

BY

HIS OBLIGED AND DETOTED SERVANT,

THE AUTHOR.

London, March 1850.

899581

PREFACE,

I HAVE been for a long time exceedingly desirous
of rendering fly-fisliing for salmon more acces-
sible to the public than it has hitherto been ; and
for some years past have been making advances,
step by step, towards the consummation of my
wishes. I do not think myself unknown to the
majority of the angling community; perhaps I
have a right to flatter myself that I am favour-
ably known to them, for my zeal at least, if not
for my actual services, in their cause ; and, if they
will consent to tax their memory a little, they
will perceive that, both in my periodical writings
and in my books, I have been steadily preparing the
way for the more facile and general acquisition
of the higher branches of angling. Heretofore
my piscatorial prolusions may, in some sort, be

VI PREFACE.

regarded as angling analecta minora ; the present
ones as analecta majora. After the Delectus comes
the Gradus ad Parnassum — after prose compo-
sition come the Porson prize and Sapphics.

I like method, and on it I broke ground, in
" A Handbook of Ansilino;." I be2;an with ele-
raents and concluded with principles and practice.
I took my pupils to an angling academy, and
fitted them for matriculation in any piscatory
university. There I now have them ; and if I
have succeeded in initiating them into the mys
tery and craft of angling for the trout and carp
tribes, and I assume that I have done so, I now
deem it high time to endeavour to put the last
polish on their " halieutics," by exercises on the
"high art" capture of salmon, and by correct
theses on the history and habits of that pride of
our fluvial families.

I self-constitute myself, as it were, a regius
piscatorial professor. I have been a public tutor
in the art these fourteen years, and to enable me
to obtain a higher degree, to fit myself for the
professorial chair, I returned to college again last
year, and passed a very studious term in the

PREFACE. Vll

famous piscatory university of Scotland. The
term was mainly occupied in inquiry, obser-
vation, and practice — in conversations, consulta-
tions, and friendly disputations with the great
masters and practical teachers of the North. I
merely mention this to show, that although I
am a self-elected teacher, I have tried hard not to
deserve being called an idle, or an ignorant one.
I shall state briefly the results of my studies.

The FiEST part of this book will be found to
consist of a code of rules for the practice of
pure fly-fishing for salmon. I presume the
student to be already proficient in the art of
fly-fishing for trout, and taking him at that point
of progress, I place in his hands the salmon-rod.
I tell him of what materials it is to be made ; of
what size and shape it is to be ; and I describe
the winch and lines best suited for it. I tell him
then how to use it, whether for casting the fly,
humouring the fly on the water, or striking,
hooking, or playing a salmon. I show him how
a salmon river is to be fished, and where and
when to the best advantage.

A 4

Vlll PREFACE.

Having done all this with elaborate minuteness,
I proceed to describe the flies the salmon-fisher
must use. To render the description more intel-
ligible, fifteen model flies have been engraved and
coloured. Thirteen are after patterns made by Mr.
Blacker, of 54, Dean- Street, Soho, which I have
myself successfully tested ; and two are after fa-
vourite patterns kindly sent me, by a gentleman
connected with the Foreign Office, and an excel-
lent salmon fisher. These models will furnish
a correct idea of what salmon-flies ought to be,
generally speaking, in colour, shape, and size.

The list of flies described is the largest, and
I think I may say the best, ever published. It
embraces general flies of my own selection, and
local flies, the patterns of which I have had from
the best recognized authorities. For the Tweed,
Mr. Forrest, of Kelso, has dressed for me the
best standard flies ; for the rivers of Sutherland-
shire, and for nearly all the rivers of Scotland,
Mr. Dunbar, of Loch-Inver, has made me the
best patterns, and described the rivers for which
they are suited, and the fit season for using them ;

PREFACE. IX

and Mr. Flinn, of Worcester, has dressed for me
the local flies for Wales. The flies for the rivers
of the south of Ireland, are after patterns by W.
K. Rogers, Esq., of Cork, one of the most ac-
complished salmon anglers of my acquaintance;
and those for the north of Ireland, are made by
Mr. Blacker.

I have taken care to mention the materials
that enter into the composition of salmon-flies,
and given recipes for the dyeing of wools, furs,
silk, and feathers of all those various colours
required by the fly-dresser. I have had a plate
of salmon-hooks engraved, to show their shapes
and sizes, from the largest to the smallest, and
have named the best maker of them.

The Second part of the volume is occupied
with the natural history of the Salmon, including
a minute detail of its habits, with coloured plates,
representing the growth of Salmon-fry, and with
a chapter on the surest means of breeding that fish
artificially. I can recommend, without the slight-
est assumption of vanity, this part of the book to
the attention of the naturalist, as well as to the

X PREFACE.

study of the intelligent angler. It embraces by far
the fullest and truest history of the Salmo salar
as yet extant. It is the work, substantially, of
Mr. Andrew Young of Invershin ; in my opinion,
the greatest living authority on the subject. The
circumstances under which I have obtained from
him the facts adduced are stated elsewhere ; but I
am responsible for the manner in which they are
narrated, for a few trifling addenda to them, and
for some arguments and deductions that naturally
flowed from them.

Lest it may be supposed that I have formed
an exclusively high opinion of the acquirements
and abilities of my friendly coadjutor, I have per-
mission to make known the estimation in which
he is held by one of the foremost noblemen in
the kingdom. In reply to a letter soliciting at
the hands of his Grace the Duke of Sutherland
the honour of inscribing this little work to him,
his Grace, with characteristic kindness, wrote to
me as follows : —

PREFACE* XI

" Dunrobin, October 6. 1849.

« Sir,

" I HAVE to acknowledge the receipt of your
letter, and to thank you for the obliging com-
pliment you oifer.

" I wish I were better entitled to it, by
entering personally into the details which make
the pursuits of the Angler so delightful to him,
as I know to be the case in the instance of many
of my friends and family, and have full reason
to know is more generally so to others.

" I am persuaded that the work you propose
will be highly interesting, as the subject is not
confined to the sport ; and the natural history,
written by an intelligent observer, after much
experience, and observation of the Salmon, can-
not fail to deserve attention, and to be attractive
for all readers.

" I am glad that Mr. A. Young's merits should
be appreciated properly. I think highly of him,
and hope that a change of arrangements, which I
intend in regard to the future affairs of the
Fishings, may secure the continuance of his care

Xll PREFACE.

of the Shin fishing, with a prospect of advantage
to himself, which I should much desire.

" I am very glad that you should have had
enjoyment on the Shin, and hope that you may
continue to have good sport in Sutherland.

" I can have no hesitation in accepting your

offer, made, as I consider it to be, in so friendly

a manner.

" I am. Sir,

" Your obedient servant,

" Sutherland."

I have to hope, and I have done all in my
power to realise my aspirations, that the public
will ratify the flattering anticipations of his
Grace.

The errors of previous writers on the history
and habits of the Salmon, satisfactorily, to my
mind, corrected by Mr. Young, are too numerous
and important for prefatorial enumeration. They
must be read in the text, and afterwards carefully
digested, to be appreciated.

CONTENTS.

PART I.

CHAPTER I.

In laud of Fly-fishing for Salmon — Pleasant Reminiscences
and Anticipations of — The Salmon-fisher's Rod — Its
Size, Make, and Material — Winches — Salmon-lines —
Of what Material, and in what Way, they should be
made — Their length — Gut Casting-lines — A model one
— The Quality of Gut — Caution about Winch and Cast-
ins-lines Paae 1

CHAPTER n.

Throwing the Line and Fly described — How the Rod is to
be held and wielded in casting the Line — The back-
handed Cast — The left and right Shoulder Cast — Straight
Casting eulogised — Mr. Scrope's Way of Casting — Mr.
Stoddart's Method — How to become ambidexter — The
under-handed Cast— The "Welsh Throw" — The Me-
tropolitan straight Cast — Under-handed Casting de-
scribed and commended - - - - 20

XIV CONTENTS.

CHAPTER III.

Working the Salmon-fly through the Water — Mischief of
rapidly working it — Experiments recently made — A
fascinating Manoeuvre — Appearance of the Fly in the
Water — Rendering a long Cast perfect — Hooking a
Salmon — Reasons for striking gently — Eifects of violent
striking — Striking sideways recommended — A practical
Angling Lesson — Success of gentle Striking — Grilse
stronger than Salmon — Effects of Fresh Water on Sal-
mon— Rules for playing a Salmon — Playing one under
Difficulties — How to stop a fleeing Salmon — Salmon-
somersets, how dealt with — How to fish a Salmon-
river — Up-river Fishing recommended — What Spots
should be fished — Angling-pilots — Favourite Haunts of
Salmon — When Salmon rise best — Best Hours for Sal-
mon-fishing Page 39

CHAPTER IV.

On Salmon-flies — A piscatorial Puzzle — Nondescripts —
An old Theory abandoned — Capriciousness of Salmon —
Their unaccountable Predilections — General and local
Flies — A great and general Rule — Feathers, Furs,
Wools, and Silks for Flies — How to dye them various
Colours — Valuable dyeing Recipes — Best Salmon-hooks
— Plate of them — List of Salmon-flies — For the Shan-
non, Tweed, Shin, Laxford, Naver, Inver, Brora, Oikel,
Carron, Carsely, Kirkaig — Sutherlandshire and Rosshire
Rivers described — Flies for the Findhorn, Don, Dee,
and Spey — For the Ballyshannon, Bann, Bush, Black-
water, Lee (Cork) — Killarney and Waterville — Welsh
Flies — General Flies — The Three Graces — Sea- trout
Flies. 67

CONTENTS. XV

PART II.

CHAPTER I.

Natural History of Salmon — Letter from Mr. Young —
Mr. Shaw's Theory doubted — Salmon preparing to
spawn — Length of Spawning Season — Salmon-fry al-
ways in Rivers — Early and late Spawning — Interesting
Facts — Instinct of Salmon — Formation of the Spawn-
ing-bed— Deposition and Impregnation of Ova — Spawn-
ing-bed completed — Length of Ditto — Change of Ditto

— Spawning-bed made piecemeal — Salmon Ova de-
scribed — Growth of Fish in ovo — Interesting Spectacle

— Moment of Anxiety — Satisfactory Experiments —
Gravity of Spawn — Hatching Process — Destruction of
Ova — By what destroyed — Where Salmon do not breed
— Growth of Salmon-fry — Admeasurement of — Always
in Rivers — Migratory Coat — Smolts ready for Sea

— Growth of Salmon at Sea — Unequal Growth —
Handsome and ugly Grilse — Grilse stronger than Sal-
mon, and larger — Rapid Growth of Salmon — Fables
about Ditto — How Salmon leap — Distance of Leaps —
Salmon ascending Rapids — JNIigrating — Atrocious Con-
trivances— Travelling Pace of Salmon — Salmon a fresh-
water Fish — Salmon-fry described — Plates of Ditto —
The " Parr " a Trout — Size and age of the Smolt— Our
and Mr. Shaw's Specimens - - - Page 157

XVI CONTENTS.

CHAPTER II.

Artificial Breeding of Salmon — Artificial Ponds, Pond-
beds, and Walls — Artificial Pond-water — Expression of
Ova and Milt — A great Fact — Exportation of impreg-
nated Ova — Artificial Spawning-trenches — Tending the
Ponds — The Salmon-fry of artificial Ponds — Stocking
with Salmon, Rivers that are devoid of them — Parting
Aspirations Page 230

LIST OF PLATES.

Plate 1. - - - Frontispiece.

„ 2 - - - to face page 88

„ 3. - - - „ 90

„ 4. - - - „ 92

„ 5. - - - ., 94

6.

220
224

„ /. - - - «

„ 8. - - - ., 226

The plate of Salmon-Hooks „ 84

Ti

PURE FLY-FISHING FOR SALMON.

PART THE FlES'il.LJi'TH

CHAPTER I.

IN LAUD OF FLY-FISHING FOR SALMON. ON SALMON FLY-
RODS, WINCHES, LINES, AND ON THEIR MAKE, MATERIAL,
AND MANUFACTURE.

I HAVE many times written about angling apolo-
getically. I have frequently written in its de-
fence, and very often in praise of it. I was
chiefly induced to do so, because the art was de-
fined as the occupation of a ninny by one great
writer = — Dr. Samuel Johnson ; and as the amuse-
ment of a cruel disposition by another — the most
popular of modern poets — Lord Byron. A host
of imbecile babblers and ignorant witlings took
up the cry, and ran, as they thought, this creature
of their contempt to death. They should have
recollected, and the doing so might have cooled

B

2 PRAISE OF FLY-FISHING.

the scent, that one of the leaders of the pack was
very purblhid, and could not see a float or a fly
upon the water, or a fish in it ; and that the other,
when he designated Izaak Walton a " quaint,
old cruel coxcomb," was thinking of the minute
and complacent manner in which the threading of
a worm, or the impaling of a frog on the hook, is
tiiugbtin *^ The Complete Angler, or Contempla-
tive Man's Kecreation." The poet made the
amende honorable to Anglers, when the harmless-
ness and charms of fly-fishing were explained to
him, and the great common-sense moralist would
have done the same, if he had read with genial
attention the poem of one he justly denominated
" a soft and civil companion." I allude to the
poet Gay's " Rural Sports," in which will be
found a pretty description of fly-fishing. Now,
I shall have no apology to make in behalf of the
branch of the angling art in these pages attempted
to be taught, for in the practice of it nothing is
tortured as a bait — neither worm, insect, nor any
other living thing, the lowest or least sensitive
in the scale of creation.

In praise of fly-fishing I shall have to write —
I cannot refrain from doing so. Fly-fishing for
salmon I have, recently, very acutely and abun-
dantly enjoyed ; so much so, that when my mind

A PICTUEESQUE EETROSPECT. 3

reverts to it, forthwith most pleasant recollections
crowd in upon me. I see before me, almost in
palpable form, the Sutherlandshire salmon streams
I, the past season, fished — I see the rocky cHfis,
so monotonous in appearance when not diversi-
fied by the colours and shapes of creeping plants,
through which stony obstructions water has, after
centuries of toil, cut a way of irregular and di-
verse width, and tortuous direction — I see im-
pending mountains, in parts bristling with more
than one species of fir, or shining from the bright-
ness of the agitated birch leaves ; and in the spots
of the mountain flanks, where I do not see
these, I behold the pale violet colour of the blue-
bell, or the pink blossom of the far-famed heather
— I see the spring of the silver-sided salmon,
whether made in wantonness, or to clear some
impediment to its journey towards the spawnino-
shallows, higher up the river : or, more exciting
still, I see the fierce fish, with semi-opened mouth,
either rush like the bull-dog, or steal like the cat,
after the angler's fly, as he draws it inwards to-
wards him — I see the fly seized, and the fish
turn downwards in the water, to skulk with it,
so I fancy, to its subaqueous lair, and there
devour it in solitary greediness — I see frightful
disappointment caused to its gluttinous instinct :

B 2

4 AN EXCITING STRUGGLE DESCRIBED.

no sooner does the angler feel his fly arrested in
its progress by a smart snap and pull;, than he
lifts the point of his rod with a gentle jerk, and
lo ! the unsuspecting fish is hooked.

A stunulatino; stru^rsle is the next thinf^ I se e
— a struggle between the art of the fisherman,
and the innate wily resources and strength of the
fish — disappointed, surprised, and, may be, mad-
dened into instantaneous and furious effort, if it
have been stricken — if the lethalis arundo, the
deadly barb, have been driven into cartilage or
flesh too roughly. I can perceive, by the loud
and rapid ticking of the winch, sounding like the
whirr of an alarum clock, how quickly line is un-
wound by the harpooned fish in its flight ; or I see
it repudiate flight, and sullenly, after a drag or
two, sink nearly to the bottom of the water, and
there, working to and fro with head and tail, endea-
vour to reject the hook, or break from it ; or I see
the hooked fish, still more impatient, throw somer-
set after somerset high above the water, in order
to break from the bit and bridle that hamper the
freedom of its motions. I see the lusty fish break
away from the hook and escape, or I see it rush
circularly round a rock, and cut, by means of a
sharp stony edge, or against a rougher one wear
away to breaking, the gut-rein, which, under other

THE PLEASURES OF DIFFICULT VICTORY. 5

circumstances, would have held in the mightiest
Samson of the salmon race. If these mishaps
and miscarriages recur pleasantly to my recol-
lection, how much more pleasantly to it must
come memories of success — remembrance of pis-
catorial prowess performed under difficulties —
the powerful fish conquered amidst rushing,
roaring waterfalls, amidst rocks on land and rocks
in water, where trees impede the hand and nearly
impassable cliff-paths impede the foot — and the
weapons of conquest a frail rod, of fairy, wand-
like joints, a casting line, and hook, of despicable
fineness and size ! Great and suggestive of good
is the wonder in which we gaze at the silver-sided
salmon — its strength wasted and its struggles
o'er — lying there upon that gravelly or rocky
shore, seduced by a feather-and-fur semblance of an
insect, a winged one, the fanciful creation of some
angling artist's brain, and slain by implements,
which, if the power of leverage had not been
called into action, would have been shivered by
the first adverse plunge of the salmon, as easily
as the reeds of the jungle are smashed by the
rush of the wild boar! The contemplation of
these things is very pleasant ; the far-off", retro-
spective, and prospective contemplation of them,
— for what has happened before, we fondly hope

B 3

G THE SALMON-FISHER S EOD.

may happen again. The performance of them is
still more pleasant ; they call forth strategy and
streno^th — the one tone-restorinsj to the tissues
of the brain, the other stimulating to the blood
and invicroratino; to the muscles. Seek health —
the greatest gift of heaven — where? Alongside
the salmon-streams of England's isles — amidst
the rural toto penitus orbe divisos Britannos,
whether they be Saxon, Gael, Celt, or ancient
Briton. I could say more in laud of fly-fishing
for salmon ; but the immortal admonition of
*' painting the lily and gilding refined gold,"
warns me to eschew superfluous embellishment.

The Salmon-Fisher's Eod. — Before I pro-
ceed to teach how this angling apparatus must be
used, I shall state what it should be in shape,
size, material, and so forth. No salmon fly-rod
need ever be longer than seventeen and a half
feet, and should never be shorter than sixteen.
With two well-made rods of the above lengths,
the widest and narrowest salmon-rivers may be
properly fished, and salmon and salmonid^ of
every size satisfactorily captured. I am fuUy
aware of the advantages of very long and very
powerful rods in wide rivers, and in strong hands ;
and I admit, ccEteris j^ciribus, that a strong man,
six feet in height, with a rod twenty feet long.

ADVANTAGES OF LONG RODS. ?

and winch and line to match, will cover more
water, and capture a greater number of salmon
in less time, than a man of five feet six, with
a seventeen or sixteen foot rod. In all other
respects I suppose them equal ; that the tall man
is as expert an angler as the short one, that their
flies and tackle are equally good, equally w^ell
made, and of equally good material. This equality
being conceded, the only difference will be that
which exists between the length, size, and strength
of the men and their tackle. This difference is
advantageous to the stronger man, particularly in
large rivers, prolific of large fish.

I will detail some of the advantao;es. A lonoj
man with a long rod can throw a longer line than
a short man with a short rod, admitting parity
of skilL A long and powerful rod will carry
a heavier line ; and a heavy line, being as well
made and of as good material as a lighter one, can
be propelled to a greater distance. The upper
joints of a short rod, especially the one that is
technically called the "^small-piece," will frequently
break in the act of casting a long and heavy line
— more frequently than during the act of play-
ing a fish. With a long and powerful rod and line,
the angler has much more power over a hooked
fish, than if his tackle were shorter and slighter,

B 4

8 AVERAGE LENGTH OF POWERFUL RODS.

and consequently he will land his prey in a
briefer space of time. If a horse will sooner
yield to double bit and curb than to single, curb-
less snaffle, so will a salmon more readily feel
the influence — • the severer leverage — of the
lengthy and strong rod. The consequence is
inability — instinctively-felt inutility, if I may
say so — on the part of quadruped or of fish, to
struggle lastingly against palpably superior force.
With a powerful rod one is more confident, and
will boldly stop a fish when he sees it making
for some dangerous part of the river ; whereas, if
he have a slight rod and the rest of his tackle to
match, he will not dare to hazard the attempt,
knowing that it will be sometimes useless and
frequently dangerous to do so. Rapidity of exe-
cution is the chief attribute of a lon^ and stronoj
rod.

A man of the average height, weight, and
strength of Englishmen (5 feet 8 inches, and
lOJ stone), should never use a rod longer than
17 feet, or at the utmost IT^^feet. That is the
average length I recommend for powerful rods.
With it the largest salmon that ever swam can
be safely played and securely captured. A winch
that will carry one hundred or one hundred and
twenty yards of stout line, vrill not destroy the

MEEITS OF THE GRILSE-KOD. 9

balance of such a rod. Twenty-five yards of line
— perhaps, in the hands of a well-trained adept,
thirty yards — may be thrown with it, without
danger to its top-joint or small-pieces, and such a
cast is sufficiently long for all useful intents
and purposes, and the strongest salmon may be
checked in its career — hook, gut, and winch-line,
being of good material — by a rod not exceeding
in length seventeen feet.

The sixteen foot rod is commonly called a grilse-
rod, because it is better adapted for throwing
a light line and small fly than a stouter rod,
which a long one must be, if made in proper
proportion. The rod that can successfully contend
against the agile and enduring powers of grilse,
will not eventually succumb to the brute, but
yielding force, of large well-fed salmon. In
wading, or fishing from a boat, a rod of sixteen
feet is the most convenient and appropriate. No
fish, not even a full-grown sea trout — I am speak-
ing, of course, of the migratory salmon tribe — can
be played into a helpless state of fatigue as
quickly with a small rod as with a large one.
Its pliancy yields to the struggles of the hooked
fish, and consequently the fish's strength is not
so rapidly exhausted, as when it meets with the
stiff-necked resistance a large rod will present.

10 USE OF LARGE AND S3IALL EODS.

As there is more merit, so is there more amuse-
ment, in capturing salmon with a small rod and
slight tackle, than with powerful rod and tackle.
The one is fitter for rough, rapid work, — the
other for gentler and pleasanter proceedings.
With fishing gear almost irrefragable, the most
awkward angler will kill large fish — to do so
with delicate implements, demands the fine hand-
lins; of a finished artist. If I were fishing; for
gain, the big rod should be the instrument I
would use ; — if for mere amusement — for try-
ing pleasant conclusions with fish — a light rod
and slight lines should be my play-things. If I
were proceeding on a salmon-fishing tour through-
out the empire, and limited to the use of a single
rod, the one I would choose should not exceed
sixteen feet in length ; but, if I were not ham-
pered in my choice, I should have one rod of
that length, and another of seventeen feet four
inches, leaving to the giants who delight in com-
bating Spey and Shannon salmon, those pisca-
tory poles, measuring] six yards long and more.
No angler should use a rod oppressive to his
physical powers. The sword of the life-guards-
man is longer and heavier than that of the hussar
or light-dragoon ; yet it 'does not follow, that in
all encounters it shall do most execution. Still it

OF WHAT KODS SHOULD BE MADE. 11

suits best, like the heavy and longrod/the strong
arm, and in that case is to be recommended.

From size of rod, I now come to material,
make, and manufacture. The butt of a salmon-
rod should be made of the best, long-seasoned ash,
fine in the grain, and straight and lengthy in
fibre. There shoidd not be the slightest flaw, or
smallest knot in it. The old shafts of gigs, and
vehicles of that sort, and the handles of old man-
of-war boarding pikes, make excellent butts, be-
cause they are well-seasoned, and have had their
elasticity often tested and called into action.
Butts made from them, if they are without flaw,
will be lighter, more springy or more lively, than
those made of ash, that has never been used or
worked in open air and at all seasons. The only
objection that can be made to ash for butts, is its
general heaviness ; but such objection cannot apply
to it when it is of good quality and sufficiently
seasoned. On the whole, I prefer it for butts to
any other sort of wood. The best substitute for
it in large rods, is red Norway deal ; and in small
rods, hickory. All the middle pieces of salmon-
rods should be invariably made of hickory. When
this wood is of superior quality and eflSciently
seasoned, it is almost as hard and springy as
hammered steel. Besides, its grain is beautiful.

12 RODS OF DEFECTIVE BALANCE.

and it can be stained and polished to an}^ colour
or brilliancy — to that of old oak or rose-wood, to
which elbow-oil for years has been assiduously
applied. It is vastly preferable to lance-wood.
The top-joints of salmon-rods should be of the
finest bamboo cane, and I see no objection to a
short piece of lance-wood at their thick ends.
Every salmon-rod should have two small-pieces
and three tops, one of which, for strong w^ork,
should be made of rent and glued bamboo cane.
These spare small-pieces and top-joints are pre-
cautionary, but by no means uselessly so. They
are remedies for breakage in those joints where it
is most likely to occur.

The best materials will avail little, if the rod-
maker be not a good one. First-rate fly-rod
makers are scarce. Generally speaking, they
understand outward finish, and perform it well.
Balance is what they know least about, and no
wonder, since very few of them, in London at
least, are fly-fishers. If a rod fail in due and
equalised balance from butt to tip, it will be
cumbersome, fatiguing, and of unsatisfactory and
irregular action. There will be more play in
one joint than in another ; elasticity, weight, and
strength, or their opposite?, will be irregularly
distributed, and all the advantages of equi-

JOURNEYMEN ROD-MAKERS. 13

poise — heaviness, lightness, strength, weakness,
springiness, partitioned with graduated evenness
— will be lost. The fly-fisher should test the
balance of the rod before it is brazed and finished,
and if it have defective pieces, or if it be im-
properly tapered or graduated, he can point out
the defects to the artisan. One joint of fresh
wood, or one with a flaw or flaws in it, wiU
destroy the equilibrium of the whole fabric. Rod-
makers are desirous of information. Show them
the remedies, and they will use them. There are,
however, some journeymen, so indolent and care-
less of their employers' reputation, that, although
they discover, in the working, some flaw in the
wood, they will hide it, if they can, by varnish
or other means, rather than recommence the joint
on flawless material, and thus the vendor and the
purchaser are victimised. Such men ought never
to be employed on fine work ; as masters, unable
to rely upon them, cannot guarantee their work-
manship to the angler. Journeymen in the
employ of some master tackle-makers, put in,
for " scamping " — slurring hastily over — their
work, the plea of low wages, and justly, in many
instances, I have reason to know. A cheap
salmon fly-rod is the dearest thing one can buy.
The price should vary from three to five guineas.

14 now RODS SHOULD BE BRAZED.

according to finish, length, and number of pieces.
Spare and rent tops and small-pieces materially
add to the value, and, of course, to the price of
the rod. I am not partial to spliced joints ; they
are troublesome, unsafe, and do not make amends
by any extra pliancy or lightness. I prefer joints
that are single brazed, and to them I prefer
double-brazed ones. The brazing of the shoulders
and tongues of joints is now done to such perfec-
tion, that no material additional weight is super-
induced, whilst the fitting into the ferules is more
exact, and, consequently, the shaking or loosen-
ing of joints is more effectually avoided. Single
brazing is only fit for light rods, and if the wood
be thoroughly seasoned, and the tongues accu-
rately adjusted in the ferules, I should have no
objection to it. I am decidedly opposed to what
are called '^ whippy " rods. The line may be
rolled on to the water with them, but they fail in
straight or round shoulder casts. They also carry
heavy lines and large flies badly. Some people,
when they try London rods in the shops, deem
them too stiff; but this is a fault on the right
side, if the material is good and accurately
worked up, because a day or two of successful
salmon-fishing will do away with the superfluous
stiffness, and reduce the rod to appropriate

WHICH THE BEST SORT OF WINCH. 15

pliancy. Many rods, the joints of which appear
too thick, possess more general elasticity than
rods made of thinner pieces. This is caused by
good material and good workmanship, the latter
producing the desirable balance I have already
described. Very stiff rods are never required,
except in rivers overhung by trees, when the hip,
or under-handed cast, is necessary.

Winches are made perfectly in London. I
have a great dislike to deep and narrow ones.
They either diminish the true balance of the rod,
or impede the comfortable action of the hands
and arms in casting. They possess no intrinsic
merit, not even the alleged advantage of taking
in, or up line, with greater rapidity and regu-
larity— without danger of one coil hitching in,
or being caught, by the other, and so becoming
entangled. The depth and width of a winch
should be equal, or, if there be any difference
made, the width may be less than the depth by
half an inch, in reels that can carry from eighty
to one hundred yards of line. Multipliers are
properly repudiated by practical fishermen. The
well-finished check-winch is the best of all. It
must not be too free in its action, but just stiff
enough to keep the line taut when the fish darts
away with it, nor should it give out line when a fish

16 ' WINCH-HANDLES.

is struck, or rather in the striking of a fish ; nor
be so loose in play as to let out line when the
fly is worked against the current, or lifted from
the water for the repetition of a cast. I would
rather have its action a little harsh at first, be-
cause I know that every salmon that runs out its
line bravely, will add, infinitessimally no doubt,
to its freedom of play. The scoop and cross-bar
should be of one solid piece, and should be riveted
to the plates by, at least, three strong rivets on
each side. Winch fittings cannot be too strong.
The shoulder of the handle of a winch should lie
close to the plate, or be guarded by a raised rim
running round the edge of the plate on the
handle side. This will prevent the line from
catching between the handle and the plate, and
it will also prevent the handle from being bent
or broken by a fall, or any other accidental col-
lision. For the future, I shall have my winches
bronzed, and the knobs of the handles, instead of
being made of brittle bone or ivory, shall be made
of horn, or some other substance hardy enough to
withstand a good thump against a rock's side.

Salmon-Lines. — Winch salmon-lines should
never be twisted. Twisted lines never uncoil
perfectly straight. They invariably kink in a
more or less degree, and attrition against the rod-

THE BEST SORT OF WINCH-LINES. 17

rings causes them to fray. A line that frays
never runs freely through the rings, either in
casting, or in playing a fish. Many a hooked fish
is lost by the sudden hitching of a frayed line in
one of the top rings, and many a rod is broken
by a similar incident. Winch- or reel-lines should
be always platted, because they have a greater
tendency to lie at length than in coils, and they
are not liable to fray. The materials of which
they are made can, in the manufacture, be com-
pressed into a slighter volume, so that a thin
platted line shall be stronger than a thick twisted
one. Platted lines should be made of silk and
hair ; the silk predominating, and being of good
quality. The reason that many of the platted
lines now made are too light is, that the silk used
in the fabrication of them, is the worst quality
of Chinese silk. If substantial, raw Italian, or
Persian silk were used, lines would not only be
stronger but heavier, and thin ones would suffice
to carry out heavy casting-lines and flies. I have
seen platted lines made of silk and fine gut, and
I am of opinion that if they were made with
care, and of materials carefully selected, they
would be the best of all winch-lines. They could
be thrown farther, would be less liable to kink,
and would be more enduring than any other
c

18 PROPER THICKNESS OF WINCH-LINES.

species of line. Eighty yards of such a line, of
the thickness of breeding-cage wire, would be suf-
ficient to cope with tlie stoutest Tweed or Shannon
salmon. I do not approve of lines that taper
sharply. They are only fit to carry out fine cast-
ing-lines and small flies, and can never be thrown
well with a large rod, or against an opposing wind.
I am opposed to very thick lines. They may be
useful in making the under-handed cast, but for
the fair, free cast from the shoulder, they are un-
necessary. They are, generally speaking, a cum-
brous nuisance, requiring a large, unwieldy winch,
and they imbibe too much water for light and
graceful casting. No platted salmon-line need be
thicker than the barrel of a partridge wing-feather.
I am greatly in favour of single gut casting-
lines, and twisted treble gut ones I would not
use except for spring-fishing. A model line should
consist of three or four links of single gut at the
extreme or fly-end, then a couple of double gut
links, and, lastly, as many of treble gut, to meet
the w^inch-line, and be looped on to it. The
last treble gut-link should tally in thickness with
the end of the reel-line to which it is joined.
Provided the gut be fresh and good, I do not see
the probability of any fish, under ordinary circum-
stances, snapping asunder a line made as just

GUT CASTING-LINES. 19

stated. Treble gut lines are for the most part
twisted. I should prefer them platted, for the
same reasons that I prefer platted winch-lines to
twisted ones. On the goodness of the gut depends
the goodness of the line. If each link and knot
be not honestly tested by the maker, the chances
are, the line will be an unsafe one. Too much
stress is laid on the importance of very thick and
round gut. If fresh, transparent, and flawless,
of course it is the best ; but I have seen flat gut
and thin gut stronger than thicker and rounder
links. I prefer quality to rotundity or stoutness
— tackle of fine and compact material, to that
which is massive and porous. I have had slender
grilse-lines with which I should not fear to lead
the " wickedest " salmon within reach of the gafl"
or landing-net. Gut that has been long exposed
in shop windows should never be purchased, and
links that have light rusty-coloured spots on them
should be rejected. In making a casting-line,
the finest links should be those next the fly, and
the thickest next the rod.

Both winch- and casting-lines soon rot if wound
or coiled up in a wet state. At the termination
of a day's fishing, all the wetted portions of lines
should be uncoiled, and exposed to desiccating,
atmospheric, or other action.

c 2

20 FOR WHOM THIS BOOK IS INTENDED.

CHAPTER II.

ON THROWING TUE LINE. — THE VARIOUS MODES OF DOING
SO DESCRIBED AND EXPLAINED.

I CONFESS I find very great difficulty in showing
by writing how a line should be best cast in fly-
fishing for salmon. By the river side, wdth rod in
hand, the thing could be easily taught. I should
fear failure in the attempt I am now about to
make, did I not take it for granted that the ma-
jority of my readers are already more or less
practically versed in fly-fishing for trout. I beg
it to be borne in mind that I am not now writing
for the instruction of mere piscatorial tyros ; that
I am not composing a book solely for fishing fresh-
men, but rather for the finishing study of halieutic
graduates. Encouraged by the conviction that the
fly-fisher for trout will understand me, though,
perhaps, I shall write too minutely to be very
clear, I shall proceed to lay down new rules for
throwing the salmon-line, and then have recourse
to what I have written before, and what a few
others, whom I consider citable authorities, have
before and since written on the subject.

HOW TO HOLD THE SALMOX-EOD. 21

The salmon-rod is to be held with both hands,
one above, and the other below the winch. In
throwing from the right side, the right hand is to
grasp the rod above the winch, the left below it.
In casting from the left shoulder, the left hand is
to be first and the right last: that is, it must
clutch the rod between the winch and the extreme
butt-end of the rod. In fishing down a river on
its right side, the left-shoulder cast is to be used ;
in fishing from the left bank, the right-shoulder
throw is the proper one. Stand at the head of a
stream, looking down it as it nms from you, the
bank on vour ris^ht side is the riorht-hand bank :
that on the left, the left-hand shore. In as-
cending a river, the left-hand bank is on your
right side, and the right-hand bank on your left.
This explanation may be deemed superfluous, but
I fancy it will enable me hereinafter to be more
perspicuous than if I had not given it.

Ill suppose the salmon-fisher coming down the
right side of a river, and that above him, to his
right, are cliffs or trees, — how can he bring back to
that side over his right shoulder, rod and line, with-
out causiug them to come into collision with the
impediments behind him on his right ? He can do
so in two ways — ■ the first in greater part wrong,
the other perfectly right. The first and imperfect

c 3

22 THE BACK-ITANDED CAST DESCRIBED.

way, I call the back-handed cast. It is performed
thus : — the point of the rod held nearly perpen-
dicularly up before you — the forward and up-
ward slanting direction being very slight indeed —
the point of the rod is SAvept to the left, and with it
the line, to its entire development ; then the hands,
— no, not both, but the right one, — wrist, and
fore-arm, are turned over, backw^ards, to the right,
and the rod brought round in the same direction ;
the line is turned over circularly, and propelled
down or obliquely across the current. I fre-
quently throw in this way, for the purpose merely
of easing the arms, fatigued from the monotonous
action of throwing over-hand from the right or
left shoulder. It will be seen that the effect of
this throw vv'ill be to carry the line clear from the
bank behind, up and over the river, and then to
bring it back over the current's course, and cause
it to alight down stream to the right. Notwith-
standing, the action of the arms must be cramped,
for it is reversed in the over-handed throw, and
the cast must be very limited in extent. Be-
sides, when fishing from the right bank of a
river, the fly can never be so neatly worked
against the water with the right hand holding
the rod above the winch, as when the left hand
holds it there. The second method of casting

THE LEFT-SHOULDER CAST EXPLAINED. 23

from the right bank, and which is the proper one,
I will now explain.

You hold your rod, the left hand being above
the w^nch, and the right one beneath it ; left leg
foremost, and left side towards the river. You
bring your rod round, by, over, and beyond the
point of your left shoulder, which motion will
carry the line to its full extent upwards over the
bed of the river, and feeling that the line is so
extended, you bring back a little, in the direction
you are going to cast, the point of the rod, and
making use chiefly of the action of the left arm,
you propel the line forward by a motion you give
the rod, as if you were going to strike at some-
thing hovering in the air before you. The for-
ward motion of the rod will be checked at a short
distance, unless you bend forward with it, and
the line will be sent straight out, the fly and gut-
line, to which it is attached, coming first in con-
tact with the water. Giving the arms and bending
the body too much with the rod, in making the
cast, is a very bad habit, as it brings the point of
the rod too close to the surface of the water,
deadens its elastic and propelling action, and causes
the line to fall in a loose and slovenly manner
on the water. This left-shoulder cast is only
absolutely necessary when you are fishing from

C 4

24 THE STRAIGHT RIGHT-SHOULDER CAST.

beneath the right bank of a river, and have behind
you impediments to a right-hand sweep of your rod
and line. If the right bank be flat or shelving — if
it be clear of obstructions — I can see no material
objection to right-shoulder casting from off it.

The stniight right-shoulder cast is done thus :
the right hand holds the rod above the winch,
the left below it ; the right side is next the river,
and, of course, the right foot is foremost. You
bring your rod and line boldly and freely in a
fine, easy, wide, semicircular sweep over your
right shoulder, and then you send them forwards
by communicating to the right fore-arm sharp
action, as if you were going to hit something ele-
vated before you with the soft part of your closed
hand, on the little finger side. If all this com-
pound action — bringing back the rod and line
over the right shoulder, and then sharply sending
them forward — be performed dashingly and
energetically, without nervousness, stint of sweep,
and strength, your fly will be sent straight away
to its destination, similarly to, but not so swiftly
as, an arrow shot from above at an object sitting
beneath you on the water, at a distance of ^ve-
and-twenty or thirty yards. The straight casts,
whether from the left or right shoulder, are, gene-
rally speaking, the best. At any rate, executed

STKAIGHT CASTING EULOGISED. 25

by a proficient, they are always the neatest, and
should by beginners be^the first learnt, and then
practised unto perfection. They can be performed
with great accuracy, so as to enable the angler
to determine, almost to an inch, the precise spot
on which his fly is to fall. They cause the fly
and casting-line to touch the water first, and
enable you to commence working the fly, or
showing it to the fish, sooner than you could do
if much of the winch-line came in contact with
the water simultaneously with the casting-line.
The efiPect of the straio-ht cast is less disturbance

o

to the water than that of any other species of
cast ; the only defect that can be attached to it
is, that, perhaps, you cannot by its means throw
so far as by using the side, or rolling cast, of
which I shall speedily speak.

Throwing the line well being of such import-
ance in fly-fishing for salmon, I will quote from
" A Handbook of Ansflino; " what I wrote on the
subject two years ago, making use at that time,
as I shall now, of the observations of others : —
" ' Casting the fly is a knack,' " says Mr. Scrope
(" Days and Nights of Salmon-Fishing "), " 'and
cannot well be taught but by experience. The
spring of the rod should do the chief work, and
not the labour of your arm. To effect this, you

26

should lay the stress as near the hand as possible,
and make the wood undulate from tliat point,
which is done by keeping your elbow in advance,
and doing something with your wrist, which is
not very easy to explain. Thus the exertion
should be chiefly from the elbows and wrists, and
not from the shoulders. You should throw clear
beyond the spot where the salmon lie, so that
they may not see the fly light upon the water ;
then you should bring the said fly round the
stream, describing the segment of a circle, taking
one step in advance at every throw. In this
manner the fish see your fly only, and not the
line. It is customary to give short jerks with
the fly as you bring it round, something in the
manner of minnow-spinning, but in a more gentle
and easy way, and I think this manner is the most
seducing you can adopt; it sets the wings in a
state of alternate expansion and contraction, that
is extremely captivating.'

" I think I can make Mr. Scrope's directions
touching casting the salmon-fly somewhat more
easily understood. Hold your salmon-rod by
grasping it with the right hand above the winch ;
with the left, beneath it. Grasp it firmly, and
poise it backwards by the strength of your fore-
arms, as you would a long-handled light axe, with

^' A HANDBOOK OF ANGLING" QUOTED. 27

which you were meditating a smart blow on an
object placed above and opposite to you. Lift
your rod perpendicularly, and bring its point
semicircularly round over your right shoulder,
the fly and line sweeping round at the same time,
but in a far larger semicircle. When, in bringing
your rod and line round, your right hand has also
come round over the right shoulder, and almost
into contact with the right side of the head,
propel your rod and line forwards with a strong,
sharp fling, whose action is commenced by the
hands and wrists, and terminated and completed
by the muscular power from elbow-joints to
finger-tips being called into forcible play. In
making very free and long casts, recourse must
be had to the propelling force cf the upper as well
as of the fore-arms ; in fact, in these long casts
you must throw clean from the shoulder. In
throwing from the left bank, between trees, &c.,
do not elevate the rod over either shoulder ; hold
it out before you in a slightly elevated, horizontal
position, and, bringing it back sharply to the
right, turn it over towards the left, and you will
be able to ' chuck ' your line and pitch your fly
downwards with the current. This is one of the
ways I would recommend in fishing the left bank
of a river, from which trees and rocks present

28 A FORMER ADMONITION RETRACTED.

impediments to the straight, right-shoulder cast.
By moving your rod before you several times
from right to left, to get your line and fly into
easy balancing swing, you can cast sideways
backwardly from left to right, and so fish the
obstructed part of a stream lying to the right of
you. It would be better, however, to place the
left hand above the winch and throw under-handed,
performing what is called ' the hip cast.' "

I wrote, in " A Handbook of Angling," a pas-
saoje which I now retract, as containins; too strin-
gent an admonition. It is this : — " Your fly
and gut-line must always fall first upon the water,
and not roll on to it by means of the Avinch-line
first coming into contact w^ith the liquid surface.
The rolling descent of the line and fly should be
avoided totis viribus, with mortal might and main."
This is too strong. The winch-line may be rolled
on to the water with advantage frequently. Some-
times you cannot cast without doing so, as, for
instance, when you are fishing close below a
bridge, or any other obstructing object, high rock
projecting into the water, or tree on either side
above you. You must then chuck or skew your
line on to the w^ater, which a portion of the winch-
line will touch first, sending straight before it
casting-line and fly. Although not a graceful

MR. STODDART, ON THROWING THE LINE. 29

mode of casting, it has utility in its favour, and
as salmon are not so easily scared as trout by a
line's plash on the water, no harm can result from
it. Recourse must be had to it, therefore, at all
times when impediments would hinder the deve-
lopmeijt of the line sent semicircularly backwards
from the right hand or the left.

Let us now see how Mr. Stoddart teaches
casting with the salmon-rod. That gentleman
says : — "In fly-fishing for salmon, the casting of
the line is generally managed, first of all, by
raising the rod back over the left shoulder. This
part of the operation requires to be done slowly
and deliberately, with a slight increase of speed
or force on the part of the performer as he pro-
ceeds. He will then, if managing properly, raise
the slipping or employed portion of the line above
and behind him, so that, by further elevating the
rod and brino;ino: it round over his head, both

{no ^

hands being employed in the exertion, he shall
cause the tackle in question to describe, as it
were, a sort of semicircle in the air. He must
then, at the moment the sweep in question is
completed, and the rod has attained its highest
elevation, direct his fly forward by a rapid im-
pulse towards the spot where he wishes it to
alight ; and this should be done without any ac-

30 LEFT AND RIGHT-HAND CASTING COMPAEED.

companying jerk or violent movement, but solely
by a firm continued exertion of strength, as in
the ' putting ' or launching of a large stone or
cannon-ball. This is the left-shoulder method of
throwing the salmon-line; and is commendable,
not so much on account of its being more easily
managed than the other, but chiefly because of
the advantage it gives the angler when under a
bank, or in advance of shrubby ground, when his
hook, were it suffered to fly back instead of being
kept aloof over his head, w^ould frequently find
its anchorage behind, and thus endanger the safety
of rod and tackle, as well as try the patience of
the thrower. But there is no reason why, under
favourable circumstances, right-shoulder casting
should not be resorted to. I think, for my own
part, that the fly hove from the right shoulder
generally alights on the stream's surface Avith
greater lightness, and may be directed with more
accuracy towards the desired spot." The trout
fly-fisher, with very few exceptions, when he first
begins to handle the salmon-rod, will find the
right-shoulder cast the most easily accomplished.
Unless a man be what is called left-handed, his
right hand is the fittest for taking the lead in all
brachial exertions. It has natural advantages,
which would remain exclusive ones in many in-

HOW TO BECOME AMBIDEXTER. 31

stances, did not practice and exercise with the
left hand and arm counteract the monopoly. In
salmon-fishing, the powers of neither arm should
be constantly and exclusively called into opera-
tion. They should be brought into play alter-
nately, so that in changing hands no awkwardness
or inconvenience may ensue. Alternately ex-
ercising each hand and arm, will render the
salmon-fisher ambidexter — a most advantageous
consummation.

In order that the reader may not lack any in-
formation on the various modes of throwing the
salmon-line, I shall quote passages from two of
the most recent writers on the subject. Mr. J.
Colquhoun, in his new work *, says : — " Some
anglers have an additional piece to screw on their
rods for long casts ; a very thin butt is required
when this piece is not added, and it is more apt
to twist the rod. If equal in other respects, a
man who has the power of throwing a very long
line has the same advantage over a less gifted
friend, in this particular, that a far-killing gun
has over an inferior one, both in the same skilful
hands. I should therefore advise every aspirant
to excellence in salmon-fishing, to attain this

* " Rocks and Rivers, &c." published last season, by
Mr. Murray, Albemarle Street, London.

32 THE UNDER-HANDED CAST.

knack (the throwing of the line) in the greatest
possible perfection. Some anglers who throw the
longest line make it " swirl " out upon the water,
the hook appearing to alight last. Others cause the
fly to hover for a moment, and touch the water
before any part of the line. These last appear
the neater fishers, but the others command more
water. In fishing a salmon-cast, throw a point
down stream, bringing your hook gradually
round by short jerks, but always keep it two
points against the stream, and never bring it in
so straight towards you as in trout-fishing. * In
dead water, when a very long cast, you may
throw straight out, bringing your fly round, by
keeping the point of the rod up, instead of down
stream. There is an under-handed throw much
in use on the Spey, which prevents the line from
circlino; behind. Of course this is a ""reat advan-
tage among trees or other obstacles. It is gene-
rally practised up stream |, and the line with its
' swish ' upon the w^ater goes over all the fish

* The advice embodied in this and the following sentence
is not orthodox. By and by I shall show how the salmon-
fly is to be properly worked in the water.

I If so, it is a very bad practice. All casts should be
down stream, and the working of the fly must be up stream,
or afjainst it.

THE "WELSH THROW " DESCRIBED. 33

before they see the fly, which appears to me a
great objection. These Spey fishers can throw this
under-handed cast as far as an expert hand in the
ordinary way. A peculiar rod is necessary, which
must be very stiff. Indeed, a common sahnon-
rod would be apt to break in the hands of these
fishers. The cast is easily learned, but must be
seen to be thoroughly understood."

The second * of the two authorities I have just
referred to, writes: — "We" (I fancy the author
means salmon-anglers of Wales, the Wye, and
rivers contiguous,) " have a mode of sending out
the fly in quest of salmon, known, I believe, by the
name of the ' Welsh throw.' The fly is brought
as near you as the length of line will admit, by
drawing the rod, almost perpendicularly or in-
clining a trifle, behind you, either on the right hand
or the left, immediately delivering the line be-
fore, while the fly and several yards of line remain
on the water. The line in this case sweeps along
the water, and the fly reaches the surface last.
To accomplish this throw the rod must be well
proportioned to the line. If the rod be powerful,
so must be the line. If the rod be lighter, the
line must be proportionably so, else to succeed is

* " The Rod and Line, &e." just published by Longman
&Co.

34 ADVANTAGES OF THE

impossible ; and without a line made for the
express purpose, no man can accomplish the
throw. The line must increase in thickness from
the point for about twenty-five yards ; nearly the
last half of these twenty-five yards being very
heavy. The object of this is, that the weight of
the upper part shall be such as to force forward
the lighter end, with the gut and fly. The
greatest weight of line being at the point of the
rod, sends out the lighter part with much less
exertion to the angler than is required for the
usual over-handed throw. And it possesses an-
other material advantage : that you can fish those
catches or casts from the bank, which you could
not command, unless in a boat ; for, as the line is
never brought behind you, no rock, tree, or bank
impedes the throw. The fly, too, can be pitched
very much farther by this than by any other
means. The economy of manual exertion, the
being enabled to fish in any cramped place, and
the sending out a greater length of line, surely form
a triad well worthy the salmon-fisher's notice."
I think one sentence in the above passage — on
the whole a very useful one — somewhat obscure,
and therefore requiring elucidation. The sen-
tence I mean is this : — "^ The fly is brought as
near you as the length of line will admit [that is.

AN ALLEGED OBSCURITY CLEARED UP. 35

in my interpretation, drawn in the water towards
your feet as closely as the length of line out from
the top of the rod will allow — you could draw it
quite close if the length of the line out did not
exceed the length of the rod], by drawing the
rod, almost perpendicularly or inclining a trifle,
behind you, either on the right hand or the left,
immediately delivering the line before you, while
the fly and several yards of line remain on the water.
The line in this case sweeps along the watery and
the fly reaches the surface last." The words in
italics contain chiefly the obscurity I complain
of. To my comprehension the author means that
whilst the fly and some of the line are not as yet
lifted from the water, the rod is moved back and
then propelled sharply forwards. Now, by this
double motion, the fly and line must be lifted
from the water and brought in an upward direc-
tion towards you, but not behind you, else you
could not force them forwards. When they are
sharply driven forwards, the winch-line touches
the water first, and the instant it touches it, the
casting-line is shot on straight before it. This
cast is the straightest from the shoulder of all ;
but unless it can be made in an oblique direc-
tion down stream, it is far more useful to the
trout-fisher than to the salmon-angler, for this

D 2

36 THE METROPOLITAN STRAIGHT CAST.

reason, tbat the trout-fislier, having thrown across
the water fairly opposite to him, can work his
flies down with the current, whilst the salmon-fly
cannot be so worked. If the attempt were made,
the salmon-fly would either roll over as it went
with the current, or it would float down irregu-
larly on its side. At any rate, its feathers and
fibres would be sometimes all of a heap, and some-
times spreading and sprawling in the water, ter-
rifying rather than attracting fish.

The cast I have been just commenting on is
practised, but somewhat differently, by London
fly-fishers for trout. They do not — I mean those
who have learnt the style recently in fashion on
the metropolitan counties' rivers — bring the rod
and line round over either shoulder, but straight
backwards over the right clavicle, and balancing
them over it by two or three bold movements of
the rod and line backwards and forwards, they
finally fling straight before them vigorously ; and,
though the winch-line touches the water first, the
casting-line is driven forwards to a very con-
siderable distance. I do not think this method
should be contemned. By its means, fish rising
far from one, can be reached ; but it labours under
a disadvantage, viz., that it cannot be well prac-
tised unless from the right shoulder, and that

UNDEK-HANDED CASTING DESCRIBED. 37

obstructions in the rear of the angler are fatal
to it.

Next to the casts already described, from either
shoulder, right or left, by bringing the rod and
line semicircularly round the point of the shoulder,
and when the line has fully developed its length
rearwards propelling it forwards, so that the
casting-line shall fall first on the surface of the
water, I like best under-handed casts from left or
right side. In performing these, the rod is held
forwards horizontally, with the hands and arms
projecting in a line with the termination of the
ribs. If the right hand is first, the rod is brought
in a horizontal sweep to that side, and then urged
sharply in an opposite direction, by which means
the fly and line are pitched far to the left side,
the latter touching the water first, the former
alighting on it last. Pitching the rod, line, and fly
in this way, is done by a motion not unlike the
way a cricket-ball is pitched by a round, over-
handed throw, or not very unlike the way a stone
is " skewed " on the surface of the water to make
what boys call " ducks and drakes." The winch-
line falling first on the water makes the duck, and
the casting-line and fly falling farther ofl" make
the drake. In casting under-handed, with the left
hand grasping the rod above the winch, the rod

D 3

38 UNDER-HANDED CASTING COMMENDED.

and line are brought backwards horizontally to
the left side, and then propelled down stream to
the right. I strongly recommend the practice of
casting under-hand. It is the best substitute for
over-hand, or any sort of casting from the shoulder ;
and an adept at it will be rarely nonplussed by
natural or artificial obstructions obtruding them-
selves in any way or on any side. A short or a
long line can be well thrown by these side-casts,
and it is not always necessary to develope fully,
in a backward direction, the line in making them.
The line need only be brought partly back, and
then turned over by a turn of the rod ; and simul-
taneously with the turn, shot forwards over, and
on to, the water.

I am afraid I have been tediously minute in
this chapter. Should I be considered so, my de-
fensive plea must be " the love I bear for salmon-
fishing is in fault." That love renders the faintest
features of the art interesting in my eyes, and so
I could not refrain from elaborating them usque ad
unquem.

THE MOST DESIRABLE ANGLING TACT. 39

CHAPTER III.

ON WORKING THE SALMON-FLY THROUGH THE WATER, AND

ON HOOKING AND PLAYING SALMON. HOW SALMON- RIVERS

ARE TO BE FISHED.

The composition of this chapter will afford me
pleasure. I commence it cheerily because its sub-
jects are pleasant ones. I have studied and prac-
tised them carefully, in right mood, I fancy, of
mind, and with correct performance of hand.
They are of immense importance. A man may
be able to throw a line into a nut-shell floating on
the water at a distance of thirty yards from him,
but if he do not know how to humour his fly and
hook his fish, his casting skill will be mex'cly a
parade acquirement, very seldom leading to con-
flict or victory. Tact in working the salmon-fly,
and in striking and hooking a fish, is more valuable
than any other species of angling tact, and happily
there is no great difficulty in the way of its com-
plete acquisition. If I possess any piscatorial
tact, it is that in praise of which I have just
spoken.

The error of the majority of salmon-fishers lies

D 4

40 WORKING THE FLY THROUGH THE WATER.

in their working the fly through the water with
too much force and rapidity. I am told, and I
have reason to believe it from some personal ob-
servation, that the error is more frequently com-
mitted by Irish salmon-fishers than by Scotch.
The latter, however, perpetrate it commonly
enough to be adjudged sinners requiring earnest
admonition. I advise gentle working of the fly
through and against the water, with no more
action than is required to display before the eyes
of the fish the artificial bait attractively ; with no
more speedy power than can be easily compassed
by a pursuing fish.

The salmon-fly is always to be worked or hu-
moured against the current, never with it ; to
be worked up and down beneath the water's sur-
face, head foremost and onwards towards the
angler, or rather in the direction of the point of
the rod. This is done by moving your hands and
arms up and down, somewhat in the way you
would work a light and free pump-handle. The
up-and-down motion of your hands will commu-
nicate a similar motion to your rod, line, and fly,
— similar in appearance, but not in degree. The
casting-line and fly will be less influenced by the
action of the hands and arms than the rod ; and
the winch-line — at least the portion of it in the

EFFECTS OF WORKING FLIES UP AND DOWN. 41

water — will feel the action less than the rod, but
somewhat more than the casting-line and fly. In
performing this up-and-down action, the line must
be drawn in a little by directing the upward
motion of the rod a little towards yourself.

I will explain the effect of this action, when
properly performed. It is an upright zig-zag
one, with oblique tendency towards the angler.
The rod and line, when lifted up and down, will
cut out empty spaces not unlike those between the
teeth of a saw. ^Yhen the rod and line are lifted
up, so will be the fly, and the resistance it meets
from the superincumbent water against which, in
an upward direction, it is forced, will press down
its wings on the body, compressing, of course,
the fibres of the feathery or fur material of which
wings, body, and legs, are made. When by the
next motion, a sinking one, of the rod and line,
the fly goes downwards against the water, the
resistance it meets with from beneath opens all
the fibres of the wing-feathers and of the hackles,
displays the colours of each, discloses the body
and the tinsel with which it is ribbed. When by
the motion that occurs between the two others,
the fly is drawn towards the angler, the w^ater
presses it from above and below — indeed on all
sides — and all the materials of which it is made

42 MISCHIEF OF RAPIDLY WOEKING THE FLT.

are more compressed than they are by any other
motion. The motion I have called the sinking
one, is the most attractive of the three, because
its effect is fuller development of the colours of
the fly, and fuller action — I may almost say separate
action — to each of the fly's component parts.

Now, if the up-and-down and drawing-in
motions are performed roughly and rapidly, the
effect, or rather one of the effects will be, constant
compression of the fibres of the wing and hackle
feathers, and of the hairs, be they of mohair, or
pig's wool, or fur, of which the body is made.
By this compression shades of colour are hidden,
and nearly all the beauties of the most seductively
mixed wing are obscured. The full wing and the
full body are attenuated injuriously by water-
pressure. Certainly, no matter how rapid the
upward and downward motion of the fly may be,
its fibres must open as they descend against the
water ; but their colours are displayed for so brief
a period, that the fish has not had sufficient
time to distinguish them. The rapid motion be-
tween the heaving and setting of the fly draws it
so swiftly towards you, that few fish are fieet
enough to overtake it, and if they are, they will
be, I fancy, disinclined to make use of extra-
ordinary effort to do so.

EXPERIMENTS RECENTLY MADE. 43

In order to convince myself completely of the
demerits of the rapid working of the salmon-fly
through the water, I used to frequently request,
during an experimental excursion made last season,
an excellent ans^lino; guide I had with me to take
my rod, throw the fly downwards obliquely across
the stream, bring it round rapidly into the current,
and work it rapidly against it. Whilst this was
going on, I was placed in such a position as to
observe thoroughly the effect of the rapid working
of the rod and line on the appearance of- the fly in
the water, and on its progress through it : I could
see the substance of the fly compressed to dispro-
portionate tenuity, and I could see it cleave the
current by " spurts," so long and rapid as to be
inconsistent with the ordinary progressive powers
of natation or of flight. I have seen a salmon
follow a fly worked thus rapidly into the cur-
rent and up it, and I have seen the fish, unable
to overtake the bait, give up the pursuit and drop
back again to the spot from which it had risen.
I would then request my angling assistant to
rest for five or six minutes, and to throw as before,
but to work the fly gently. I have seen the same
salmon rise again, follow the fly with moderate
haste and opened mouth, and as the bait descended,
and as it was moving away with collapsing, not

44 A FASCINATING MANCEUVRE.

collapsed, fibres, seize it securely witliin the jaws,
and then turn off downwards with the intention
evidently of swallowing it at leisure after having
dived into its subaqueous lodging. This experi-
ment I have caused others to perform, and I have
performed it myself over and over again, and with
results sufficiently invariable to make me con-
demn the rapid working of the fly through the
water, and approve of moderately gentle working.
The following pretty manoBuvre I have seen
performed, and did it myself before I ever saw it
done. I have seen a fish rise at something on the
water, most probably a small insect, or some
minute particle of some sort of food, or of some-
thing having the appearance of food, and I have seen
the angler throw his fly beyond the fish, and then
work it over him and before his eyes to the best
of the an^jler's calculation. I have seen the fish
sluggishly follow the fly, as if making " I dare
not wait upon I would," and I have seen the
angler, observing the motion of the fish as I did,
stop the onward progress of the fly by lowering
a little the point of the rod, and all the fibres of
the fly being opened, and its progress onwards
being arrested, and a very slight motion down-
wards towards the hesitatinsr salmon havino; been
given, by a momentary short relaxing of the line.

NOTHING LIKE OBSERVATION. 45

to the fly, I have seen the sahiion seize the latter
with a snap as sharp as that of my lady's Blenheim,
disturbed from its fire-rug siesta by the buzzino-
beneath its nose of some reckless house-fly. When
working the fly, my guide, perched above me on a
rock, has given me notice of a fish following the
fly, and trying to seize it. I would then gently
lower the point of the rod, or give a little line off
the winch with my hand, and I very often had the
satisfaction of feeling a tug under water that in-
duced me to make a successful little pull in an
opposite direction.

There is nothing like observation. Let the
learner place himself on an elevated spot, and over-
look the actions of a brother salmon-fisher. He will
see how the cast is performed; he will see the fly
alight on the water, and sink a little into it ; he
will then see it worked through the water, he
will see the exact form it assumes whilst beinsf
so worked, and the rate of speed communicated to
it. He will see that if it be worked rapidly, its
wings and fibres will be nearly always in a state
of collapse, and will wonder at the contraction of
its size, and he will be amazed at the darting rapi-
dity of its onward progress. If he understand rea-
soning by induction, he will conclude at once
that sharp working of the fly is wrong — unna-

46 APPEAEANCE OF THE FLY IX THE WATER.

tural, if I dare apply fully the meaning of that
epitliet to fly-fishing for salmon. If the brother
angler work the fly gently, the observer will see
that the fibres are alternately compressed and ex-
panded— that its flits through the water are short
and of moderate speed — that it rests and moves
on by stops and starts, after the fashion of several
livino; water insects — that it looks more life-like
— that its colours and shape are more fully de-
veloped— that you yourself would be deceived
by it did you not know the why and the where-
fore of its coming and going — and, finally, you
will conclude that so worked, and humoured, and
manoeuvred in the water, it is rendered so much
the creature of art — of «7'5 celare artem — as not
to make it at all a matter of wonderment that
the perception of fish should be led into fatal
error by the imposture.

I have noticed, amongst salmon-fishers, a pretty
general fault : they see a fish rise at a good dis-
tance ; they throw over him, and the instant the
fly touches the water they lift the rod, and begin
working the fly. By this instantaneous lifting of
the rod the fly is rapidly drawn towards you, and
a yard or more of your long cast has been ren-
dered useless, and very ju'obably the fly has
escaped the vision of the fish, and, at the time you

RENDERING A LONG CAST PERFECT. 47

begin working, it is too far away to be followed,
even if seen. In making a long cast beyond and
over a salmon, just as your fly is alighting on the
water, lower a little the point of your rod, and
give two or three feet of line, if there be room,
beyond the fish, and your fly will be carried
further by that distance than if you lifted the rod
and tightened the line as the fly was coming into
descending contact with the water. Commence
working the fly gently ; and, if you have calcu-
lated rightly the position of the fish, you cannot
fail to introduce the fly to his notice favourably.
At any rate, by following what I have just here
recommended, you will be able to command a
greater extent of water, than by lifting the rod
simultaneously with the completion of the cast.

Hooking a Salmon. — Striking at and hook-
ing a fish are nearly synonymous. To strike and
hook a fish requires self-possession, and very little
more ; that little is, not to attempt it too quickly
and too rudely. If you are fluttered at the rise
of a fish, you will either strike too soon or too
strongly, or not at all, like a fowler startled at
the noise made by a pheasant, flushed from a
hedge-row. My general rule is not to strike at a
salmon until I feel him — until I feel " a bite "
— if I may be allowed to apply to the royal sport

48 STRIKING AT, AND HOOKING SALMON.

of salmon-fishing that ignoble word. When I
feel the slight "tug," — aye, that's the right
word, — I allow a second or so to elapse; and
then, lifting the point of my rod, I make a short,
smart, jerking motion backwards with the wrists,
and I generally find that I have hooked my
aquatic quarry. Every man almost, at the be-
ginning of the season, is nervous ; and I will ask
the oldest salmon-fisher if he do not then lose
many a fish by his precipitation in striking ? He
becomes steady in a day or two, his eye and hand
become ready, and he manages the latter with
veteran coolness and delicacy. The general rule
for striking laid down by others is as follows :
salmon do not jump at a fly like trout, but rise
up at it and take it under water; in doing so,
they cause a break in the surface ; and, having
taken the fly, they turn round to descend to the
bottom with it, and this motion causes the break
on the water's surface to contract. The moment
the contraction takes place is the time for striking,
for then the fish is supposed to have the fly fairly
withinside its lips. I have no objection to this
rule, except that it is not easy for the beginner
to observe and practise it : as for myself, I con-
fess that I frequently strike at and hook fish
without, as far as I can conceive, any premedita-

REASONS FOE STRIKING GENTLY AT SALMON. 49

tion or calculation, but almost by instinct. Some-
thing, I cannot say what, tells me that a fish is
" at " me, and, consequently, I am promptly at
him in the sly way he has come at me.

Let us inquire, why I recommend gentle and
somewhat slow striking. I am of opinion, that in
the majority of rises a salmon half hooks itself.
Consider what a very sharp thing the point of a
good hook is, and how easily it is inserted into
moderately soft substances by very slight resist-
ance. Now, consider the weight of a descending
salmon with this sharply-pointed thing in its
mouth, and consider, also, the resistance offered
by a taut line, which the salmon's descent is
tightening more and more, and you will not deem
it at all surprising that the fish should half hook
itself. If you concede me so much, you will
then concede that nothing more than a gentle
stroke, or short, sharpish pull on my part is ne-
cessary to insert in some part of the fish's mouth
the hook beyond the barb. Again, another reason
why I favour gentle striking. If I miss my fish,
it is done with such gentleness that it causes no
serious alarm, and you may, therefore, reasonably
hope for a second rise. A third reason for gentle
striking is, that by making use of it you give the
fish full and fair time to close its mouth on the
E

50 EFFECT OF STRIKING AT FISH VIOLENTLY.

fly, and you are not, consequently, liable to snatch
it from jaws half open. A fourth reason : a fish
gently struck and hooked scarcely feels the opera-
tion, and is less inclined to dart off in the water
or out of it instantly, and give you furious battle
with unimpaired vigour. On this point I find,
in my " Handbook of Angling," the following
words: — "The critical fish-stroke is made by a
quick, but very gentle, wrist-motion, by which
the hand is canted upwards, being displaced about
two inches only. Such a stroke made instantly
the fish actually reaches the fly, at the moment
he has closed his mouth on it, and before he has
time to throw it out again, is sure to secure the
entrance of the hook within the substance of the
mouth, without causing great alarm to the fish
by any unnecessary violence ; for it cannot have
escaped the observant angler that, wdien a fish
has been harshly tugged in striking, he commences
at once a more determined resistance than when
the stroke has been less violent, and his alarm
less sudden. Neither can we w^onder that his
efforts should be extreme, when he is made sen-
sible of his situation by a stab and a drag w^hich
have half pulled him out of the water." Though
this w^as written respecting trout, it is perfectly
applicable to salmon-fishing. Mr. Scrope, an ex-

STRIKING SIDEWAYS RECOMMENDED. 51

cellent and experienced salmon-angler, writing on
this subject, says : " It is best to strike a little
sideways, that the hook may fasten in the fleshy
part of the mouth ; whereas, if you pull straight
up, you are apt to encounter the upper or bony
part ; or, if the fish has not closed his jaws, and
fairly turned ofl^", you may pull the fly from him
too soon, to the disappointment of both parties.
Sometimes, however, when a salmon is clean run,
and in high glee, you can scarcely miss him,
strike which way you will. In low water you
must be somewhat dilatory in striking ; you often
see the heave of the water and a break before
the fish has actually seized your fly. Give him
time to turn his head in his way back to his seat,
to which a salmon returns after rising at the fly."
Having spoken in praise of gentle striking, I
shall now speak in dispraise of striking rapidly
and rudely. This is teaching by contrast, a fa-
vourite method of instruction with me. This very
year ('49) I have witnessed several fish missed
by quick striking, and, in one instance, saw a
gut casting-line — which, if used fairly, would have
killed a hundred fish — lost, by the bad method
I am censuring. Some of the parties fishing
being of elevated rank or strangers, I durst not
offer corrective advice to them. To one party I

E 2

52 A PRACTICAL ANGLING LESSON.

could, and he took it, but not before I convinced
him by proof. The party I allude to was an
adolescent, who accompanied me as a guide and
angling assistant. He had the eye of a hawk,
and, whilst I fished, he invariably watched the
fly — the river was not wide — and when he was
a little elevated above me, he could see the rising
fish, and what it did, far better than I could do.
The moment he saw a salmon or grilse take the
fly, he would say, " She (he was a young High-
lander) has it, sir ; strike her." I would answer,
" All right — wait a bit ; " and, to his astonishment,
I would wait a couple of seconds after those
words were uttered, before I struck. He was
still more surprised to observe that I rarely failed
in my object. He was a better angler than my-
self — at least, he threw a straighter and longer
line ; but he had the bad habit of striking strongly,
and it was he who lost for me, in the act of hook-
ing a fish, the casting-line alluded to, and one of
my most killing flies. When tired myself, I
would give him the rod, and whether it was that
my presence rendered him nervous or not, or that
he had conceived a bad habit to be a good one,
he was continually missing rises, or " scratching "
fish by his " rough and ready " way of striking.
I was determined to cure him. "VYe came to a

SUCCESS OF GENTLE STRIKING SHOWN. 53

pool where we always killed fish, and where, from
an impending rock, I could plainly see the fly. I
gave the young man my rod, and desired him not
to strike until I gave him the word. He soon
had a rise ; I saw the fish and said, " Steady ! "
When I saw the fish take the fly — and he took it
well — and turn with it to descend, I said, very
quietly, " Xow then ; strike gently." He did as
he was bade, and hooked the fish, saying, when
he had done so, " If I kill her, I'll nae strike
fiercely agen." I was confident, from the move-
ments of the fish, that it was firmly hooked, and
told him to play his prey boldly. He very easily
killed it, though it was a " black " grilse, that is,
not a fresh run one, of very large size, and, on
examination, we found it hooked through and
through beyond the hard cartilage at the angle
of the mouth. He was then convinced, and that
he might be thoroughly so, I allowed him, during
the day, to kill a couple more salmon, which he
did by gentle and somewhat slow striking. This
lesson to the lad was of use to myself, for I saw
demonstrated the folly of striking rouglily, by
the success in other hands attendant on adopting
the contrary method.

Playing a Salmon. — Many a trout fly-
fisher is deterred from fishing for salmon by the

£ 3

54 GRILSE STRONGER THAN SALMON.

accounts — the highly exaggerated accounts —
he has heard of the aglUty and strength of that
fish. That it is strong and agile, cannot be gain-
say ed : if it were not, angling for it would not be
the exciting sport it is. But with all its strength
and agility, it must succumb to the good rod
and line. In my opinion it is as easy, and fre-
quently more so, to catch, by fly-fishing, a salmon
of fifteen pounds' weight, with a good rod of seven-
teen feet in length and other tackle to match, as
it is to kill a three-pound trout with the ordi-
nary trouting fly-tackle. The strength and en-
during powers of salmon are not to be calculated
by size. I have seen a four-pound grilse combat
with the angler for twenty minutes, and a twelve-
pound salmon yield to the same rod and line in
less than ten minutes. I just now used the
term " black " grilse. I'll explain why I did so.
I hold that, generally speaking, a " black " grilse,
of seven or eight pounds in weight, is stronger,
and certainly more agile, than a fresh-run salmon
of eighteen pounds. This seems strange, par-
ticularly when the salmon is not only by far
the larger, but is the better conditioned fish of
the two. Yes, in better condition for the table,
but not for a struggle with the angler. The
fatted calf, forced to extraordinary eiFort, will

EFFECTS OF FRESH WATER ON SALMON. 55

soon pant and flag, whilst the lean one of the
hill-side is almost as nimble as a hind, and strong
and stout in proportion. "When salmon first come
from the sea, obesity impedes their muscular
powers, and their fins are white and soft, just as
if they had been parboiled. After a sojourn of a
couple of weeks in fresh water, their fibres or
muscles become nearly divested of fatty matter :
the rays of their fius assume the colour and con-
sistency of whalebone ; in fine, they become a
thin, black, ugly, but strong, active, and enduriug,
fish. They have left the rich pasture for the
strengthening, but not fattening, food of the stable.
I dare say the trout-fisher, seeing one of these
small black gentlemen on a fishmouger's slab,
would fancy it a thing easily landed with rod
and line, whilst he would shudder at the thought
of a tussel with the fat, silver-sided, eighteen-
pounder, lying beside the black dwarf. Let liim
undeceive himself; but, at the same time, let him
take courage by reflecting that what is possible
for one man to execute is possible for another.

The first grand rule in playing a fish, is never,
when it can be helped, to allow the line to slacken.
An over slack line is worse than an over tight line,
a fact always to be borne in mind. The mo-
ment a fish is hooked lift your rod's point, and,

E 4

56 GENERAL RULES FOR PLAYING A SALMON.

if your fish rushes from you, follow him with your
rod well up and your line taut, bearing upon
him moderately. If your winch is loose in its
play, you must hold the line in the fingers of your
left hand to prevent it running slackly, that is,
faster than tiie fish is going ; but if your winch is
a good check one, of somewhat stiffish play, the
precaution of holding the line between the fingers
will be unnecessary, as it will not run off without
being borne upon by the fish, and, consequently,
will remain taut as long as the fish keeps scudding
away. At first, I would not bear heavily on a
fish, unless he were making for dangerous quarters,
and, in such event, I would stop him if I could.
If he be in fair water, I would at first, and until
his strength began to fail, play him with a long,
tightish line, for the more of it he carries and
drags after him, the sooner will he display symp-
toms of weakness. As soon as he does, bear upon
him gently, winding up slowly at the same time,
and bringing him towards you in the direction of
some safe place. If he sink towards the bottom,
wind up your line and prevent him from, descend-
ing entirely, keeping him clear from any thing he
can work his head or body against. Whilst he so
remains, butt him — that is, present the butt-end of
the rod towards him, which will cause him to feel

PLAYING SALMON UNDER DIFFICULTIES. 57

the power of the strongest parts of the rod, and
the more he "jiggers," or shakes himself to and
fro by working his head and tail this w^ay and
that, from side to side, in the water, the sooner will
his strength and courage fail him. If he remain
too long stationary and sulky, you must devise
some means to make him take another race, for
runnino^ with a restrainins; bit in his mouth soon
ends in a fatal career. Pull him up after he has
run a moderate course, and by this time you may,
without danger, wand up tightly and force him
within reach of gaff or landing-net. The latter
I prefer for grilse or small salmon.

I have now shown how to play a fish under
ordinary circumstances. Under extraordinary or
difficult ones, there can be no fixed rule. Tact
and judgment must be your guides. Whenever
I saw danger of a fish foulins; the line, I would
try to make it project from the water as perpen-
dicularly as possible, and would give the fish no
more of it than I could help. This is the only way
to guide the fish clear of any obstructions in the
water — rocks, roots, and so forth. A fish hooked
in a pool free of obstructions, will more probably
at first struggle with you in it, and then finding
he cannot beat you in open plain, he will be off,
if you let him, for any aquatic fastness he may be

58 now TO ARREST SALMON IN THEIR FLIGHT.

acquainted with. I am for stopping him in his
retreat to such vantage ground, by butting him
nervously — trying the very ultimate powers of
my tackle. It is far better to lose the fish than
it, and you may lose both, if he succeed in getting
amongst large stones, rocks, or into some corner
Avhere neither gaff nor landing-net can reach him,
and where, if he sulks, you will find much difficulty
in so humouring him as to induce him to move
into fair ground again. A fish rushing for dan-
gerous quarters is, I think, more easily prevented
from doing so by butting him Avith the rod pro-
jecting sideways, than by holding it back over the
shoulder. I would hold it back almost horizontally
over the upper-arm of the hand that grasps the
rod above the winch, and that hand should firmly
clench the butt as far up it as is conveniently
possible. When a rod is so held, I think there is
more power in it than when it is held over the
shoulder, and that it is more easily manipulated
and managed, eased or put to the strain with
greater tact, because one can, not only feel, but
see, the amount of pressure upon it.

Strict attention to what I am about to write
should be paid. I have generally, indeed, almost
invariably, found, that a fish firmly hooked, de-
scends instanter towards the bottom, and fights

HOW TO DEAL WITH SALMON-SOMERSETS. 59

under water ; whereas, on the other hand, a fish
slightly hooked, forthwith commences his struggles
on the surface, and very speedily takes it into his
head to show you what a very clever voltigeur and
tumbler he is, by throwing somersets out of the
water. I like not these exhibitions. They are
proofs of consciousness on the part of the salmon-
saltinhanque, that he has the power of disappear-
ing through some trap -door. I know but of one
way to undeceive the silver-bedecked harlequin.
When he made his vault I should do nothing to
impede it, and in his descent I should offer no
check of tightened line. On the contrary, the
point of the rod should be lowered until the fish
had descended into the water, and then it should
be elevated, but not so much as to produce ex-
treme tightness of line. Nothing can be more
dangerous than to hold hard on a springing fish,
particularly in its descent. The mere weight of
the falling fish, if resisted, will break the hook-hold.
If you can manage by gentle treatment to per-
suade a slightly hooked fish to contest the matter
with you, for a moment or two, beneath the water's
surface, there is every probability of the hook
getting more firmly fixed, and then you will have
nearly the usual chance of success. I have some-
times hooked a salmon, and seen him, to my dismay.

60 HOW SALMON-RIVERS SHOULD BE FISHED.

throw, in rapid succession, several somersets, six
feet high or more, and then with a species of fero-
city plunge beneath the water, and there "jigger "
away, making the rod quiver as though he who
held it were stricken with the palsy. The somer-
sets would be repeated, and, finally, the fish would
have recourse to a desperate and lengthened rush.
At length, after a protracted struggle, my quarry
would yield and be bagged. I would then find
that he was hooked foul, that is, outside of the
mouth, in some part of the body, and my dismay
and wonderment would cease at one and the same
time. Now, to return to the fish that sinks the
moment he is hooked. You will generally speak-
ing kill him if you play him according to the
directions I have just been writing.

How TO FISH A Salmon-Kiver. — Whenever
it is at all convenient, a river should be fished
upwards, in the direction of its source, rather
than downwards, for the reason that it is far
better to begin at the tail of a pool or stream
than at the head. If you begin at the head of a
pool, there are many chances to one that, if you
hook a salmon there, he will take you down
stream, and disturb all the fish that come in his
way, — all the fish in the lower part of the pool,
which you have not as yet fished. Besides, the

UP-EIVER FISHING RECOMMENDED. 61

lower parts of pools are usually the best, and
should therefore be fished whilst as yet in an un-
disturbed state. By fishing a river upwards,
much time is spared, for you proceed straight
from pool to pool, and are not obliged continually
to advance and then retrace your steps, which
you must do in fishing a river downwards, un-
less, indeed, you begin at the heads of pools. As
I wish that everything connected with fiy-fishing
for salmon should be performed in the most regular
way, I recommend up-river fishing, though in
doing so I know I lay myself open to the charge
of hyper-punctiliousness. One way, many will
say, is as good as another. I do not think so ;
for I maintain that, in fishing a river downwards,
you waste time and pedestrian labour. Whenever
it cannot be obviated, there is an end to the matter.
Always fish first the river-side next to you, then
the middle of it, and afterwards the opposite
side, if you can reach it. There are many pools
and places which ought to be fished from their
heads. This may sometimes be done by havino-
recourse to small rocks, which, running out into
the river towards the head of a stream, serve as
stepping stones, from the last of which you may
throw straight before you down the pool, which is
a very great advantage. Wading, however, is the

62 THE PARTS OF PJVEES ONE SHOULD FISH.

only way, generally speaking, effectively adapted
to straight- ahead fishing. Angling straight before
you from the head of a pool, unless, indeed, it be
a very long one, will enable you to work your
fly from bottom to top, and to begin working it
from the very moment it drops into the water.
Such Is not the case when you are obliged to cast
obliquely across the water. Your fly must then
be brought towards you, and a good deal of the
river is lost before you can bring your fly round
into the current, and work it efficiently and at-
tractively against the stream.

The Parts of Rivers that should be
FISHED. — The most experienced salmon-fisher in
the world will find a difficulty in choosing what
are called " the best casts," on his fishing for the
first time any river. The most likely-looking
spots are frequently without fish from some cause
he cannot of himself know, but which is known
in the vicinity. Something unknown to him may
have happened to disarrange the best-looking
pool, and drive away the salmon from it. Its
bottom may have been disturbed by a flood
sweeping it away, or by adding to it in the shape
of fresh gravel or other accumulations. I saw,
on the Shin, a certain portion of a good pool
destroved by the formation into it of a little jetty,

NECESSITY OF ANGLING-PILOTS. 63

to enable anglers, without wetting their feet, to
reach the further side of the pool, which was its
best part. I consider a guide always necessary
to an angler, no matter how great his ability and
experience, who fishes a salmon river for the first
time. Without a guide, you are liable to fish spots
where salmon are not, and to pass by those in
which they are. Your guide should be himself an
angler, or have been one ; and he should not only
know all the best parts of the river for salmon,
and the flies they take, but he must be honestly
willing to give you the information he possesses.
In the absence of a guide, take it as a general
rule that salmon are seldom seen resting on a
smooth, gravelly, or muddy bottom. They in-
cline towards lying amongst rocks and large
stones ; and if a rapid current runs through them,
the angler must work his fly, not in the middle of
it, but by each side of it, for it is there salmon
lie, between the still and the rapid water. Salmon
very seldom lie in the middle of a rapid current ;
they could not do so without over-exertion. In
rocky or stony pools, where the current is moderate,
salmon lie in almost every part — before and be-
hind, and between small rocks, and at the extreme
end of the pool, where it is falling somewhat
rapidly to form the head of the next stream below.

64 FAVOURITE RESORTS OF SALMON.

Two rocks or large stones opposite to each other,
and somewhat apart, form two currents which
meet in an angle ; within, or a little above this
angular point, salmon constantly lie. The fly-
should be thrown a little below the angular, or
pointed, meeting of the currents, and then be
worked first straight up the middle between
them, and then on the inner side of each current.
In jrood rivers I have seldom failed to find fish in
spots like the last described. I would never fish
in the boiling foam, underneath waterfalls and
weirs ; but where this water runs smoothly and
swiftly away, I would fish most carefully, as it
is there those salmon lie which have been, in their
first attempts, unable to surmount the falls or
weirs.

When fishing, in February or March, early
rivers, you will find salmon take well on mild,
soft days, after frosty nights ; but then they Avill
be invariably found at the tails of pools, no matter
in what part of the river those pools may be. In
the early spring months, when there is a succes-
sion of fine open weather, salmon are found in
all parts of pools, heads and tails, and if in the
latter localities there be a large block of stone
forming an easily-stemmed eddy, they will be
found in it; because it is at the same time a

WHEN SALMON TAKE FLIES BEST. bO

good resting and a good feeding-place. Salmon
fight for such comfortable spots, the strongest
and bravest taking possession of them, and when
one fish is hooked and taken away, another fish
invariably fills the vacated locality. It is for this
reason, that a generally favourite spot is seldom
without an aquatic tenant. Fish fresh from the
sea, and found in the streams and pools near it,
take the fly with far more avidity than those that
have been long in the rivers. There are several
reasons for this ; the fly is a new object for them,
they have not as yet been scratched, pricked, or
hooked by it, and being satiated with sea-food,
such as fish, salt-water insects, and so forth, they
seek for some substitute, and fancy they may find
it in that nondescript fabric, termed a salmon-fly.
I have now, as plainly as I could, and with a
steady view to truth and practical utility, told
all I know about casting the line, working the fly
in the water, hooking and playing a fish. I have
given my opinion as to the best salmon-rods,
winches, and lines. I have shown how a river
ought to be fished, where it should be fished,
and I have added a variety of corollary inform-
ation. I dare not think myself orthodox, and
if any kind being more skilled in piscatorial

66 THE BEST HOUES FOR SALMON-FISHING.

polemics than I am, will, in a spirit of toleration,
convince me of any halieutic heresies I may
herein have promulgated, I do solemnly vow to
recant them publicly in a second edition of " The
Book of the Salmon."

Another hint, on concluding this chapter. In
fine late spring, summer, and early autumn
weather, salmon rise best of mornings and even-
ings; before 10 o'clock a.m., and after 5 o'clock
p. m. In early spring-tide, I consider the best
hours for salmon-fishing are those between 10 a. m.
and 4 P. M. It is complete loss of time to fly-
fish for salmon in the middle of the day, when
the water is low and clear, and the sun shining
out cloudlessly. The attention of the reader is
directed to what is said about the river Spey, and
night-fishing, in the next chapter.

A PISCATORIAL PUZZLE. 67

CHAPTER lY.

ON SALMON FLIES : MATERIALS OF WHICH THEY ARE MADE.
— SPECIAL AND GENERAL LISTS OF THEM. — THOSE THAT
ARE MERELY LOCAL, AND THOSE THAT ARE GENERAL,
KILLERS.

If I were even to contemplate telling my readers
that I knew why and wherefore salmon rose
from the depths of the water and seized upon
what are called salmon-flies, I should consider
myself meditating an arch-deception. This why
and wherefore (I make an unity of the two)
puzzles me as much as ever were puzzled those
learned writers of the Lower Empire and early
mediseval times, who confused themselves and the
world by lucubrations as to how many angels,
or spirits floating between earth and heaven, could
dance on the point of a needle. A dissertation
to prove why salmon took one artificial fly, and
rejected another, which other salmon afterwards
very willingly take, would just be as sensible
and profitable as that referring to the angels —
fairies if you will — and the needle's point. Many
and many an hour do I pass in speculative sur-
prise and open-mouthed wonderment, for there

F 2

68 SALMON-FLIES ARE NONDESCRIPTS.

is nothing — I am alluding to minor matters —
that astonishes me more than the effects of a
salmon-fly manojuvred after a certain fashion
throuiih the waters of a salmon-river.

There are some — • clever and minute observers
■ — who maintain that there exists a likeness be-
tween salmon-flies and certain insects. I wish
there did ; but I could never see the slightest like-
ness, excepting, perhaps, in two or three of the
flies, out of the hundreds that are used. The
living insect commonly named the " dragon-fly,"
is also called by some the " pike-fly," by others
the " salmon-fly." I think it merits the second
better than the last name ; first, because it is
commonly found amongst the reeds and sedges of
ponds ; and secondly, because an artificial fly can
be made like it, but of larger size, which will be
taken more readily by pike than salmon. The
larger and rougher sort of artificial pike-flies,
salmon will not rise at ; but one made delicately,
somewhat after the fashion of the third beautiful
fly in the first plate or frontispiece, and styled
" Erin-go-Bragh," will attract that capricious
fish. Flies of that sort are the only ones that
resemble living insects, and then only partly,
viz. in the colour and shape of the body, for
their wings are not like those of any insect ever

AN OLD THEORY NOT ABANDONED. G9

seen or found in the heavens above, the earth
beneath, or the waters under the earth. Amongst
my plates of flies, will be found a beauty — a
piscatory Peri — which I have, in justice to the
artificial creature, christened " Ondine." In the
north of Ireland it is called the " Spirit-fly,"
and the able artist who made the model for the
engraving, declares that it is an imitation of cer-
tain natural flies which he has seen. I fancy
this a day-dream of angling genius. Perhaps,
like the Phidian Venus, it is a statue made up of
the separate beauties of divers animated models.
Be that as it may, I never saw an insect like it,
or any thing like it, and all I know about it
is, that salmon will take it eagerly in certain
rivers.

In trout-fishing with the fly, I shall not as yet
abandon my theory insisted upon in my " Hand-
Book of Angling," perhaps too dogmatically, but
certainly too pungently, as far as regards certain
Scotch writers of the anti-imitation school. That
theory is, that trout-flies can be well imitated,
and that the nearer the imitation the better. It
is now the fashion to maintain the contrary. Be
it so. But if ever I fly-fish for trout again, and
see living insects " out " — be they March-browns,
oak-flies, green-drakes, &c. — I shall certainly use

F 3

70 CAPRICIOUSNESS OF SALMON.

the best imitations of them I may have in my fly-
book, in preference to nondescripts, as recom-
mended by the innovating piscatorial philosophers.
If I am obstinate, I cannot help it. My imi-
tation theory extends only to the common river,
non-migratory trout, and to the graylingj I totally
abandon it with respect to salmon, and all migra-
tory salmonida3.* They are as capricious as the
days are long. Account for it ? — Alas ! I cannot.
But I may suggest that, as the natural history and
habits of salmon are abnormal, or normal only as
per se, I do not see why their appetites or tastes
for food should not be also abnormal, or beyond
all fixed rule.

Some tell me that salmon-flies are taken for
butterflies or for birds by salmon. God bless my
heart ! We have no humming-birds in this country,
or insects of Cashmere. Look at fly No. 1. in the
frontispiece — " The Goldfinch," — and in what
fairy fields will you find bird or insect like that ?
Look at that gorgeous artificial, " The Shannon,"
in plate No. 2., and tell me where, in this clime of
ours, you will find living thing possessing the
tenth of a tithe of its brilliancy. Yet these splen-
did formations of feather, gold, and dyed fur, are
especial attractions for the salmon of the Shannon

* It holds good with the insectivorous carp tribe.

UNACCOUNTABLE SALMON-PEEDILECTIONS. 71

and of the river Erne. The sahnon of other rivers
despise them. In Tweed water they would be fish-
frights. There, salmon prefer Nubian beauty —
for instance, the dusky " Toppy " of plate No. 5.
Behold me now in another dilemma. Is the fly
called " The Goldfinch," or that called " The
Shannon," bred on the banks of that famous
river ? Does the Tweed produce black insects, with
wings tipped with white, like " The Toppy ? "
I wish somebody would say, " Yes ; " and produce
specimens. If " The Goldfinch " were a general
fly, if " The Shannon " or " The Toppy " were
one, I should not be confused as I am, for then I
should see that one general taste prevailed amongst
salmon, that it was as regular as most of their habits
are in every river, whether near or far apart ;
whereas, the tastes or likings of salmon for flies
difier and contrast as widely as any set of rare-ree
things, collected from every point of the compass,
and jumbled together in kaleidescope-confusion.
No man, out of Hanwell, can, if he considers
what I have just said, imagine for an instant that
a salmon takes a salmon-fly as being the " coun-
terfeit presentment " of any sort of edible it has
ever tasted. It takes it unquestionably for some
animated, edible substance ; and that is all I know
about the matter.

F 4

72 GENEKAL AND SPECIAL SALMON-FLIES.

It will be asked by the less than half-learned
salmon-angler, why I have given so long a list of
widely varying and only slightly varying salmon-
flies. I will tell him. Tliough there are general flies
that will kill in the majority of rivers, they will
not always do so, and they must be only used for
want of the better local flies, or Avhen salmon-
caprice requires a change — when there has been a
surfeit of daily bread. The salmon of every river
in the empire have favourite flies, some widely
differing in size and colour, some less so ; and a
discriptive and special seriatim catalogue of them
must necessarily be a long one. I will grant that it
sometimes happens that a Shannon fly will kill in
the Tweed and vice versa, or that a Spey fly will
kill in the Shin, or that a Blackwater fly will kill
at Ballyshannon or in the Bann ; but this forms
the exception and not the rule. The flies for
each river have some specific characteristic. Thus
Tweed flies are, generally speaking, of dark or
subdued hues, with plain unmixed wings. Shannon
flies have quite a contrary speciality ; they are
always of gay colours, and sometimes of very gay
colours, as to their bodies ; and the crest-feathers,
or toppings of the golden pheasant, always form
their wings, so that a chief part of each fly is as
brilliant as can be. Flies with fiery brown or

A GREAT AND GENERAL RULE LAID DOWN. 73

brilliant claret bodies, kill well in the Bann,
north of Ireland, whilst in the south, as in the
Lee, near Cork, blue or ash-coloured bodies are
the best. All sorts of diversities exist, from the
dingy-looking Welsh fly to the silver-laced one of
the Shin. As I intimated before, I wish it were
not so, for then I should be saved much trouble
and embarrassment. But as it is not, and as
salmon are great admirers of a variety of costumes,
I felt it my duty to cater far and near for their
varying and fanciful fastidiousness. Hence I
have considered it necessary to cut out patterns
such as I have known or heard to be extremely
in vogue amongst the aristocratic denizens of every
decent river in the empire.

I beg the reader to bear in mind that whenever
I describe a favourite, a good, or a general fly, I
append to my description a note of recommend-
ation. I also solicit attention to this great rule
— that large gaudy flies suit only deep and some-
what turbid waters, and that small, sombre-hued
flies are fittest for low and clear water. Flies of
medium size and mediocre brilliancy of colours are
appropriate for water moderately deep and mode-
rately limpid; and, above all, I tell him who
would successfully angle for salmon, that the
weather-glass must be his chief guide. With mer-

74 BEST FEATHERS FOR SALMON-FLIES.

cury falling, no salmon will be seen rising ex-
cept for pastime or something of that sort ; with
mercury rising, salmon will rise too, not for
pastime, but for pasture, if the -pro'pev pah ulmn be
presented to them. I now proceed to enumerate
the materials, not all of them, but pretty nearly
all, of which salmon-flies are made.

Feathers, Fur, and so forth, for Salmon-
Flies. — • The chief feathers are, golden pheasant
crest-feathers, commonly called " toppings ; " neck,
breast, rump, and tail-feathers of the same bird,
and frequently some of the back-feathers; wing,
tail, and body -feathers of the silver pheasant ; tail
and wing-feathers of the Argus pheasant, and
the crest-feathers of the Hymalayan pheasant;
wing, tail, and body- feathers of the bustard ;
back, rump, and tail-feathers of the guinea-hen ;
feathers from the body and tail of the jungle-cock
and cock of the rock ; turkey tail-feathers of
nearly all colours; large common cock's hackles
of every hue ; wood-duck's feathers, those tipped
with black and white lines, and found on each
side, just above the tail ; back-feathers, down to
the tail, of the shovel-duck ; body, wing, and tail-
feathers of the heron ; neck, body, wing, and tail-
feathers of the bittern; light brown rump and
neck-feathers of the grouse ; red, green, blue.

FURS, WOOLS, AND SILKS FOR SALMON-FLIES. 75

and yellow macaw and parrot's feathers ; red ibis
feathers ; breast-feathers of the toucan ; body and
tail-feathers of the trogan ; jay's blue wing-
feathers ; kingfisher's blue feathers, near the tail ;
blue and red chatterer's feathers ; peacock's wing
and tail-feathers; tail-feathers of the kite; mal-
lard and teal's feathers, from the back and beneath
the wings ; common cock's hackles dyed of every
colour ; black ostrich feathers.

The above feathers, or fibres of them, will
make the wings, tails, legs, and heads of all our
best salmon-flies.

Many sorts of fur are used for the bodies ; but
pig's wool, or its soft hair or down, and mo-
hair dyed every colour, and floss silk of various
hues, are the most common materials for the con-
struction of the tags, bodies, and heads of salmon-
flies. Pig's wool can be easily dyed, and is most
valuable, because it resists the water, does not bag
or cake in it like sheep's wool, and retains in it
its natural or artificial colours. Mohair is excel-
lent for the bodies of middle-sized and not over
gaudy flies ; floss silks for small gaudy flies. Gold
and silver flat tinsel, and round twist of the same
colours, are necessary for the ribbing of the ge-
nerality of flies. Seal's fur dyed variously, is

7 b ON DYEING SALMON-FLY MATERIALS.

excellent for the tags, bodies, and heads of large
and middle-sized flies.

The best naturally- coloured cock's hackles are
duns of every shade, black, brown, and black red,
ginger, grizzled, grey, and dark red or " furnace "
hackle, which is black at the outside fibre-tips,
and also black at each side of the stem that runs
through it. Hackles should be plucked in winter
from old male birds in their full plumage. The
fibres of the feathers of chickens or hens resist
the action of the water badly.

How Feathers, Wools, and Furs are
DYED. — The best vessel for dying is a Wedg-
wood-ware pipkin, and one that will hokl a quart
of fluid will be large enough for all ordinary pur-
poses. Before dyeing pig's hair or wool, or mohair,
each must be scoured of its grease and dirt by
immersion and boilinoc for half an hour in stronof
soap-lees. Feathers, the chief ones used being
hackles, must be also cleansed by washing them
with soap in warm water. The principal colours
to be obtained are black, brown, blue, red, and
yellow, and by combining, in the process of dyeing,
those colours, all other hues and shades can be
procured. The reader is requested to bear in
mind that the art of dyeing is a very delicate one,
requiring minute attention and no small expe-

EECIPES FOR BLUE AND RED. 77

rlence. The experimental student must exercise
considerable patience, and not be at all discouraged
by incipient failures. They will dissolve by de-
grees into successful results.

Recipe for Blue. — With soft river- water let
your pipkin be about three parts full ; put it on a
slow, clear fire, adding a teaspoonful of " paste-
blue," which can be purchased at the colour-shops.
Keep stirring it, and when it is more than luke-
warm, add a tablespoonful of cold water, into
which you have put twelve drops of sulphuric
acid. In this dyeing fluid place a quarter of an
ounce of material to be dyed, whether pig's hair,
hackles, or mohair, taking care that they have
been previously thoroughly cleansed as already
directed, and rinsed in hot water, and then wrung
out just before you put them into the pipkin.
Let the whole boil slowly for fifteen or twenty
minutes. Then take out your fur or feathers, or
whatever material you are dyeing, and rinse in
pure cold water. Dry, if possible, in a sunny
atmosphere. For stirring your materials in the
pipkin always use a clean piece of wood.

For Red. — Water as before in your pipkin,
and with it two handfuls of Brazil wood, and a
quarter of an ounce of pig's hair, or feathers, or
any other material you want to dye. Boll the

78 now TO DYE YELLOW AND BROWN.

whole for half an hour. Take out your material,
and cool the dyeing fluid by the addition of a
little cold water. When cool, put In sulphuric
acid in manner and quantity as before ; next, add
your material to be dyed, and gently simmer the
whole for an hour over a slow fire. Then take
out fur or feathers, immerse in cold water, and
wring and dry as before. If you want a beauti-
ful claret hue, add, in the first boiling, to the
Brazil wood, half the quantity of logwood ; and,
in the second boiling, a bit of copperas the size
of a pea, and the size of a hazel-nut of pearl-ash.
Boil an hour, immerse material in cold water,
and rinse and dry as before. Take care that the
dyeing liquor be cool before you add to it the
sulphuric acid.

For Yellow. — Water as before, in which put a
handful of bruised Persian berries ; boil for an
hour, and then add two tablespoonfuls of tur-
meric. Put in acid, mohair, &c., in manner and
quantity as before ; boil for half an hour, take
out and rinse in cold water, and dry. The ad-
dition of a tablespoonful of Brazil wood will
change your brilliant yellow to rich orange.

For Brown, — Water as before, in which boil a
handful of walnut-rind, with a very small quan*
tity of red wood, and of logwood the size of a

DYEING BLACK, PURPLE, AND GREEN. 79

walnut, for half an hour, together with a quarter
of an ounce of the material to be dyed. Take it
out, cool the liquor, and add acid as before. Re-
insert feathers, or fur, &c., and boil them for
another half hour. Rinse and dry as usual. For
cinnamon and fiery brown colours, dye in the
above fluid hackles, pig's hair, and so forth, that
have been already dyed yellow. The fiery brown
will require more ingredients in the fluid than the
cinnamon colour.

For Black. — Water as before, in which boil
two handfuls of logwood one hour; then add a
little sumach and elder bark, and boil for half an
hour longer. Next put in your feathers, &c.,
and boil another half hour ; take them out, cool
your liquor, and add acid ; dissolve a bit of cop-
peras the size of a nut, and adding a little argil
and soda, boil again for half an hour. Take out
your feathers, fur, or hair occasionally, as ex-
posure to air during the process of dyeing tends
to promote and fix the black colour.

A mixture of blue and red dyeing liquor boiled
together, and afterwards cooled, and acid added to
it, will produce a purple colour.

A mixture of blue and yellow dyeing liquor
will produce, in accordance with your varying
and modifying it, greens of all shades.

80 scarlet: yellow and its various shades.

A mixture of blue, red, and yellow lifjuor pro-
duces bright olives, the hues of which may be
sobered by the introduction of logwood.

For Bright Scarlet. — Water as usual, in which
put a teaspoonful of crystalised tartar. In this
liquid boil the materials you are about to dye ;
take them out, and put in a tablespoonful of
powdered cochineal and a teaspoonful of " grain
spirit," which can be bought at the drysalter's.
When in a simmering state re-introduce your
materials — feathers, or fur, &c., and boil the
whole gently for half an hour. Wash, rinse, and
dry your materials as usual.

Yellow, and its Varieties for Feathers. — The
recipe already given for dyeing yellow, suits pig's
Avool, mohair, and furs best. The present recipe
is better for feathers, hackles, &c. Boil two or
three handfuls of yellow wood one hour in a
quart of soft water ; wash the feathers, be they
mottled mallard, or any sort of hackle (light-
coloured ones are the best to be dyed yellow), in
soap and hot water. They must be tied in
bunches at the quill end. Boil these bunches a
short time in a pint of water, to which you have
added a large spoonful of alum and tartar, in a
pipkin. Take them out and immerse them in
your yellow dyeing liquor, and let it simmer for

A SINGLE FEATHER DYED VARIOUSLY. 81

an hour or two, more or less, according to your
desire for a paler or deeper yellow. Finally, take
out the feathers, and rinse them in hard spring
water. Red hackles, boiled in a similar liquor,
will become brown or amber. When you want
yellow-greens, either of hackles or mohair, add
blue paste, or indigo steeped in water for twenty-
four hours, to your yellow liquor, and by aug-
menting or diminishing the quantity of blue, you
will obtain several shades of yellow -green.

I recommend the following to especial atten-
tion. It shows very simply how one and the
same feather may be dyed party-coloured, made,
as it were, a harlequin of. Roll some thread
tightly round a bunch of white hackles, leaving a
quarter of an inch uncovered at the points. Dip
in your yellow or other dye, and the points of
the hackles only will be dyed. Tie over the
dyed tips with thread, and unravel a little of the
first thread, tied on so as to expose a portion of
the feathers ; dip again in red dyeing liquor, or
in any other dye you like, and you will have a
second division of colour next the yellow. Pro-
ceed in like fashion the whole extent of the
feather, and you will give it as many stripes of
different colours as you may require. When per-
forming this pretty and useful operation, you

82 DYEING FEATHERS OF DUN COLOURS.

should have on the fire at the same time several
pipkins coutaining the requisite dyes.

The above instructions are derived from a most
useful little work, entitled " Blacker's Art of
Fly-making and Dyeing," and published by him
at 54. Dean Street, Soho. To complete the sub-
ject of dyeing, I'll have recourse to the second
edition of my own " Handbook of Angling,"
which (p. 94.) says : — " Into a pipkin three parts
filled with soft water, put the feathers to be dyed,
and when they are thoroughly wetted, add a
small quantity of sulphate of iron. Simmer over
a moderate fire for a few minutes, and the feathers
will acquire what is technically called the colour-
base or mordant. Remove the liquor from the
feathers, and put to them instead a smaller quan-
tity of soft water, and when it is of a simmering
heat, add a small quantity of powdered Aleppo
galls. The requisite shades of dun colour may
be obtained by vaiying the quantities of the iron
and galls. For a full dark dun, add sufficient quan-
tities of the sulphate and the galls. By increasing
or diminishing the proportion of either of these
articles, you w^ill obtain duns of divers shades. If
logwood be used instead of galls, a different tint
will be the result. Madder, camwood, the bark
of the alder-tree, the fresh outer covering of wal-

ON DYEING WHITE FEATHERS. 83

nuts, produce dlfFerent hues. Galls, logwood, and
madder, should however be omitted when the
colouring is intended to approach a red or brown.
The light shades in all cases should be first gained,
and any other darker hue added afterwards. Hard
water should never be used in dyeing. Having
given to the feathers their mordant or base,
as already directed, add either sulphate of iron,
sulphate of alum, acetate of alum, or acetate ot
copper, according to the intended shade. Wash
the feathers from the mordant, and put them in
a strong decoction of that plant which dyers call
' weld.' Simmer them in this a few minutes,
strengthening or weakening the weld-decoction in
proportion as the colour is to be more or less
brilliant. A little practice, and the noting of the
various results after each trial, will soon render
the angler familiar with the methods of varying
the colours so as to meet his wishes. These in-
structions, the author of them, Mr. Packer, in his
' Dyer's Guide,' says apply to furs and wools as
well as to feathers."

I approve of the following method — that of
Mr. Ronalds — of dyeing v/hite feathers a dun
colour : — Make a mordant by dissolving a quarter
of an ounce of alum in a pint of water, and boil
the feathers in it slightly, taking care that they

G 2

84 THE BEST SALMON-HOOKS.

should ull be thoroughly saturated with the solu-
tion ; then boil them in other water with fustic,
sumach, and a small quantity of copperas, put
into it, until they have assumed the required tints.
The fustic and copperas will produce a yellow
dun tint ; the sumach and copperas, a blue dun
tint. The greater the quantity of copperas the
deeper wdll be the dye.

The advantage of dyeing one's own feathers,
furs, and wool, is great. I have now shown
how it may be done with practice and attentive
observation.

The best Hooks for Salmon-flies. —
The hooks I invariably use for salmon-fishing
are those manufactured by Mr. John Phillips,
18. Ellis's Quay, Dublin. I consider them the
best for all properties — shape, temper, strength.
There are so many bad imitations of them, that
the angler should order them direct from the
maker, who, I have reason to know, is a con-
scientious artisan. I give an engraving of them,
showing their shape and several sizes. On looking
at the plate it will be seen how I have numbered
the hooks. I make No. 1. the largest size, No. 2.
the second largest size, and so on to No. 10.,
which is the smallest size. This is done for the
sake of simplicity. When, in my list of flies, I
say that a fly is to be dressed on a No. 6. hook ^

e_e

e

e

e

r^ c^_

LIST OF SALMON-FLIES. 85

the reader has only to turn to the opposite plate
and he will at once see the size of the hook re-
commended. Mr. Phillips numbers his hooks
differently, thus — No. 4. is his largest hook, and
corresponds to my No. 1. ; he then proceeds, No. 5.,
No. 6., No. 7., No. 8., No. 9. He here stops, his
No. 9. corresponding with my No. 6., and then he
goes on with letters, thus — bb., b., cc, cc. (small),
the latter corresponding with my No. 10., which
is the smallest hook used in 'fly-fishing for salmon.

Ui0t oC Sainton J^Uf0*

At the head of my list of flies I place descrip-
tions of those represented in the plates. They
are all standard flies for one river or another, and
some of them will kill salmon in any part of the
empire. They are given chiefly with the inten-
tion of showing what a salmon-fly should be in
shape and general colour. In describing how
each is made, I have stated my opinion with re-
spect to its killing qualities.

PLATE I. (See Frontispiece.)

No. 1. The Goldfinch. — This is a noted
salmon-fly suited for low spring, summer, and

G 3

86 THE GOLDFINCH AND BRITANNIA.

autumn water in the Shannon. It is a grace-
ful model of a gaudy fly, simple in its brilliancy.
It will kill well at Ballyshannon, and in most
rivers of dull mornings and evenings. It is too
bright for clear shallow water. It is a standard
fly for grilse-fishing in the Shannon. It is made
thus: Body, gold-coloured floss silk; black silk
tag, tipped with gold tinsel; ginger-hackle and
gold tinsel over body ; blue jay at the shoulder,
and kingfisher over the butts of the wings, which
are to consist of eight or nine golden pheasant
toppings of middling size. They should project
by half an inch beyond the extreme bend of the
hook. Feelers, red macaw ; head, black ostrich ;
tail, golden pheasant topping. Hook, No. 5. and 6.

This fly may be advantageously varied, thus :
Black floss silk for body; tag, gold colour, tin-
sel and hackle as before; no blue jay or kingfisher's
feather, and head light puce fur. By dressing it
in this manner it will not be so gaudy as before.

No. 2. The Britannia. — Body, orange pig's
hair, ribbed with gold and silver twist ; tag, black
ostrich harl ; over the body a scarlet or blood-red
hackle, and a purple one at and above the shoulder ;
two toppings for tail ; wings, two shovel-duck
featliers, four toppings, a blue chatterer's feather
each side, and outside and a little under them

THE ERIN-GO-BRAG H. 87

some silver pheasant tail-feather ; small black
head. Hook, No. 4. and 5.

This fly in large rivers, or in those in which fish
take large flies, I consider the best of all general
flies known to me. I do not think large salmon
will refuse it in any river in the world, when
water is high and slightly discoloured by recent
floods. As Britannia is the ruler of the waves,
this name-sake of hers is a ruler of the waters.

No. 3. The Erin-go-Bragh. — Body very
long, like those of the large-sized natural dragon-
flies, and to be made of green floss silk, and ribbed
with gold tinsel and joints of green peacock harl
from tag to wings; tag, light yellow and deep orange
silk ; over body, a dark green or black hackle ;
round the shoulder deep orange hackle ; wings,
two toppings mixed with Argus pheasant tail-
feather, brown mallard and wood-duck, and a
very little blue jay over the butt of the wings,
which are to lie long, thin, and delicately over the
hook ; head, bronze peacock harl ; tail, golden
pheasant topping. Hook, as long in the shank as
a No. 3., but to be of finer wire, and as small in
the bend as a No. 6. hook.

This fly is a model of gracefulness, and it will
prove exceedingly attractive in pools of medium

G 4

88 THE GREAT SHANNON- FLY.

depth during the late spring, summer, and early
autumn months.

PLATE II.

No. 4. The Shannon. — Body, half light
orange, half blue silk, to be ribbed with broad
silver tinsel and gold twist; a lightish blue
hackle, stripped on one side, over body ; blue jay
under shoulder ; head, seal's fur dyed yellow ; tag,
orange silk ; above it another tag of fur of deeper
orange hue ; tail, large topping ; wings, ten or
twelve largest sized toppings, sprigs of the leading
tail-feather of the golden pheasant, and four long
feelers of blue and yellow macaw. Hook, No. 2.

This is a magnificent fly of the largest size that
need be used in any river. It is the standard
Shannon-fly in the spring, and whenever the
water of that famous river is high. If dressed
on a Xo. 6. hook, it will kill in the summer and
autumn. The wing may be beneficially varied
by the addition of a large white hackle-feather
dyed party-coloured, red, yellow, and blue. The
wings of all large Shannon-flies should be chiefly
composed of long golden pheasant toppings. Some
of them, descriptions of which I shall give under
the general title of " Shannon- flies," will kill in
the Tweed, the Tay, and the Shin.

TWO LITTLE FAVOURITES. 89

No. 5. The Dunkeld. — Body, gold tinsel
rolled close, and ribbed with silver twist and yel-
low hackle ; tag of black ostrich, tipped with gold
tinsel ; tail, small topping and small jungle cock's
feather ; a little blue jay at shoulder ; wings,
two small toppings, mixed with brown mallard
and peacock's wing- feather ; blue, yellow, and red
macaw feelers, and black ostrich head. Hook,
No. 8.

This is an excellent little fly, one of the small-
est that should ever be used, and it will kill well
at Ballyshannon and in the Sutherlandshire rivers,
on summer and autumn mornings and evenings.

No. 6. Body, puce floss silk, ribbed with silver
twist and puce hackle ; tag of gold tinsel, orange
silk, and black ostrich ; small topping for tail ;
yellow hackle round the butt of the wings, which
are to be of two toppings, mixed with bustard
and sprigs of red and green parrot's tail, and to
have blue kingfisher's at each side; feelers, blue
and yellow macaw, and black ostrich head. Hook,
No. 8.

This is a good general fly at low water for the
northern Scotch and Irish rivers. It and the
" Dunkeld " are great favourites with a gentle-
man connected with our foreign office. He is an
excellent salmon-fisher, and these are some of his

90 A GENERAL FAVOURITE.

patterns. I shall describe a few more of them here-
after, under the head of " General Salmon-flies."

PLATE III.

No. 7. The Blue Jay. — Body, light blue
silk, ribbed with gold tinsel; orange tag and
black ostrich ; tail, small topping ; blue jay hackle
over body ; wings, a topping, mallard, silver phea-
sant tail, mottled turkey and guinea-fowl feathers ;
feelers, blue and yellow and red macaw ; small
black ostrich head. Hook, No. 7. and 8.

This is a favourite general fly of mine at low
water. I have killed well with it in Sutherland-
shire. In the rivers of the south of Ireland, it is
a standard fly. I would vary it thus : — Tail,
sprigs of golden pheasant neck-feather, mallard,
and light blue macaw; blue jay over body, and
blood-red hackle at the shoulder ; and wings,
golden pheasant neck-feather, mallard, light blue
macaw, and kingfisher. For summer and early
autumn mornings and evenings, the body should
be of orange, instead of blue floss, silk.

No. 8. Body, yellow mohair, to be ribbed with
gold twist and black hackle ; tag, yellow floss silk
tipped with gold; tail, a small topping; blue jay
at shoulder; wings, brown turkey or kite tail-

BLUE- JAY.

■.XotLOTaa

TWO PLENTIFUL PURVEYORS. 91

feather, mixed with golden pheasant tail and neck-
feathers, guinea-hen and teal, and a topping bend-
ing over the whole ; blue and yellow macaw
feelers, and blue mohair head. Hook, No. 6.

This is a deadly Sutherlandshire fly, particu-
larly for the Shin and Laxford. It has been to
me a plentiful purveyor of salmon. It is a model
ot a subdued gaudy fly, and will prove a general
kiUer in rivers of moderately high water. The
salmon-fisher should never be without it.

No. 9. Body, blue floss silk, ribbed with silver
twist ; tapering orange tag, and topping for tail ;
guinea-hen hackle wound close by the silver
twist, and thickening and lengthening up to the
shoulder ; wings, a full mixture of golden phea-
sant tail and neck-feathers, guinea-hen and teal
feathers ; blue and yellow long macaw feelers, and
bronze peacock harl head. Hook, No. 5. and 6.

This fly is as deadly as the latter, and better
suited for day- fishing in deep clear pools and
streams. As a general fly, I have the highest
opinion of it, and should never fail to try it where-
ever I roamed, by known or unknown rivers. I
recommend it with the confidence of successful
experience. It has killed with wings and hackle,
after salmon had gnawed off silk for body, and
twist for ribbing.

92 A GOOD LITTLE IRISHMAN.

PLATE IV.

No. 10. Body, green mohair, ribbed with gold
twist and black hackle ; orange tag ; and tail
of short, half an inch or rather less, orange or
yellow macaw feather ; wrings, silver pheasant
tail, peacock wing, teal and guinea-hen feathers ;
blue and yellow macaw feelers ; head, orange
mohair, or bright bronze peacock harl. Hook,
No. 7. and 8.

This is a famous little fly in low clear water.
I killed last year, towards the end of July, in
the Shin, twenty- three salmon with it ; I should
have killed more, but I w^ished to keep it as a
memento mori. It should be used in the day
time, for it is not a gaudy fly, and suits bright
weather and bright water. It is an Irish pattern.

No. 11. Body, silver-coloured floss silk, ribbed
with silver tinsel and gold twist ; a fine short-
fibred black hackle wound over all ; blue jay
at the shoulder and a topping for tail ; wings,
a mixture of brown turkey tail and peacock's
wing-feathers, golden pheasant neck, teal, guinea-
hen and light brown turkey or kite feathers,
with a topping surmounting the whole ; blue and
yellow macaw feelers, and black ostrich head.
Hook, No. 6. and 7.

) . 1 ' , '

LcjjdMi-.Lcmtfaaan &

Lcmga

A GENERAL SUMMER-FLY. 93

One of the best general early morning and late
evening flies I know of. If dressed on a No. 4.
hook, it would kill well in the Shannon, the
Tweed, or the Spey, at high water. The wing
is a good specimen of the " mixed " wing. Tied
on a No. 8. hook, it will be an excellent grilse-
fly — one of the very best that can be used of
dull days in the rivers of Sutherlandshire.

No. 12. Body, grey donkey's fur, from the butt
of the ear, or hedgehog's fur, or grey pig's wool,
to be ribbed and tipped with silver tinsel ; gold
colour tag, and a tip of darker shade under the
shoulder ; tail, a few sprigs of mallard and golden
pheasant neck-feather; wings, mixed fibres of
golden pheasant tail and breast-feathers, mallard
and brown turkey ; feelers, blue macaw ; and blue
or blood-red head. Hook, No. 4.

This fly is called " the jackass," and is a cele-
brated killer at Lismore, on the Blackwater, co.
Cork. I look upon it as a general fly. If dressed
on No. 6. and 7. hooks, it will prove a general
summer-fly on all our best rivers, particularly
those of the south of Ireland. It is a good sample
of a fly, neither too sombre-hued, nor too gaudy.
It may be slightly varied with long blood-red tag,
and a tip or joint of fur of deeper blood-red colour
under the shoulder.

94 A FATAL SORCERESS.

PLATE Y.

No. 13. Ondine. — Body, blue peacock, closely
ribbed with fine gold twist ; two joints of green
trogan feather, and one of short red orange hackle
under the shoulder ; over the butts of the wings,
blue jay ; small light blue tag, gold tip, and bril-
liant little topping for tail; wings, a careful
mixture of fibres of bustard, silver pheasant,
yellow and blue macaw, teal, guinea-hen, and
golden pheasant tail and neck-feathers, surmounted
by a topping ; feelers, blue and yellow macaw,
and bright blue silk head. Hook, No. 7. and 8.

None but a connoisseur can fully appreciate
the beauties of this fly. It is of composite archi-
tecture, but not too florid. Its ornaments are
most attractive, and they will suit the tastes of
salmon, no matter to what nation they belong.
I gaze at it gloatingly. It is a summer and
autumn fly — a fatal sorceress then to fresh -
run salmon and grilse. Its charms will be most
acutely felt in the north of Scotland, and no part
of Ireland will be insensible to them.

No. 14. Body, dull yellow mohair, ribbed with
gold tinsel, and a long-fibred hackle of the same
colour wound over it ; tag, a little brown liarl ;
tail, small topping and sprigs of bustard and

ONDIITE

~^^ss^

Xoadi^n : LongmarL & C9

MODEL WELSH AND SCOTCHMEN. 95

guinea-hen feathers ; wings, divided and of
unseparated fibres of slips from the bustard or
peacock's wing, or from a cinnamon brown and
dark mottled turkey tail-feather; feelers, blue
and yellow macaw ; head, bronze peacock harl.
Hook, Xo. 5.

This is an admirable specimen of a Welsh fly
for moderately deep and not over bright water.
In the spring it will kill in the Wye, the Eske,
the Conway, and the Tivy ; and, if dressed of a
smaller size, it will prove a general summer-fly
for the salmon-rivers of Wales.

Xo. 15. TOPPY. — Body, black pig's w^ool or
bullock's hair, slightly ribbed with gold or silver
tinsel ; tag, crimson silk or mohair, next to it
two turns of red hackle ; black hackle up the
body ; tail, yellow mohair picked out ; wings,
black feather from a turkey's tail, tipped with
white ; head, crimson mohair. Hook, Xo. 5, 6,
and 7.

This is a standard Tweed-fly. Each wing of
strips of undivided fibres is put on separately.
They are therefore fully divided, and project
over and by the hook, like the slightly opened
blades of a pair of scissors. The wings of the
generality of home-made standard Tweed-flies
open in the same fasliion, and so do many of the

96 SHANNON SALMON- FLIES.

Welsh flies. This sort of wing is represented by
figures 14 and 15, plate Y., viz. by the two last
flies I have just described. To distinguish this
wing from the " mixed " wing, I shall call it
" Tweed-fashion wing." I am not in love with
it; and, in nine cases out of ten, should prefer
the mixed wing.

The great standard Shannon-fly is depicted
on the plate No. 2. The reader will be good
enough to refer to my written description of it at
p. 88. I will now give a description of other
laro'e flies for the same river, the wino:s of which
are to be like those of the painted fly, and the
hooks on which they are to be dressed of the same
size, at least for high spring-tide water.

No. 1. Body, half orange, half black floss silk,
over all of which a plain ginger hackle, and silver
tinsel and gold twist ; blue silk tag, tipped with
silver ; blue jay at shoulder, and blue fur head.
Wings and hook like those of " The Shannon."

No. 2. Pomona-green floss silk body, over
which blood-red hackle, stripped on one side ;
orange tag, jay under shoulder, and blue head.
Wings and hook as before.

SALMON-PEAL FLIES. 97

No. 3. Black floss silk body, silver tinsel and
lemon colour hackle over it ; orange tag, dark
head, and wings and hook as before.

No. 4. Body, all blue or purple floss silk, over
which a blue hackle ; yellow head, and wings and
hook as before.

I now come to six much smaller flies for the
river Shannon. They are used in the summer
and autumn months, chiefly for grilse, or, as they
are called in Ireland, *^ salmon peal."

At the head of them stands the " Goldfinch,"
— that beauty standing first in the frontispiece,
and described in writing at p. 86. Then comes

No. 2. It is to be similar to the " Gold-
finch," except that its body is to be of light-
green floss silk.

No. 3. Body, claret floss silk, gold tinsel, and
blue jay hackle over it ; orange tag, and black
ostrich head. Wings, broken-up fibres of blue,
yellow, and red macaw, guinea-fowl, and golden
pheasant tail-feathers ; over the wings, one or
two toppings. Hook, No. 5 and 6.

I consider this one of the best types of a
gaudily mixed wing, and one that would suit
bodies of other flies, made of materials of plain,
quaker-like colours.

No. 4. Body like the last ; but a guinea-fowl's.

H

98

hackle, dyed yellow, is to be substituted for the
blue jay, and the head is to be of dark blue fur.
Wings and hooks as before.

No. 5. Body, light blue floss silk, over which
silver tinsel and bustard hackle ; topping for tail,
and black ostrich harl for head. Wings and
hooks as before.

No. 6. Body, black floss silk, gold tinsel, and
light brown hackle ; orange tag, and tail a few
short sprigs of cock of the rock feather ; wings,
fibres of the same feather, and of guinea-fowl,
blue, yellow, and red macaw. Head, wings, and
hooks as before.

Every one of the last six flies, if dressed on
No. 7. hooks, will suit the Bally shannon and
northern Irish rivers.

^ihcv €i3ictti Jflic^.

No. 1. Body, purple pig's hair, with a rather
long tag of orange pig's hair or wool ; purple
hackle over body, which is to be ribbed with
silver tinsel ; blue hackle at the shoulder ; wing,
cinnamon brown turkey tail-feather, each wing
to be thin and long, and of undivided fibres ;
tail, orange mohair, mixed with golden pheasant
neck, and teal feathers. Hook, No. 2. for high

HIGH WATER TWEED-FLIES. 99

water; to be dressed on smaller hooks for low
water.

No. 2. Body, blue pig's hair ; long yellow pig's
hair tag ; yellow hackle over tag, and light blue
hackle from that to the shoulder; silver tinsel
over body; scarlet hackle at head, and under-
neath red pig's hair. Wings, white swan's wing-
feather ; each wing to be thin and long, and of
undivided fibres ; tail, red mohair, mixed with a
few fibres of scarlet ibis feather. Hooks as
before.

No. 3. Body, black pig's hair, a long tag of
red pig's hair, and between it and the black body
a bit of purple pig's hair ; small orange hackle
struck over the red tag ; silver tinsel, and purple
hackle over the black portion of the body ; ibis
body-feather at shoulder, and underneath a bit of
red pig's hair. Wings, black and white spotted
turkey tail-feather tipped with white ; tail, orange
mohair, mixed with teal feather, and a small top-
ping. Hooks as before.

No. 4. Body, black spaniel's hair, with a short
tag of orange pig's hair, above which a tag of red
and then blue, and over all a purple hackle ; to
be ribbed with silver, and blue hackle at the
shoulder. Wings, two whole black and white
feathers of the snipe, which are found under that

100 SETTLED WATER TWEED-FLIES.

bird's wing ; blue hackle at shoulder ; tail, scarlet
ibis mixed with red mohair. Hook, Xo. 4 and 5.

No. 5. Body, black pig's hair ; tag, of orange
ditto, above which a claret tag ; silver tinsel,
black hackle over ; blue ditto at shoulder. ATings,
light mallard feather of undivided fibres ; tail,
gold colour mohair, mixed with a few sprigs of
golden pheasant neck-feather. Hook, No. 5
and 6.

Xo. 6. Body, black pig's hair at centre ; tag,
orange, above which red mohair tag ; black hackle
over all ; silver tinsel ; blue pig's hair under
wing's, which are to be of liojht brown mallard
feather, put on as before ; tail, as in the last fly.
Hook as before.

"No. 7. Body, black in the centre, as in the
previous fly ; orange and blue tag ; black hackle
over all ; gold tinsel ; claret pig's hair at shoulder.
Wings, black and white spotted turkey tail-
feather, to be divided and of undisturbed fibres ;
each wing to be thin, and a little longer than the
body ; tail as before. Hook, No. 6 and 7.

No. 8. Centre of body black ; orange, red, and
blue tags ; gold tinsel ; black hackle over all ;
orange pig's hair at shoulder ; wings, light cin-
namon turkey tail-feather ; tail as before, with a
sprig of blue macaw. Hook as before.

LOW WATER TWEED-FLIES. 101

No. 9. Body, black mohair ; orange tag ; black
hackle ; silver twist ; teal wings, small bit of red
under them ; tail, yellow mohair. 'Hook,. ISTo. 9
and 10.

This fly is of the smallest Tweed mej and-thd
large flies (all of them after patterns by Mr.
Forrest, of Kelso) may be reduced to the same
dimensions for clear, low, summer water.

Take notice that the wings of all the above
flies are put on separately, each wing consisting
of an undivided collection of the fibres of the
feather of which it is made. They are of the
" Tweed-fashion wing," alluded to in describing
Plate No. v., and their shapes may be seen in the
representations marked No. 14. and No. 15. in
the above-mentioned plate. A few of the Tweed-
flies, like that marked No. 4. in this list, have
wings, each of which consists of a whole feather,
stem and aU, and merely stripped of the down at
the root or quill-end.

KiNMONT Willie. — Body, fur of the hare's
ear, end of body red mohair or pig's wool ; tail,
yellow ditto ; over the body black cock's hackle ;
wings, mottled feather from under the wing of a

H s

102 MR. SCROPE's tweed-flies.

male teal, and yellow mohair or fur head. Hook,
No. 7 and 8. ,

The Lady of Mertoun. — Body, water-rat's
£iir^,et)d of ,body erimson mohair, and a turn or
two of r 3d- hackle ; over the water-rafs fur black
hackle ; tail yellow, and head crimson mohair.
Wings and hooks as before.

TOPPY. — This is a favourite of Mr. Scrope's.
It is represented in Plate, No. V.

Michael Scott. — Body, black pig's wool,
terminated with hare's ear fur and a little crimson
mohair, and yellow tail; over the body, black
hackle and gold twist ; a couple of turns of red
hackle above the tail; wings, mottled feather
from the back of a drake ; head, yellow mohair,
and a little hare's fur next it. Hook, No. 4 and 5.
This is reckoned a very killing Tweed-fly.

Meg with the muckle Mouth. — Body,
yeUow floss silk, ending with a tag of crimson
fur, and yellow or orange mohair tail, just above
which, a little red hackle; over the body, gold
twist and brown hackle. Wings, brown turkey
tail, tied Tweed-fashion, and head crimson fur.
Hook, No. 5.

Meg in her Braws. — Body, a mixture of
brown and black pig's wool, at the end a green
tag, followed by one of crimson mohair; over

MODERN TWEED-FLIES. 103

body gold twist, and a large furnace hackle ; tail
and head, yellow mohair ; wings, light-brown of
the wing-feather of a bittern, and over their roots
blue jay hackle. Hook, No. 5.

These last two flies dressed on No. 3. hooks,
will suit the Tweed in spring time. Of the
above six patterns, Mr. Scrope observes, *' I will
note one thing, which is, that if you rise a fish
with the Lady of Mertoun, and he does not touch
her, give him a rest, and come over him with the
Toppy, and you have him to a certainty, and vice
versa. This I hold to be an invaluable secret,
and is the only change that, during my long
practice, I have found eminently successful."

Recently, somewhat gaudy-bodied flies, with
mixed wings, have killed well in the Tweed,
frequently better than the old standard flies. I
shall give a short list of these successful substi-
tutes.

No. 1. Body, purple pig's hair; orange and red
tag, tipped with gold tinsel ; a topping for tail ;
body to be ribbed with silver tinsel and gold
twist, and to have a purple hackle struck from
the tags to the wings, over the shoulder of which

H 4

104 MIXED-WING TWEED-FLIES.

there is to be a jay's hackle. Wings, two top-
pings, silver and golden pheasant tail, guinea-hen,
mallard, teal, and blue macaw ; head, orange pig's
hair, and feelers of blue and yellow macaw.
Hook, No. 6, 7, and 8.

I guarantee this fly as a killer when the regular
Tweed-flies fail, especially in summer; indeed,
at any period of somewhat low water. With a
fly of this pattern tied on a ISTo. 7. hook, Lord
Henry Bentinck killed, one day, in the Tweed,
fourteen salmon. I should use it as a general fly.

No. 2. Body, blue pig's hair and yellow tag,
ribbed with gold twist and hackle dyed blue;
round the shoulder, jay's hackle ; head, red
mohair, and a very small topping for tail. Wings,
four toppings in the midst of a mixture of bustard,
golden pheasant tail and neck- feathers, maUard,
Argus pheasant, cock of the rock, guinea-hen,
teal, and jungle- cock feathers ; feelers, blue and
yellow macaw. Hook, No. 4 and 5.

A high-water Tweed-fly, presenting one of the
best specimens of an attractively mixed wing.
By varying the body, making it frequently gaudy,
more frequently not, but rather of a sombre hue,
you will produce a valuable general fly.

No. 3. Body, black mohair and yellow tag ;
over body, silver tinsel and dark purple hackle,

SUTHERLAND-FLIES AND RIVERS. 105

with orange hackle at the shoulder, and blue head.
Wings, six toppings, and one small one for tail.
Hook, No. 5 and 6.

This beautiful fly will not kill on bright days,
or in low bright water ; but, under contrary con-
ditions of weather and water, it will prove success-
ful in the Tweed, Shannon, and Ballyshannon.

No. 4. Body, half orange, half black, the black
part next the wings, and to be of pig's hair, the
whole to be ribbed with gold twist and silver
tinsel ; a black hackle to be struck from the centre
of the body upwards, and a few turns of a yellow
hackle to be made beyond the shoulder; dark
blue head. Wings, four toppings, having at each
side of them a jungle-cock's feather ; tail, two
or three fibres of golden pheasant's neck-feather.
Hook, No. 5 and 6. for full water ; and for low
water. No. 7 and 8.

No. 5. Body, puce mohair and claret hackle ;
tag, yellow or orange mohair ; to be ribbed with
gold twist ; orange hackle, blue jay, and king-
fisher at shoulder; full, gaudily mixed wings.
Hook, No. 6 and 7.

I believe that, at the present time, the rivers
of Sutherlandshire will afford more sport to the

106 IN PRAISE OF THE SHIN.

salmon and sea-trout fly-fisher than any other
streams in the empire. I attribute their supe-
riority to their excellent management by Mr.
Andrew Young and others, who zealously carry
out the wishes of his Grace the Duke of Suther-
land, embodied in instructions communicated by
his Grace's chief agents, Mr. Loch, M. P., and
Mr. Gunn, to the immediately superintending
managers, and by them caused to be minutely
carried into effect. I appreciate these rivers so
highly, that, after describing the several standard
flies for them, I shall write a little sketch of each.
I shall begin with the celebrated river Shin,
the best river in Sutherlandshire, and the best I
ever fished in. Mr. Young lives at Invershin, at
the mouth of the river, and he has the power of
permitting gentlemen to angle in it on certain con-
ditions. Last season I killed fifty-four salmon in
it in fifty-five hours, and the flies I used were the
three represented in Plate No. III., and marked
No. 7, 8, 9., with the two numbered 10 and 11.
on Plate No. IV. The green-bodied fly, marked
TTo. 10., was the most successful of aU ; but if I
were to fish the Shin again, my favourite summer
and autumn fly should be the Ondine of Plate
No. V. The next two are local Shin-flies : the
third fly is not.

LOCAL SHIN-FLIES. 107

No. 1. Body, orange floss silk; yellow tag,
tipped with silver twist ; above it black ostrich
and red tag ; to be ribbed with silver tinsel and
gold twist ; grouse hackle at centre of the body ;
teal hackle under shoulder. Wings, two neck-
feathers of the golden pheasant, over which a
mixture of brown and black, and white spotted
turkey tail-feather, with fibres also of the golden
pheasant tail-feather, and brown mallard ; feelers,
blue and yellow macaw ; yellow mohair over the
roots of the wing, and black ostrich head ; tail, a
golden pheasant topping. Hook, No. 4. At this
size the fly is a large one, fit for the Shin in the
spring. For the summer, it should be made on
hooks three sizes smaller, and will kill best morn-
ing and evening.

No. 2. Body, black floss silk ; tag, of yellow-
green ditto ; below it black ostrich tag, tipped
with silver twist ; over body, gold tinsel and silver
twist; grouse hackle, and round the shoulder
guinea-hen hackle. Wings, golden pheasant neck-
feather in centre, mixed with a few fibres of the
following feathers, viz. peacock wing-feather, light
brown, spotted, and cream-coloured turkey tail-
feathers, golden pheasant tail and red rump-fea-
thers ; feelers of blue and yellow macaw, and
black ostrich head; tail, a mixture of red ibis.

108 AN IRISH COSMOPOLITE.

mallard, and cream-coloured spotted turkey.
Hook, No. 5.

This fly, which is a good one, might be much
improved, by dressing it on a No. 6 or 7. hook,
making the body long and tapering, and winding
over it, by the tinsel, a good short-fibred old
black cock's hackle, and putting a short topping
for tail.

A DEADLY Irishman's Summer Shin-Fly.
— Body, yellow floss silk, ribbed with gold
tinsel ; dark brown tag ; bright blue hackle over
body, and to be full at the shoulder. Wings,
fibres of the following feathers : Himalayan
pheasant crest-feather, brown turkey, golden
pheasant tail and red rump-feather, blue macaw
body-feather, golden pheasant neck-feather,
guinea-hen, green-sword peacock's feather, small
topping ; feelers, blue and yellow macaw ; head,
reddish brown ; tail, small topping, mixed with
golden pheasant neck-feather, ibis, and mallard.
Hook, No. 7, 8, and 9.

The wing of this fly is most attractively mixed,
and its attractions will not be confined to the
Shin. If dressed on No. 4 and 5. hooks, it will
kiU in full water in any river in the empire.
With me it is a standard fly.

Flies for the Eiver Laxford. — No. 1.

FLIES FOR THE LAXFORD AND INVER. 109

Body, orange floss silk ; tag, yellow green ditto,
tipped with silver twist, and ribbed with gold
tinsel ; black hackle, and claret silk under
shoulder, round which blue jay hackle. Wings,
mixture of the fibres of the following feathers : —
black and white turkey tail, bustard, red macaw,
guinea-'hen, golden pheasant neck- feather, and
silver pheasant tail-feather ; feelers, blue and
yellow macaw ; head, black ostrich ; tail, a few
fibres of mallard dyed yellow. Hook, No. 6
and 7.

No. 2. Body, brown floss silk, tipped with
silver twist, and ribbed with silver tinsel and gold
twist ; fiery brown hackle ; blue mohair picked
out at the shoulder ; wings mixed, and of golden
pheasant neck-feather, mallard, brown turkey,
teal, blue macaw, and green parrot ; feelers, blue
and yellow macaw ; tail, small topping. Hook,
No. 9 and 10.

For the River Inter. — No. 1. Body, pale
green floss silk ; orange tag, tipped with silver
twist, and between them black ostrich tag; to
be ribbed with gold tinsel, silver twist, and grouse
hackle, and wings mixed thus : — brown spotted
turkey tail-feather, peacock's wing, red ibis, teal,
guinea-hen, and silver pheasant dyed yellow ;

no FLIES FOR THE BRORA AND OIKEL.

blue and yellow macaw feelers, and black head ;
small topping for tail. Hook, No. 6 and 7.

No. 2. Body, black floss silk ; crimson tag,
tipped with black ostrich and gold twist, ribbed
with silver tinsel and twist, and black hackle ;
crimson mohair, picked out under wings, which
are to be a mixture of cream«spotted turkey tail,
guinea-hen, and teal feathers, golden pheasant
neck and tail-feathers, and two or three fibres of
bustard ; black ostrich head, and topping for tail.
Hook, No. 6 and 7.

For the Eiver Brora. — Body, a mixture
of blue, green, and yellow pig's hair, silver tinsel,
black hackle ; wings, peacock wing-feather ; tail,
red mohair. Hook, No. 7 and 8.

For the Oikel. — No. 1. Body, brick-brown
floss silk ; red and black ostrich tag, tipped with
silver twist ; to be ribbed with silver tinsel and
gold twist ; grouse hackle full under the wings,
which are to be of the following fibres : spotted
turkey dyed yellow, brown turkey, teal, blue
macaw, red ibis, and bustard ; black ostrich head,
and topping for tail. Hook, No. 7 and 8.

No. 2. Body, yellow brown pig's wool ; tag,
black ostrich, tipped with gold twist ; to be
ribbed with gold twist ; black red hackle over
body, and blue mohair picked out at the shoulder.

THE CARRON AND KIRKAIG. Ill

Wings, a golden pheasant neck-feather ; alongside
of it an entire teal's feather, brown spotted turkey,
guinea-hen, and wood-duck fibres ; black ostrich
head, and small topping for tail. Hook, No. 8
and 9.

For the Carron. — Body, black floss silk ;
orange tag, ostrich and silver tip ; to be ribbed
with silver tinsel and gold twist ; grouse hackle
over body. Wings, turkey feather dyed yellow,
mallard, silver pheasant tail, guinea-hen, teal,
and Argus pheasant fibres ; black head, and small
topping for tail. Hook, No. 8 and 9,

No. 2. Body, black floss silk ; orange and black
ostrich tag, tipped with silver twist ; to be ribbed
with silver twist ; black heron hackle ; wings,

bustard, pea-fowl, silver pheasant, and teal feathers;

feelers, blue and yellow macaw ; black head, and

two fibres of bustard feather for tail. Hook,

No. 9.
For the Eiver Kirkaig. — Body, puce

mohair ; tag, red ditto, tipped with gold twist ;

to be ribbed with silver tinsel, black hackle, and

a bit of orange mohair picked out at the shoulder ;

wings, bittern and guinea-hen ; black head, and

orange mohair tail. Hook, No. 8.

General Summer Flies for all the

ABOVE Eivers. — No. 1. Body, brown mohair;

112 SUTHERLANDSHIRE SUMMER-FLIES.

silver twist and black cock's hackle over ; black
head, and small topping for tail. Wings, a mix-
ture of guinea-hen and brown mallard feathers.
Hook, No. 7 and 8.

No. 2. Body, black mohair, over which black
hackle with a piece of orange mohair rolled on
and picked out at the head ; yellow^ tag, and small
topping for tail. Wings, the spotted peacock
wing-feather, neatly tied Tweed-fashion. Hook,
No. 8 and 9.

No. 3. Body, claret mohair and claret hackle,
and gold tinsel over it ; orange tag, and small
topping for tail ; wings, brown mallard. Hook,
No. 9.

No. 4. Body, yellow silk, ribbed with gold
tinsel ; grouse hackle from the centre upwards ;
amber hackle at shoulder, and small black ostrich-
harl head. Wings and hook as before.

The last four flies mentioned are good lake and
sea-trout flies.

^ut^crlaiilr ^ihcxS tvitU^ tsticxiht'is.

The Shin. — This river, if not the best, the
second best in Scotland, runs out of Loch Shin,
near Lairg, passes by Achany, and runs into an
arm of the sea at Invershin, about five miles

THE RIVER SHIN DESCRIBED. 113

higher up than Bonar-briclge. It is not a wide,
but it is a rapid river, full of falls, pools, rapids,
and streams. From the Shin-bridge to the upper
fall — a distance by the river side of about two
miles or less — there is excellent fishing, better
perhaps than from the upper-fall to the Loch.
I think, however, that in the late summer months
there is a greater number of large fish above the
fall than below it, but by far a greater number of
grilse below than above it in July and August.
The best spots are Cromartie's pool, Angus's pool,
the Ferlun pool, and the Black-stone pool. How-
ever, all the intervening streams should be closely
fished, particularly those above the lower fall, by
the wood side. The best season for large fish is
March and April, and for grilse July and August.
However, whenever the river is higli there is
always abundance of fish in the river. They run
large, but, generally speaking, are not handsome
fish. In Loch Shin there is good trout-fishing,
particularly for the salmo ferox.

The Laxford. — This little river is not more
than four miles long. It is eight miles distant from
Scourie. 'Tis a capital angling stream for small
salmon and large sea-trout. The latter are more
abundant in it than, perhaps, in any other river
in Scotland. Its salmon do not average more

114 LAXFORD AND BROKA DESCRIBED.

than 71bs. in weight, but they are handsome,
lively, and ftdl of game. Its best month is May,
for later in the season it is frequently too low.
However, after a flood it is invariably good. A
hundred sea-trout may be taken in it in a few
hours with a small (No. 10. hook) fly, having a
bright yellow body, ribbed with gold or silver,
a gaudily mixed wing, and blue jay at shoulder.
The size should be varied according to the state
of the water. This interesting little river, now
rented by Earl Grosvenor and Lord Anson, is fed
by Loch Stark, a small piece of water, and one
of the best in Scotland for sea-trout anoiins;.
Twelve dozen, averaging about 2lbs. a piece,
having been caught in it with the fly in one day.
The Brora. — This is a small river on the
east coast of Sutherlandshire, near Dunrobin
Castle. It is, like the Shin, a very early river,
and salmon take the fly well in open weather as
early as the first w^eek in February. In March,
even on a very snowy day, eight fresh-run salmon
have been taken by one rod in this river. Its
fish are small, but handsome, lively and " wicked."
In the spring they take large flies, as large as
those I have recommended for the Shin at high
water ; but, in bright summer water, the flies must
be small, and of sombre hues, like that recom-

OIKEL AND CAERON DESCRIBED. 115

mended for this river in the list of Sutherland-
shire flies.

The Oikel. — Perhaps I ought to have written
" Okiel." The name is spelt and pronounced dif-
ferently. It is a late river, abounding in grilse
after June. Nineteen have been killed in it by
one rod in a day. They are very small, but
active and strong, and even salmon rarely run
heavier than 6lbs. in weight. The river is never,
for any considerable length of time, in order —
not longer than two or three days after a spate or
flood. It is useless to fish above the bridge-fall
until late in the season. The Oikel is within a
couple of hours' walk of the Shin. There is a
small stream, called, I believe, the Jenach, run-
ning into the Oikel about half a mile below the
bridge. The salmon, though small, are exceed-
ingly handsome, very small in the head, and deep
and short in the body. This little river is seldom
in order, being usually very low and bright. The
angler should fish it " fine and far off," and with
the smallest sized grilse fly of dark colours. The
fly, marked No. 9. in the first list of Tweed flies,
will answer.

The Carron. — This river is in Ross-shire,
on the borders of Sutherland, and is the picture
of a salmon river. It is not carefully preserved,

I 2

116 THE CARSELY DESCRIBED.

and a man must be lucky to kill three or four
fish in it in a day. Its salmon, grilse, and sea-
trout are handsome and of excellent quality. It
runs into the Kyle near Bonar-bridge. The best
fishing is about five miles higher up and further
on. It is a rapid rocky river, and runs clear after
a flood in less than four-and-twenty hours. Small
dark and brown-bodied flies, with wings of turkey,
mallard, and guinea-hen, are the best for it. A
somewhat gaudy mixed wing suits dark days,
and on them the " blue jay " of Plate No. IIL,
will prove successful.

The Carsely. — This is another small river
running into the Dornoch Kyle at Kose-Hall.
It is a good little stream in April and May ; but
not above the bridge, half a mile higher up than
which is a fall salmon do not surmount before
June or July. After these months, during Au-
gust and September, there is fair fishing, provided
the river be not too low, in its higher pools and
streams, in the direction of its source, at the foot
of the celebrated Ben-More Assynt. Carsely-
salmon are neither handsome nor large; lOlbs*
being an extreme weight. They take best the
flies recommended for the Oikel, and should be
tempted with some of the small-sized Shin flies.

The Inver. — I ought to have placed this

EIYERS INVER AND KIRKAIG. 117

river between the Shin and the Laxford. It is a
better river than the latter, but not so good as
the former. It is deemed the second best salmon-
anglino; river in Sutherlandshire. Its salmon are
prettily shaped, and of good quality. They are
small, active fish, averaging about 8lbs. or 9lbs.
in weight. It is not an early river, and few fish
are taken in it before the middle of May. Its
best months are June and July, yet, afterwards,
up to the 15th September, two or three salmon
a day may be killed in it. In June and July,
favourable days, a good angler will kill in it his
eight or ten grilse and salmon. It has been
strictly preserved for the last two years. Like
the river Shin, it is fed by a large loch (Assynt),
and therefore continues long in order after rains.
Mr. Dunbar, of Loch-Inver inn, now rents it for
the purpose of aflTording sport to anglers, and he
also rents for the same purpose —

The Kiekaig, another river of nearly the
same size, distant about three miles from Loch-
Inver. Its salmon are celebrated for the beauty
of their shape, and the largeness of their size.
Fish of between thirty and forty pounds in weight
have been killed with the rod in it. It is an
early river, and the large fish are caught as early
as February and March in its lower pools. A

I 3

118 SUTHERLANDSHIRE TROUT.

waterfall, impassable for salmon, about four miles
higher up than its mouth, limits angling to that
distance. The pools are smooth towards its
mouth, but rapid towards the high waterfall;
and the fish, being of singular activity and game,
afford exciting sport. It is frequently in angling
order, because it is fed by a chain of lakes which
divides the counties of Koss and Sutherland.

The Naver. — This is a goodly sized stream,
and of fair angling repute. However, its salmon
are neither large, nor handsome. It may be
fished to advantage as early as April, and with
the river Oikel flies, and with water in " tune,"
affords good sport. It lies about twelve miles to
the east of Tongue, a town situate in the centre
of the northern coast of Sutherlandshire.

The Boggy and the Halladale are two
streams not far from the Naver. They are in-
ferior to it. The first is an early, the second a
late river. In the former, the Oikel-flies kill ; in
the latter, a plain red-bodied fly, with brown
turkey or mallard feather wings.

Besides the above-named rivers, there are many
lesser ones in Sutherlandshire aboundins^ in trout.
There are also numerous large and small lochs,
in this romantically wild and picturesque county,
inhabited by the salmo ferox and large grey lake-

THE RIVERS OF ROSS-SHIRE. 119

trout, and by thousands of smaller and diverse
species. The trout-fisher, therefore, whether he
fly- fishes or spins, will find most abundant and
varied sport in the mountain waters of this alpine
region of North Britain.

2a0^^-s|)trc ^ibtx^*

The Allapool. — This beautiful little stream
is justly considered a good angling one. The
late lamented John Hay M*Kenzie, laird of
Cromartie, who was one of the best salmon-
fishers and deer-stalkers in the north, used to
enjoy excellent sport in this river, which was his
own, and whose local name is " Cromartie's
river." Bright flies suit it best, similar to those
recommended for the Shin.

The Dionard. — This river, which runs into
the Kyle of Durness, is a small but good one, at
least for sea-trout and grilse. It should be fished
in June and July, at about three miles from its
mouth when it is full, immediately after a heavy
fall of rain. The best fly for it is one with body
half blue, half yellow mohair or floss silk, the
yellow next the wings, which are to be of mottled
teal's feather divided. A black red hackle is to
be wound over the whole length of the body.
Hook, No. 8.

I 4

120 riNDHOKN AND NAIKN-FLIES.

The Kennie and Cannard. — Other rivers
in Koss-shire, like those already described. Small
passably gaudy flies kill in them.

jTltc^ fax bartciu^ ^cotc^ UihtrS,

For the Findhorn. — No. 1. Body, yellow
floss silk, ribbed with gold twist, orange and black
tag, silver tip, topping for tail ; black hackle
from the tail up, and guinea-hen hackle at
shoulder. Wings, mixed with bustard, tail and
neck- feathers of the golden pheasant, silver hen
pheasant tail, green peacock and teal feathers,
fibres of red, yellow, and blue macaw, kingfisher
each side, black head, and the usual feelers.
Hook, No. 7 and 8.

No. 2. Body, orange floss silk, ribbed with gold
tinsel ; a red, black, and brown tag, and small
topping for tail, over body grouse hackle or hen
Argus pheasant neck-feather, with blue jay at
shoulder. Wings, mixed of the following fea-
thers : — bustard, cock of the rock, guinea-hen,
yellow macaw, and a topping longer than the
other feathers *, black head, and the usual feelers.
Hook, No. 8.

For the Nairn. — No. 1. Body, different
shades of mohair, commencing at the tail, with

FLIES FOR THE DON AND DEE. 121

red, then blue, then brown-red, and, lastly, near
the shoulder purple or dark blue, silver twist, and
black hackle over all ; tail short, of red or orange
mohair. Wings full, and of spotted teal's fea-
ther ; black head. Hook, No. 8.

Rivers Don and Dee in Aberdeenshire.
— These rivers are but tolerable ones. The
general fly used for them is one with body, next
the bend of the hook, of light blue floss silk,
darker blue next the shoulder, silver tip, and
silver twist, and black hackle over body. Wings,
spotted peacock wing-feather, with a little teal's
feather over it at the back. Hook, JSTo. 6. The
following are good flies for the Don and Dee.

No. 1. Body, brown peacock harl, ribbed with
silver tinsel, and black-red hackle. Wing, teal
or mallard feathers. Hook, No, 8.

No. 2. Body, brown silk or mohair, mixed with
a little blue, orange, and a slight tinge of green,
to be ribbed with silver twist and furnace hackle.
Wings, dun heron or light mallard, varied with
teal and bittern wings. Hook, No. 7. At high
water, small gaudy flies will kill in both these
rivers.

122 RIVER SPEY-FLIES.

ifiic^ far t^c ^pcj?.

No. 1. Body, claret floss silk, with some deep
yellow-brown pig's hair towards the wings ; orange
and black ostrich tag, tipped with silver twist ;
to be ribbed with silver tinsel and gold twist,
claret hackle from tail to shoulder, and round the
latter grouse hackle. Wings, two golden pheasant
neck-feathers, and a to]")ping, light-brown spotted
turkey tail and Argus pheasant, guinea-hen, and
golden pheasant tail-feathers ; over the roots of
the wings yellow mohair ; black ostrich head, and
topping for tail. Hook, No. 3. This is a large-
sized spring-fly.

No. 2. Body, puce floss silk, to be ribbed with
gold and silver tinsel and yellow green silk thread,
and over all one of the pendant feathers of a brown
cock's tail. Wings to lie alonoj the back of the
hook, and they are to be made of the fibres of a
large brown spotted feather from the turkey's tail.
Hook, exceedingly long in the shank, — as long as
that of a No. 1. hook, but to be finer in the wire
and smaller in the bend. A large mackerel-hook,
if well tempered, would do. This is the old
standard Spey spring-fly.

No. 3. Body, tinsel and hackle the same as

STANDARD SPEY-FLIES. 123

before; wings, brown mallard feather. Hook,
No. 4 and 5.

No. 4. Body, cinnamon brown floss silk ; hackle,
tinsel, and wings like the last fly. Hook, No. 5
and 6.

No. 5. Body, puce floss silk, grouse hackle,
silver and gold twist, and mallard wing. Hook,
No. 7.

The two first flies are very large, and only fit
for the spring. The three last are smaller, and
are summer and autumn flies.

No. 6. Body, near the tail, fiery-brown floss
silk ; towards the head, from the centre of the
body, orange floss silk, ostrich tag tipped with
silver twistc The body to be ribbed with silver
tinsel and gold twist, orange hackle from tag to
wings, under which blue jay hackle. Wings, a
golden pheasant neck-feather, and fibres of Argus
pheasant, and slightly spotted cream-coloured
turkey tail-feathers ; black head and red tail.
Hook, No. 4 and 5. This is a standard Spey-
fly for May and June.

No. 7. Body, puce floss silk, and next the
shoulder the body is to be of mohair of the same
colour ; red and black tag, tipped with gold
twist; body to be ribbed with silver tinsel and
gold twist ; grouse hackle over the puce mohair.

124 SKETCH OF THE RIVER SPEY.

Wings, brown mallard, black and white spotted
turkey, and golden pheasant tail-feathers, blue
macaw, teal, and light turkey tail-feather, dyed
yellow, and bustard ; feelers, blue and yellow ma-
caw, black head, and topping for tail. Hook,
No. 5 6 and 7. A good summer and autumn
fly at low water.

The months of August and September, if the
Spey be full, will require flies dressed on No. 3
and 4. hooks, with gaudy bodies and gaudily
mixed wings. The bodies should consist of joints
of yellow, orange, and red floss silk or pig's wool,
with a red or fiery-brown hackle over all. In the
summer and autumn months, flies should be ribbed
with gold tinsel, but with silver in the spring
months.

€^c ^jJCM kvlH iti EtihitUxiti tfcsrrttrtf.
Mr. Dunbar of Loch-Inver has kindly sent me
a sketch of the river Spey, executed so much in
accordance with my taste that I'll transcribe it in
his own words : — " The Spey," he writes, " is
perhaps the very best salmon-angling river in
Scotland, but it is not a pleasant river to fish, for
two reasons ; first, you must use a very strong
and long rod, at least twenty feet in length ; so
that, working this all day, becomes very tiresome ;

SALMON OF THE SPEY. 125

secondly, whoever expects to kill many fish in the
Spey must be half amphibious, able to wade up
to the middle all day long, for the river is so
broad that one cannot, from the shore, throw line
Ions: enouo;h to reach it.

" The Spey salmon run very large. Many
are killed every season, weighing from between
twenty pounds to thirty pounds each ; and I have
known a few killed of the respective weights of
fifty pounds. I myself killed a still larger salmon
on the Spey, but always felt a delicacy in telling
the weight, as some people might suppose that I
was stretchino; rather a lono- line.

" There is no river in Britain where there
are such laro-e numbers of salmon killed as in
the Spey. I have known Mr. Hoggarth's (the
great salmon fisheries' contractor of Aberdeen)
fishermen take out of a few pools with nets up-
wards of 1500 salmon in one day. A few years
ao;o Mr. Hoo-o-arth rented on lease a few miles of
the Spey at 800Z. a year. The rent, I believe,
is now reduced to 600Z. I have killed salmon on
the Spey fifty miles up the river, with sea lice
adhering to them, which is a proof of the rapid
rate of travelling of the fish, since the parasitical
insects drop off the fish after a sojourn of not
more than from twenty-four to thirty hours in

126 NIGHT-FISHING IN THE SPET.

fresh water. Spey fish are in general very hand-
some, with small heads and very broad and deep
bodies.

" I have angled in this river in June and July
all night, when the water was very low, and with
great success. When the days are very bright
and the river low, you may fish all day long and
not get a single rise ; but if you wait until after
sunset, all the fish move up to the thin water at
the top of the stream ; and if there is a brisk
wind, and an over-cast, blue, cloudy sky, with no
dew falling, you may then begin operations, and
before three o'clock in the morning you may bag
half-a-dozen salmon, and some of them very large
ones. If there is the least dew falling, you may
content yourself with walking home, for not a fin
will rise at your fly. I may here mention that,
at night, you never see the fish rise, nor can you
see, with anything like precision, where your line
and fly fall on the water ; but you may soon get a
' rug ' (tug), and off" goes your reel with a rattling
noise. The fly that answers best at night has a
black body, over which very broad silver tinsel is
to be thickly wound ; the wings are to be of pure
white, — of the white wing-feather of the goose
or swan. I recollect one night, about five years
ago, taking four large salmon out of one pool in

UNSEASONABLE HOURS. 127

the Spey, when I could not see my fly drop in
the water.

" Many gentlemen angle all day long when the
river is very low and the weather bright and sun-
shiny, without taking a single fish. After they
return home is the time the natives go to work.
I recollect a notorious poaching character show-
ing, me, one morning early, no fewer than eight
salmon, two of which would weigh upwards of
twenty pounds apiece, which he told me he had
caught with the fly, after eleven o'clock the night
before."

The Avon. — This stream rises in the cele-
brated Carngorm hills, and empties itself into
the Spey at Ballandallach, near the seat of Sir
John M'Pherson Grant. It is one of the most
transparent rivers in Scotland. You may see
salmon lying at the bottom of pools twelve feet
in depth. It is a good angling stream on a dark,
cloudy day, and is famous for its sea-trout. The
best fly is a small, very dark-bodied one, with teal
and woodcock wings. Spinning with the parr, or
artificial minnow, may be successfully practised
in this river.

The Spean. — This river runs through the
braes of Lochabar, and joins the Lochy below
Spean-bridge. About seven miles above this

128 FLIES FOR THE BEST IRISH RIVERS.

bridge there is a waterfall, over which salmon
cannot pass ; but below it, until the river joins
the Lochy, the pools are numerous and rapid, and
in them fish rise well, and are of goodly size.
Though a few may be killed in April, June and
July are the months for good and certain sport.
A plain dark fly is generally used. The old
standard Spey-flies kill well, and so do bright-
bodied, and gaudily-mixed wing flies.

I resume, continued from page 98., my list of
flies for the best of " the Irish salmon rivers."

No. 1. Body, yellow at the tail, then blue,
then orange, and purple at the shoulder ; legs,
purple and blue jay hackles, struck from the
centre of the body upwards to the wings, which
are to consist of two large toppings, extending a
quarter of an inch over and beyond the bend of
the hook, and to be sprigged at each side with a
few fibres of golden pheasant tail, peacock wing,
and brown mallard feathers ; long feelers of blue
and yellow macaw; topping for tail and black
head. Hook, No. 3 and 4.

No. 2. Body, purple pig's hair, tag, yellow or
orange floss silk, to be ribbed with gold tinsel

FLIES FOR BALLYSHANNON. 129

and silver twist ; topping for tail, from which a
dark purple hackle is to be struck up to the wings ;
jay hackle round the shoulder. Wings, twelve
toppings, mixed with guinea-hen, bustard, and
Argus pheasant feathers ; blue macaw feelers.
Hook, No. 2 and 3.

No. 3. Body, half orange, half purple pig's
hair, the orange coloured next the tail, wine-
purple hackle, struck in from the centre, with an
orange hackle round the shoulder, and over it a
blue jay hackle. Wings, brown mallard, golden
pheasant-tail, neck and toppings mixed with blue
macaw and bustard feathers, a little guinea-hen
and teal feathers at each side ; body to be ribbed
with silver tinsel ; head, blue pig's hair. Hook,
No. 4 and 5.

The wings of the two last flies may be advan-
tageously varied by the addition of two cock of
the rock feathers. I would recommend the last
fly for the Spey at high water in the late summer
and early autumn months.

23 alTi?^^ allium jTIiesl.

No. 1. Body, yellow or gold-colour floss silk,
ribbed with gold tinsel ; black ostrich tag, and
two toppings for tail ; legs, a bright yellow

K

130 FOUR PERFECT PATTERin..

hackle from the tail upwards, and a little yel-
lowish-green mohair and blue jay at the shoulder.
Wings, two toppings mixed with golden pheasant
neck-feathers, and a few fibres of ibis, bustard,
mallard, Argus pheasant, peacock wing, yellow
macaw, and a little green parrot ; head, black
ostrich harl. Hook, No. 6 and 7.

Xo. 2. Body, orange floss silk, ribbed with
gold tinsel, a deep orange hackle struck over the
body, and blue jay at the shoulder. Wings, two
cock of the rock feathers, with a topping at each
side of them extending a little longer than they
over the bend of the hook, with fibres of mallard
and jungle-cock; tail a rather long topping ; head
black, with a little blue mohair underneath ;
feelers, blue and yellow macaw. Hooks as before.

Xo. 3. Body, lilac floss silk, gold twist, and
tag of orange mohair ; blue dun hackle over all,
with jay and kingfisher at the shoulder. Wings,
a few fibres of mallard, mixed with toppings,
neck and tail-feathers of the golden pheasant,
also a few fibres of cock of the rock, bustard,
guinea-hen, and green parrot; feelers, blue and
yellow macaw. Hook, No. 7 and 8.

No. 4. Body, light blue-dun fur, mixed with
yellow mohair, and ribbed with gold tinsel ; over
body, wound side by side, two grizzled cock's

THE BALLYSHANNON DESCEIBED. 131

hackles, dyed yellow and orange ; blue jay at
shoulder, and underneath it a cock of the rock
feather, wound round the throttle. Wings, half-
a-dozen middle-sized toppings, mixed with mallard
and blue macaw, and on each side of the wings a
jungle-cock feather ; dark blue head and the
usual feelers. Hook, No. 6 and 7.

These four patterns are, to my mind, perfec-
tion. Flies dressed after them will be of medium
size, tending to small. They will kill in any
water in the world, wherein salmon are tempted
by brilliant colours, variegated and subdued by an
admixture of hues, whose rich beauty surpasses
that of splendid gaudiness.

The Ballyshannon, or Erne river, is between
three and four miles in length, fed by Loch Erne,
and runs into the bay of Donegal, or into the
Atlantic thereabouts. There are few rivers in
the empire equal to it for the purposes of salmon-
angling. It is delightfully situated, and in its
vicinity anglers can procure every requisite ac-
commodation. The proprietor of it is liberal,
and will allow any gentleman of known respect-
ability to fly-fish in it for a reasonable period.
It is, unquestionably, the best river in the north
of Ireland.

132 A NORTH OF IRELAND GENERAL.

llibcr 23ann dTTic^.

No. 1. Body, claret pig's hair, gold tinsel, and
dark claret hackle struck up from the tail, with
an orange hackle round the shoulder, and a yellow
tag near the tail, which is to consist of one top-
j)ing. Wings, brown mallard, mixed with bus-
tard, golden pheasant toppings, neck and tail-
feathers ; black ostrich harl head, and blue and
yellow macaw feelers. Hook, No. 6.

No. 2. Body, fiery-brown pig's wool or mohair,
over which gold tinsel and amber hackle, and top-
ping for tail. Wings, brown mallard, and golden
pheasant neck-feathers, mixed with bustard and
guinea-hen : yellow hackle at the head, which is
to be finished off with black ostrich harl ; the
usual feelers. Hook, No. 6 7 and 8.

This is a general killer in all the best rivers of
the north of Ireland.

No. 3. Body, peacock harl, ribbed with gold
tinsel and claret hackle ; round the shoulder,
bright amber hackle ; wings the same as those of
the last fly, with the addition of a few fibres of
cock of the rock feather. Hooks, same sizes as
before.

No. 4. Body, purple mohair, and hackle over
it of the same colour ; gold tinsel, tag, yellow and

RIVER BUSH FLIES. 133

light-brown mohair, and topping for tail ; orange
hackle at shoulder, and blue head. Wings, neck-
feathers of the golden pheasant and mallard ;
feelers of blue and yellow and red macaw. Hook,
No. 5 6 and 7.

The four preceding flies are sound specimens
of the moderately gaudy.

dTlie^ far t^t ^ibtt 28uiSl).

No. 1. Body, orange mohair, and claret hackle
over gold tinsel ; wings, brown mallard ; tail, fibres
of the same feather and black ostrich head. Hook,
No. 8 and 9.

No. 2. Body, amber coloured mohair, over which
gold tinsel, and amber or fiery-brown hackle ;
small topping for tail. Wings, brown turkey tail-
feather and mallard, mixed with a few fibres of
golden pheasant neck-feathers ; black ostrich head
and macaw feelers. Hooks, as before.

No. 3. Body, orange mohair, over which gold
twist and orange hackle ; blue jay at shoulder,
and black head. Wings, brown mallard, and a
few fibres of cock of the rock feather. Hooks,
as before.

No. 4. Body, peacock harl, ribbed with gold
tinsel, and black hackle ; amber ditto at shoulder,

K 3

134 MUNSTER SALMON-RIVERS.

and small topping for tall. Wings, brown mallard
and fibres of the sword-feather of the peacock's
tail. Hooks, as before.

At a place called Bush-mill on this river, there
is established a salmon-fishing club on liberal
principles. Any gentleman recommended to it
will be amicably received by its members, and
every facility they can give or procure afforded to
him for the enjoyment of sport.

JFlic^ for tl)e Eotocr 23Iacfeiuatcr.

I now come to the best rivers of the extreme
south and south-west of Ireland, viz. those of the
counties Cork and Kerry. They are good rivers,
and I hope the Salmon Fisheries' Act of 1848,
has much improved them. I am the more anxious
for a consummation of this sort, as I am fully
convinced of the good that would result to the
province of Munster, from its having well pre-
served salmon-rivers situated at a trajet of thirty
hours' duration from the British metropolis. The
good would be manifold — commercial and social,
profitable and pleasing — reciprocally so to warm-
hearted, hospitable Celt, and munificent Saxon.
May we see them for the future more frequently
together on the romantic banks of the beautiful

LISMORE FLIES. 135

Blackwater using in brotherly emulation the
followinor flies : —

o

No. 1. This fly, a standard one at the cele-
brated weirs of Lismore, is depicted on Plate
No. ly., and described, marked No. 12, at page
93. It may be dressed one size larger, and then
it will be of the largest spring size, suitable at
that season for the highest water between Lismore
and the sea.

No. 2. To be made like the last, substituting a
blood-red tag for a o^old colour one, and havino^ a
joint of dark blood-red coloured pig's hair under
the shoulder.

No. 3. Body, light brown olive pig's wool, over
which hackle of the same colour, and gold tinsel ;
tag, golden yellow, and between it and the olive
body a very short joint or tag of grey fur ; tail,
sprigs of mallard and golden pheasant neck-feather.
Wings, hooks and feelers like those of the two
preceding flies. Head, blue or deep red mohair.

No. 4. Body, one third of it next the tail to be
of grey fur, the remainder up to the wings of
bright green fur, and same coloured hackle ; amber
tag, tail as before, blood-red head ; wings as before,
with the addition of a few green fibres from the
sword-feather of the peacock. Hook, No. 4
and 5.

K 4

136 LOWER BLACKWATER FLIES.

No. 5. Body, bright dark green fur, with a few
hairs of golden olive shining through ; gold tinsel
and golden olive hackle over ; bright gold colour
tag; wings and head like those of the last fly.
Feelers and tail like those of No. 1.

The bodies of the above five flies are best made
of pig's wool, or fur dyed of the different colours
mentioned. If tied on No. 5 and 6 hooks, they
will prove good general summer flies.

No. 6. Body, claret or puce floss silk, over
which silver tinsel, and golden olive hackle ; tag,
golden yellow silk, and above it two turns of black
ostrich harl ; blue jay over the shoulder round the
butts of the wing, which must be a rather gaudily
mixed one, and have in it a few fibres of red
parrot feather ; head, black ostrich. Hook, No.
6 and 7.

No. 7. Small blood-red silk tag ; mallard and
golden pheasant neck-feathers for tail ; next it,
but above the tag, a short joint of bright orange
silk; remainder of the body bright dark green
silk, over which silver tinsel and jay's hackle.
Wings rather gaudy, and black ostrich head.
Hooks as before.

No. 8. Body, deep bright orange silk, grouse
hackle over it, and jay under the shoulder ; blood-

BLACKWATER SPRING-FLIES. 137

red silk tag, above it black ostrich tag ; and tail,
wings, head, and hooks, as before.

The three last flies are for Blackwater grilse,
but in summer the largest salmon will take them.
They will kill in the best rivers of Sutherland-
shire.

No. 1. Body, squirrel and hedgehog's fur
mixed, over which silver tinsel and green and blood-
red hackles ; pale yellow hackle side by side with
the blood-red hackle under shoulder; tag, gold
colour silk. Wings, fibres of the golden pheasant
breast-feather, turkey tail, mallard, blue macaw,
red and green parrot and green peacock harl ;
black ostrich head. Hook, No. 4 and 5 and for
low water. No. 6.

No. 2. Body, four joints of equal proportions —
thus ; beginning at the tail, brown seal's fur and
hackle of same colour, blue fur and hackle, grey
fur and hackle, brown seal's fur and hackle re-
peated, close under wings orange hackle ; the first
joint next to the tail to be ribbed with gold, the
other joints with silver tinsel; tags, orange silk
and black ostrich harl. Wings, hooks, and head,
as before.

No. 3. Tag, blood-red fur, next it, a short joint

138 BLACKWATER SUMMER-FLIES.

of deep bright orange silk and hackle, a small
blood-red hackle struck on next, then a long joint
of dark sea-green fur and hackle and gold tinsel,
blood-red hackle under shoulder. Wings, hooks,
and head, as before. The tails of the last three
flies should be of single short fibres of golden
pheasant neck-feathers, light blue macaw, mallard,
and green and red parrot feathers.

Jjuiumcr dFItc^ for tf)e tapper 23lacfetoattr.

No. 1. Body, grey fur, grey hackle and silver
tinsel, jay under shoulder, blue tag and head.
Wings, mallard, blue peacock fibres and sprigs of
golden pheasant neck- feathers ; feelers, blue and
yellow macaw. Hook, No. 7, 8, and 9.

No. 2. This fly is represented in Plate No. III.,
under the name of " The blue Jay ;" and it is
described and recommended at page 90.

No. 3. Body, dark grey fur, gold tinsel, side by
side with which brown olive and grey hackles.
Wings, golden pheasant breast-feather, mallard,
light blue macaw and kingfisher; black ostrich
head, and blue and yellow macaw feelers. Hook,
No. 7 and 8.

No. 4. Body, orange silk, gold tinsel, grouse

THE RIVER LEE DESCRIBED. 139

and light brown olive hackles, jay under shoulder.
Wings, hooks, and head, as before.

No. 5. Same as before, except that for the
grouse and olive hackles, two bright brown ones
are to be substituted.

The two last flies kill best in summer water
when slightly discoloured after rain.

^jprin0 ifiit^ fax tt}C ^iiitv Hcc.

This pretty river runs through a chain of hills
from Kerry into and through the city of Cork,
down to Cove or Queen's-town. It would be a
delightful and excellent salmon stream, if its pro-
prietors would unite and put a stop to the de-
structive practices of the Cork poachers. Even
in its present neglected condition, the river Lee
will repay the English angler for a se'nnight's
visit to it. The four following flies he must use
in the spring, or whenever the water is full from
the effects of recent floods.

No. 1. Body, triple-jointed; first joint, near
the tail, of blue seal's fur and blue hackle ; second
joint, grey fur and grey hackle ; third, and shortest
joint, strong fiery-brown fur and similarly coloured
hackle ; the whole to be ribbed with silver twist ;
tag, orange silk ; tail, a few fibres of blue and red

140 LOW WATER LEE-FLIES.

macaw, mallard, blue peacock, and golden phea-
sant breast-feathers. Wings, a full mixture of
the same feathers as in tail ; black ostrich head,
and the usual feelers. Hook, No. 4 and 5.

No. 2. Same as the first, with the exception of
a bright olive joint in lieu of the fiery-brown one,
and a blood-red hackle under the shoulder.

No. 3. Body, orange floss silk, gold tinsel,
grouse and bright golden olive hackles wound side
by side ; jay under wings, which with tag, tail,
and head, are to be like those of the first fly.
Hook, No. 5 and 6.

No. 4. Two blue and two grey joints of fur and
hackles of the same colours to be laid on alter-
nately for body, bright blood-red hackle undei
shoulder ; silver twist, gold tag ; wings, head, and
hooks, as before.

a^fttlctJ or 3l0Ji3 Winter %tz ^iti.

No. 1. Tag, blood-red silk, black ostrich harl
next, then a short joint of light blue silk, and
above it a longer joint of grey fur and grey hackh
over it, blue jay under shoulder ; the whole bod}
to be ribbed with silver tinsel. TVings, head, anc
tail of the same fibres, but smaller than those oi
the 1st high water Lee fly. Hook, No. 7 and 8.

KILLARNEY SPKING-FLIES. 141

No. 2. Tag, amber coloured seal's fur, black
ostrich next to it, then a short light blue silk
joint, after which a long joint of grey fur and
hackle ; under shoulder, brown olive hackle.
Wings as before, with two blue kingfisher's fea-
thers at each side. Head, tail, and hooks as be-
fore.

No. 3. " Blue Jay," varied with turns of blood-
red and gold coloured hackles under shoulder.

No. 4. Body, grey monkey's fur and a few
hairs of golden olive mixed with it, silver twist
and grey hackle ; a blood-red tag at tail and under
shoulder. Wings, head, tail, and hooks as before.

itaiarjS ai minarnej) - Wq^ ^priiis Winter,

No. 1. All shades of brown and olive bodies,
with similarly coloured hackles, ribbed with gold ;
wings, brown mallard, and brown turkey-tail fea-
ther ; tail, rather heavy of fibres of brown mallard,
golden pheasant's neck-feather and blue jay. Hook,
No. 7 8 and 9.

No. 2. Tag, gold colour mohair, tipped with
gold twist, then a light blue joint w^ith grey hackle
and no tinsel ; half a grouse hackle laid next ; re-
mainder of body ant-brown fur, hackle of same
jolour, and gold tinsel ; jay under shoulder. Wings,

142 THE KILLARNEY PROPRIETORS.

brown mallard and turkey, with a few fibres of
golden pheasant neck-feather ; black ostrich head,
macaw feelers and hooks as before. I consider
this a good general fly.

i^iIIarncD ^ummcr-jritcsf.

Black bodies, blue hackles, and wings as before.
Also bodies of hare's ear fur and orange mohair
mixed, golden olive hackles, and wings as before.
Hare's ear and green golden olive hackle for body,
and wings as before. Very dark brown olive fur,
same coloured hackle, and wings as before.

The angling glories of these most beautiful
lakes have, for the present, nearly departed. The
nets of reckless proprietors have dimmed them to
the great loss of inn-keepers and poor boat-men.
Would that the famous echoes of the caverns,
caves, grottoes, and glens of Killarney unceasingly
repeated louder and louder still — until proprietors,
English and Irish, were driven into the practical
adoption of the philanthropic principle — "pro-
perty has its duties as well as its rights I "

Cf)C SSlacIilnatcr, €aunty i^crrn.

This is a good, little salmon river, for which at
high and coloured water the three following flies
will be found the best.

BLACKWATER AND WATERVILLE FLIES. 143

No. 1. A blue and blood-red hackle over a
golden olive body, gold tinsel, and orange silk
tag. Wings, mallard, golden pheasant neck-fea-
ther, blue macaw and red parrot; black head.
Hook, No. 7 and 8.

No. 2. Two blue hackles over a fiery-brown
body ; wings, &c., as before.

No. 3. Golden brown body, same coloured
hackle and gold tinsel ; tag, gold-coloured fur
and a little of the same under the shoulder ; wings,
&c., as before.

For the same river at settled water; orange
body, black hackle, gold twist and mallard wings ;
also, blue silk body, blue hackle, silver twist, and
wings as before. Bodies of all shades of grey fur
and hackles, with tags at tail and shoulder of
yellow, red, fiery -brown, gold colour, and golden
olive mohair, ribbed with silver twist, and having
plain brown mallard tails and wings, will prove
good killers. Hook, No. 8 and 9.

driicjS fflr mtKUxbiXiey Countn Unrrg.

No. 1. Body, fiery-brown mohair, same coloured
hackle, gold twist, and a small claret hackle round
the shoulder. Wings, mallard, fibres of blue ma-
caw, and golden pheasant neck -feathers neatly

144 WATERVILLE RECOMMENDED.

mixed; tail, a couple of fibres of mallard, red ibis,
blue macaw and golden pheasant neck-feathers;
black ostrich head. Hook, Ko. 7 and 8.

No. 2. Body, dun fur, ribbed with silver twist
and blue dun hackle ; bright yellow tag, and a
little yellow mohair at the shoulder. Wings,
head, tail, and hooks as before.

No. 3. Body, claret pig's hair, ribbed with gold
tinsel and black hackle ; yellow tag at tail, and a
roll of black ostrich harl above it. AYings, head,
tail, and hooks as before.

I recommend Waterville, \vhich is about thirty-
six miles beyond Killarney to salmon and sea-trout
fishers. Mr. Butler, the exceedingly liberal pro-
prietor of the waters there, will allow any gen-
tleman to fish them. The large Waterville lake
teems with the finest sea-trout in the kingdom.
I regret to be informed by eye-witnesses, that
there are individuals, who abuse Mr. Butler's per-
mission to fairly fly-fish his salmon river, by pre-
tending they are doing so, whilst at the same
ime they are carrying into effect the unsportsman-
like and disreputable practice of " stroke-hauling,"
that is, sinking a large hook, sometimes a double
or treble one, hauling it in at quick jerks, and so
hooking foul the fish the hook comes in contact
with. Many a fish is hooked and lacerated with-

ORDINARY WELSHMEN. 145

out being caught ; and I hope that Mr. Butler,
being now publicly advised of the most objection-
able practice, will peremptorily order its discon-
tinuance.

The reader will perceive on the 5th Plate,
a representation of a model Welsh-fly, and at page
94-5. he will read a description of it. The seven
followino: flies are standard ones for the salmon
rivers of the principality.

No. 1. Body, dingy yellow mohair, with same
coloured very full hackle, and ribbed with gold
tinsel ; wings, two back or bittern neck-feathers,
tied on Tweed fashion. Hook, No. 5. The hac-
kles of Welsh-flies are generally very long in the
fibre, and are wound closely, without clipping their
points, from almost the bend of the hook upwards
to the wings.

No. 2. Body, light brown coloured mohair,
ginger hackle, gold twist and bittern feathers for
wings. Hook, No. 6.

No. 3. Body, dingy orange mohair, furnace
hackle, gold tinsel, and fuU mallard wings. Hook,
No. 5 6 and 7.

No. 4. Body, fiery-brown mohair, same co-
loured hackle and gold tinsel ; wings, light brown

L

146 LOCAL PATTERNS FOR WALES.

turkey tail-feather, set on Tweed fashion, and
hooks as before.

No. 5. Body, dingy yellow mohair, over which
strike closely a grizzled blue dun hackle of very
long fibres. ^\ ings, cinnamon brown turkey tail-
feather; head same as body; tail, a mixture of
red macaw and teal feathers. Hook, No. 5.

No. 6. Body as before, and over it a light blue
dun hackle of long fibres. Wings, brown spotted
turkey-tail feather ; tail, red mohair cut short, and
head, pure yellow. Hook, No. 5 and 6.

No. 7. Body, a mixture of grey, blue, and
yellow mohair, with a long-fibred darkish blue
dun hackle, struck closely from the tail up to the
wings, which are to be of light brown spotted
turkey tail-feather; tail, a few short bustard fea-
ther fibres. Hook, No. 6 and 7.

No. 1. Body, orange pig's hair; legs, two
yellow-dun hackles, struck up from the tail to the
shoidder. Wings, light brown-yellow turkey
tail-feather ; tail, a bit of red ibis, and a small
widow's crest-feather ; head, orange-coloured wool.
Hook, No. 3. This fly is only fit for full water,
clearing after a flood.

WELSH-FLIES CONTINUED. 147

No. 2. Body, turbid orange wool ; legs, a dun
hackle, dyed the colour of the body. Wings, a
light, spotted, turkey tail-feather, dyed yellow;
tail, red toucan, and brown turkey tail-feather.
Hook, 'No. 5.

No. 3. Body, sooty yellow wool ; legs, a dun
hackle dyed brown. Wings, a spotted cinnamon-
coloured tail-feather ; tag and tail, red worsted.
Hook, as before.

No. 4. Body, dark orange worsted, or pig's
wool ; legs, two dark-dun hackles rolled up from
tail to shoulder, round which a yellow-green
hackle. Wings, dark-brown spotted turkey tail-
feather ; tail, neck-feather of the golden pheasant
drawn in short. Hook, as before.

No. 5. Body, dark orange wool ribbed with
silver twist ; legs, two grizzled-dun hackles from
tail to shoulder. Wings, two body-feathers of the
bittern; head, green peacock sword-feather, one
or two fibres of which are to be left hanging from
the butt of the wings ; tail, short red and blue
macaw feathers. Hook, No. 6.

No. 6. Body, yellow-green wool, ribbed with
blue mohair ; legs, a long, light-dun hackle from
tail to shoulder. Wings, as before; tail, blue
wool. Hook, No. 7.

No. 7. Body, fiery-brown wool ; legs, dun

L 2

148 WELSH FERN-FLIES.

hackle from tail to shoulder. Wings, small,
spotted bittern feather ; tail, red worsted. Hook,
No. 8. and 9. This is the smallest sized fly that
need be used for salmon in Wales. It is a low
water fly.

The four following flies are great favourites in
Wales, and are known there by the name of
" fern-flies."

No. 1. Body, yellow worsted mixed with a
small quantity of light buff; legs, dun cock's
hackle. Wings, pea-hen's back or rump-feather,
dyed yellow ; tail, crimson worsted. Hook,
No. 5.

No. 2. Body, dark buiF, or salmon-coloured
wool ; legs, dun hackle dyed olive. Wings, two
bittern feathers dyed yellow ; tail, mallard, dyed
yellow. Hook, as before.

No. 3. Body, deep yellow mixed with a little
orange worsted ; legs, dun hackle, dyed yellow ;
tail, grey and yellow dyed mallard-feather mixed.
Wings and hook, as before.

No. 4. Body and legs a sooty yellow ; tail,
widow's crest-feather. Wings, as before, and
hook. No. 6.

The feathers for the wings of fern-flies are dyed
thus : — Dissolve in a pint of boiling water an oz.
of alum. Steep in it the feathers for three or

SALMON-KILLING PALMERS. 149

four hours. Boil in the same quantity of soft
water for half an hour half an oz. of fustic, and
the same quantity of turmeric. Remove the fea-
thers from the alum water and immerse them in
the yellow dye, and they will soon assume the
required colour.

Earsc IBaXmtx^ for Wl^tl^l^ Salman,

No. 1. Body, very long of orange wool ribbed
with gold tinsel, orange tail ; two red-dun hackles
struck from the tail to the centre of the body,
and two dark blue-dun hackles from that up to
the head. The whole to be dressed on two hooks
whipped tightly together, back to back, the barb
and bend of the upper hook to project from the
centre of the body of the palmer. The hooks to
be two number fives or sixes. This palmer should
be used in full water after a flood.

No. 2. Body, black ostrich harl and black
hackles from tail to head. Hooks, as before. Fit
for pools and clear water.

No. 3. Body, light blue dun wool over which
hackles of the same colour. Hooks, No. 7. Good
in clear water towards evening.

The above local Welsh flies and palmers are
after patterns sent me by Mr. W. Flinn, fishing-

L 3

150 OLD IRISH GENTLEMAN.

tackle maker of Worcester. He has much ex-
perience of the rivers of South Wales, and the
above are the flies he successfully uses.

^ 33atd) 0f (general Salmon dflic^.

No. 1. Body, orange floss -silk, tipped with
gold tinsel, and small topping for tail ; claret
hackle and gold tinsel over body; blue jay at
shoulder, and full brown mallard wings ; head,
black ostrich, and blue and yellow macaw feelers.
Hook, No. 6 and 7. This is a celebrated fly in
the north of Ireland, and is called " The old Irish
gentleman."

No. 2. Body, claret mohair, over which gold
tinsel and claret hackle ; brown tag, and small
topping for tail ; wings, brown turkey tail-feather
with two toppings in the centre. Head, and
hooks, as before.

No. 3. Body, orange floss silk, orange hackle,
gold tinsel, and topping for tail, blue jay hackle
and two kingfisher's feathers at shoulder. Wings,
toppings, mixed with brown mallard, teal, guinea-
hen, and golden pheasant neck and tail-feathers ;
black ostrich head, and blue and yellow macaw
feelers. Hook, No. 6.

No. 4. Body, yellow floss silk, over which silver
twist and black hackle ; dark blue tag, and topping

GENERAL SALMON-KILLERS. 151

for tail. Wings, brown mallard, golden pheasant
neck and yellow rump-feathers, silver pheasant
tail, guinea-hen, and teal feathers ; blue jay and
kingfisher at the shoulder, black head and macaw
feelers. Hook, No. 6.

No. 5. Body, gold or orange colour pig's hair,
hackle of the same colour, gold tinsel, black ostrich
tag, tipped with silver ; tail, a topping. Wings,
two toppings, and a rump-feather of the golden
pheasant, with a neck-feather hackle-wise at
shoulder, over a joint of brown red pig's hair ;
macaw feelers, and yellow or orange head. Hook,
No. 5 and 6.

No. 6. Body, half yellow, half puce floss silk,
black ostrich tag and red floss silk, tipped with gold
tinsel, and topping for tail ; over body, silver tinsel
and jay's hackle struck up with it to the shoulder.
Wings, brown mallard, guinea-hen, teal, golden
pheasant neck-feather, blue peacock fibres, and a
topping over all ; macaw feelers, and black ostrich
head. Hook, No. 6 and 7.

I recommend this as an especially good general
fly for water of moderate depth and brightness.

No. 7. Body, to commence with two or three
turns of puce, followed up by turns of blue,
orange, red and purple floss silk, over which, from
tail to shoulder, blue hackle and silver tinsel and

L 4

152 SUCCESSFUL FLIES.

gold twist, small guinea-hen feather round the
shoulder, orange head, and topping for tail. Wings,
two golden pheasant toppings and small neck-
feather, with a few fibres of bustard and golden
pheasant tail-feathers; the usual macaw feelers.
Hook, No. 7 and 8.

No. 8. Body, black mohair, over which silver
tinsel, gold twist and black hackle \ peacock harl
and orange tags, and toppings for tail. Wings,
brown turkey and golden pheasant tail-feathers,
mixed with guinea-hen, teal, and brown mallard ;
blue macaw feelers, and dark blue head. Hook,
No. 8.

No. 9. Body, fiery-brown pig's hair, ribbed
with gold tinsel, and having a grouse hackle round
the shoulder ; tail, yellow mohair picked out, and
brown mallard wings. Hook, No. 7.

The last seven flies described, are patterns sent
me by the gentleman mentioned in describing the
two little flies which contrast so well with the
large Shannon fly on Plate II. He assures me
that he is successful everywhere with them.

Aglaia. — Body, all of silver tinsel, ribbed
with gold twist; black ostrich tag, tipped with

THE THREE GEACES. 153

gold ; tail, a small topping and a few fibres of the
wood-duck's feather ; black hackle, thin and short
over body, teal hackle at the shoulder. Wings,
two toppings, bustard, cream-coloured turkey and
wood-duck feathers, and black ostrich head.
Hook, No. 7. A famous summer's evening fly.

Thalia. — Body, orange floss silk, orange
hackle, gold tinsel, cock of the rock's hackle under
shoulder, and over shoulder blue jay hackle.
Wings, two toppings, brown Argus pheasant tail-
feather, bustard, and blue kingfisher feather at
each side of the wings ; black head, and blue and
yellow macaw feelers.

EuPHROSYNE. — Body, bronze peacock harl,
gold tinsel and a short-fibred claret hackle or
hackles to be wound with close regularity from
the tail to the wings ; orange tag, gold tip, tail,
two toppings. Wings, long, delicate and super-
incumbent, and of brown Argus pheasant tail-
feather, golden pheasant tail and long-topping ;
at each side the wings, short pieces of silver
pheasant tail-feather ; head, green peacock's harl.

These are the three last patterns of Salmon-
flies I shall describe. Their beauty cannot be
surpassed. The first is an exquisite imitation of
a silver-hued moth, spangled with gold on the
body and with various colours on the wings.

154 SEA-TROUT FLIES,

Night-time is the season for its conquests. The
two last flies must be tied on very long-shanked
hooks, fine in the wire, and small in the bend, like
that of the Erin-go-Bragh figured at the bottom
of the frontispiece. The graceful figures of these
two flies, decked in most tasteful costume, cannot
fail to call up to them the homage of the most
fastidious salmon-connoisseurs. Their attractions
are peculiarly persuasive when viewed through
the medium of water somewhat deep and opaque.

^tanlfartr ^^ea-Crout ^it^.

No. 1. Body, yellow floss silk, gold tinsel,
black-red hackle, small topping for tail, blue jay
at shoulder, a neatly mixed gaudy wing and black
ostrich head. Hook, No. 8 9 and 10.

No. 2. Body, blue floss silk, blue hackle and
silver tinsel, blue jay at the shoulder. Wings,
head, tail and hooks as before.

No. 3. Body, black mohair, black hackle, silver
tinsel, yellow tag, small topping for tail, head
yellow mohair picked out to hang under the
shoulder. Wings, two little toppings, surrounded
with teal and guinea-hen feathers. Hook, No. 8
and 9.

There cannot be a better general sea-trout fly

GENERAL SEA-TROUT FLIES. 155

than this. Salmon, at low water, will take it
well.

No. 4. Body, peacock harl, gold tinsel, amber
hackle, a small topping for tail ; mallard wing.
Hook, No. 9 and 10.

The best sea, white trout, or sewin flies for the
Kerry rivers and lakes, and, generally speaking,
for all others, are those with dark and bright fiery-
brown bodies, blue and fiery-brown hackles over
bodies, gold-coloured necks, and plain wings of
brown mallard, turkey, grouse and landrail's wing-
feather. For the wings of small flies the two
last-mentioned feathers are the best.

END OF PART THE FUIST.

157

PART THE SECOND.

THE NATURAL HISTORY OF SALMON.

CHAPTER I.

ALL THE KNOWN HISTORY AND HABITS OF SALMON MINUTELY
WRITTEN AND DESCRIBED.

The natural history of salmon has been fre-
quently written ; still, there exists, as far as my
reading extends, no history of the fish sufficiently
accurate and copious at the same time. I assert
this unhesitatingly, and without rendering my-
self liable to any charge of self-conceit. The
history and habits of the salmon written in detail
in the following pages are not mine. The writing
is mine, and very little more. The real author —
the communicator of the chief facts enumerated — is
Mr. Andrew Young of Invershin, manager of the
Duke of Sutherland's northern salmon-rivers.
He has communicated them to me orally and by
writing, and I am nothing more than the public

158 NATURAL HISTORY OF SALMON.

narrator of them, or the narrator of them to the
public. I can, therefore, without on my own part
infringing the rules of modesty, pass judgment on
the abilities of Mr. Young and the value of his
facts, exactly in the way a translator is permitted
to speak of an original author whose works he is
translating.

Who is Mr. Young ? That gentleman, some
seven hundred miles far away from me at the
time I write this, will pardon me if I tell the
world who and what he is.

He has been connected with salmon fishing for
upwards of thirty-five years; 1st. on the river
Tay, and then on the justly famous river Shin,
and other rivers in Sutherlandshire. " I have
been," he says in a private letter to me, dated
Dec. 17. 1849, and which, at the risk of offending
him, I make in part public, " experimenting on
salmon for upwards of 30 years. Few, I believe,
if any, have paid the attention to the habits of
salmon I have done. To enumerate all the ex-
periments I have made would fill volumes. On
this point I must abridge. In 1834, and for a
number of years following, we [I suppose Mr.
Young and his assistants] marked spawned fish,
for the purpose of settling the question, denied
by many, of the return of salmon to their

NATURAL HISTORY OF SALMON. 159

native rivers. This we did satisfactorily. We,
in 1835, marked smolts to ascertain and set at
rest the following point denied by many, viz. ;
that the smolts returned grisle the same year
they first went from the rivers to the sea in the
^molt state. The experiments proved this also ;
and specimens of the grisle that we marked when
smolts, and which returned grisle from the sea to
fresh water the year they were marked, may be
now seen in the Museum of the Royal Society of
Edinburgh. We continued these markings many
years, invariably witli similar results, and at the
same time, continuously during three years, we
carefully watched the spawning operations, and
spawning beds in all their stages, and were fully
convinced at last that the fry remained in the
rivers one whole year, and no longer, after having
been hatched. However, though I was fully con-
vinced in the case, the public were not, and still
hung to the old theory that they were fry and
smolts the same year, and that their migration
to the sea took place shortly after they were
hatched. To make assurance doubly sure, we, in
1841, erected a chain of four artificial breeding
ponds by the river Shin [I have seen the remains
of them. They were in the Shin, close by its
rocky left-hand bank.], about fifty yards above

160 NATURAL HISTORY OF SALMON.

Shln-briclge, where we hatched the fry to the
state you have seen them preserved here. We
continued this process for some years, and always
found the same result.* The ponds were visited
and examined by many gentlemen and naturalists,
and amongst others by Mr. Travers Twiss, one of
the professors of the University of Oxford, through
whom I presented, in June, 1834, to the Ashmo-
lean Museum, a set of ova and fry up to the
smolt state."

Mr. Young, to my own knowledge, has done
more than this. In 1848 he wrote, in the
John 0 Groafs Journal, a series of essays on the
salmon, which I caused to be re-published in a
celebrated weekly London sporting paper, f In
the same year Mr. Young collected these essays,
and published them at Wick, in pamphlet form,
with the title, " The Natural History and Habits
of the Salmon," &c. Now, it will be asked, why
he should have thought it necessary to dictate to
me the substance of another history on the self-
same subject ? He must himself answer the

* This result will be stated by and by in our history of
the Salmon, and in our explanation of the plates, repre-
senting Salmon Fry in several stages of their existence.

f BelVs Life in London.

EXPLANATORY LETTER FROM MR. YOUNG. 161

question.* If I were to answer it for him, I
should say, it was because he did not consider his
pamphlet coj)ious enough ; that it lacked detail
and arrangement ; that it contained extraneous

* "Invershin, Jan. 14. 1850.

" My dear Sir,

" I have received yours of the 8th instant. [A note of
mine requesting Mr. Young to state why he thought a new-
natural history of Salmon still necessary.]

" The reason why we consider it necessary to write the
Natural History of the Salmon is exactly, because it has
never been fully given to the public, although JNlr. Shaw
and I have written several pamphlets on the subject. They
were written, at least mine, for the purpose of preparing
the public for a much fuller account of the history and
habits of Salmon than they contained. I consider we are
now endeavouring to give that fuller account to the public,
and I hope it will prove worthy of their perusal. As we
could not give it without the knowledge derived from fre-
quent experiments made for several successive years, we
have spared neither time, pains, nor labour in making them,
and we show ourselves now most willing to communicate to
all who take an interest in the matter, the secrets we have
fished out from the depths of the sea, and the pools and
rapids of rivers. That is our sole design in writing the
present history, and I, having fallen in with ' Ephemera,'

whose considered that Je/wee/i ?w we should be able

to give to the public the fuller information still so much
required on the subject.

" I am, my dear Sir,

" Yours truly,

"A. Young."

" To Ephemera, &c."

M

162 MR. SHAW'S THEORY DOUBTED.

matter : in fine, that he thought two heads
better than one.

I will now state how I made the advantageous
acquaintance of Mr. Young. In 1847 I pub-
lished " A Handbook of Angling," in which I
inserted a brief sketch of the natural history of
salmon, following Mr. Shaw's theory, that the fry
of salmon do not arrive at the smolt state until
they are two years old ; that is, that they do
not assume the silvery, or migratory coat, until
they have attained the age mentioned, and do not
q:o to the sea before. In a few weeks after the
publication of the " Handbook," I went to Ire-
land, on a fly-fishing excursion, and whilst angling
for trout in some of the tributaries of salmon-
rivers, I caught a great many salmon-fry, marked
with transverse bars, ("parrs" Mr. Shaw and
others erroneously call them,) and also a great
many smolts, or salmon-fry in their silver-hued
migratory costume. This took place between
the middle of April and the middle of May. I
examined these little fish, and it struck me, I
cannot explain fully why, that Mr. Shaw had
exaggerated tlieir ages. I could not believe that
any of the fry marked with transverse bars ex-
ceeded in age twelve months, nor could I re-
concile with my own observation that the smolts I

MR. YOUNG ANSWEKS MY DOUBTS. 163

caught were two years old, or thereabouts. I
doubted, therefore, the accuracy of Mr. Shaw's
" Experimental Observations on the Develop-
ment and Growth of Sahiion-Fry, from the Ex-
clusion of the Ova to the Age of Two Years."

Immediately after my return to London I
wrote to Mr. Young, of whose reputation I had
in part heard, and I expressed to him my doubts
as to the slow growth of salmon-fry as maintained
by Mr. Shaw. Mr. Young promptly answered
my letter, stating that he regretted to differ from
Mr. Shaw ; in fact, that the latter gentleman's
calculations were wrong by one whole year ; that
there were no salmon-fry to be found in salmon
rivers with transverse bars at the age of eighteen
months (see Mr. Shaw's plates of young salmon) ;
that they became smolts at the age of twelve
months, and then migrated sea-wards, and not at
the age of twenty-four months, according to Mr.
Shaw's experimental theory. A weekly corres-
pondence almost, since 1847 up to the present
time, has been carried on between Mr. Young and
myself, the chief subject of which has been the
salmon, and nearly all that pertains to it. Mr.
Young, the year before last (1848), invited me to
visit him at Invershin, but I was not able to
experience his kindness until last year, when I

M 2

164 VISIT TO SUTHERLANDSHIRE.

had the pleasure of passing a month with him on
the banks of the Shin. The object of my visit
was manifold ; to obtain from Mr. Young's own
lips his knowledge of the history of salmon, and
of its habits ; to see his museum ; to see how and
where he had made his experiments ; and, finally,
to furbish up my piscatorial practice, getting
rusty, I felt, for want of a sufficiently stimulating
arena wherein to exercise it. Mr. Young com-
municated to his Grace the Duke of Sutherland
the object of my visit to his princely land and
water domains, and the " Good Duke," for which
I, with most cordial gratitude, thank him, issued
orders that I was to be allowed to circulate freely
throughout the length and breadth of more than
five-sixths of Sutherlandshire. The result of
this gracious permission, and of my friendly visit
to Mr. Young, is the preceding and subsequent
part of this book.

If in the pages that follow this, the errors of
any writer are confuted, I beg, on the part of Mr.
Young and of myself, to declare that we are ac-
tuated by no other motive than the establishment
of truth. With respect to Mr. Shaw, to him, I
believe, belongs the merit of originating the arti-
ficial breeding of salmon, and if he have erred, he
has done much good, by striking out the first

SALMON PREPARING TO SPAWN. 165

spark to enlighten the paths of subsequent in-
quirers. He has been the Columbus of the salmon-
world to Mr. Young and others, and to my very
humble self amongst the number. I wish Mr.
Shaw would repeat his experiments, feeding his
salmon ponds with water from the Nith, and not
with spring or rivulet water as he formerly did.
He would then discover the cause of his erroneous
calculations — that they were produced by the dif-
ference of temperature between the waters of the
Nith from which he took the ova, and the waters
of the ponds in which they were hatched, and in
which his experimental salmon- fry were reared.

Salmon preparing to Spawn. — The male
and female salmon appear together on that part
of a shallow in which their bed is to be dug, and
they remain moving about upon it for a few days
before they begin the process of nidification. No
precise period can be fixed for their appearance.
Salmon spawning-beds are made by the fish in
some sandy or gravelly part of the river, generally
high up towards its source, and not unfrequently
in rivers, and almost rivulets, tributaries to some
large river, of course, connected with the sea.
Before two salmon, male and female, commence
the formation of their nests, they make efforts to

M 3

166 EXTENT OF SPAWNING SEASON.

drive away every fish that may come within their
vicinity.

The spawning season extends over a period at
least of six continuous months. On an average —
I am referring to the majority of our great salmon
rivers, no matter where situate in the empire — it
commences about the middle of September, and
ends about the middle of the following March.
Perhaps, I should have said, " it would commence
about the middle of September," for in some rivers
it cannot, except in rare isolated instances com-
mence so early, viz., in those that are netted up
to the 1 4th of that month, and so up to that period
have nearly all their early spawners killed.

The first fish that appear on the spawning-beds
are grilse, or young salmon of the previous year's
incubation, or of the two last months of the year
before that ; and they are generally the precursors
of mature salmon, that is of fish in their third
year or upwards. From the middle of September,
when grilse and salmon are first observed upon
the shallows, or spawning localities, they increase
daily in number up to about the first of December.
The process of spawning is at its height from the
middle of November to the middle of December.
The substance of these observations is properly
only applicable to those rivers — His Grace the

BAD ACT OF PARLIAMENT. 167

Duke of Sutherland's for instance in the north of
Scotland — wherein the cruives are taken up early
in August, and all netting ceases about the middle
of that month, and by no means to those im-
poverished rivers, the renters or proprietors of
which, killing the goose with the golden eggs, go
on slaughtering pregnant salmon during the whole
of the destructive period allowed them by the fatal
clauses of Mr. Home Drummond's Act. From
the 1st of December to the middle of the follow-
ing March the number of salmon on the spawning-
beds diminishes in about the same proportion that
it had increased from the middle of September
to the 1st of December. At the end of March
scarcely a pair of salmon can be met with per-
forming the functions of procreation.*

* I beg the reader to bear in mind that, if, as asserted
in the text, the spawning season extends, more or less ac-
tively, from September to March, there must be salmon-
fry (the smolts of Mr. Young) of twelve months old in the
corresponding six months of each successive year, and there
must be salmon-fry marked with the transverse bars for
about eight months in the year. What then becomes of
Mr. Shaw's assertion that, — "Immediately after the mi-
gration of the two years-old parr (which the latter always
affect [qy. effect ?] about the beginning of May, under the
name of salmon-fry, there is no other parr, besides such as
have been recently hatched, to be found in the river, save
those which correspond with this specimen [a salmon-fry

M 4

168 PRESENCE OF SALMON-FRY IN RIVERS.

It may be necessary to mention here, though in
doing so, I i^artly repeat myself, that spawning

with transverse bars, alleged by Mr. Shaw to be twelve
months old], which is the pink of the river Hodder, al-
luded to by Mr. Yarrell." Now, if ova deposited and im-
pregnated in the middle of September be hatched in ninety
days, the average time at this season of the year, as stated by
Mr, Young, they will be about four and a half months old in
the following May, and consequently can neither be JMr.
Shaw's parr " recently hatched," nor his twelve months old
specimen, nor Mr. Yarrell's " pink." Mr, Young says some
late spawners deposit their ova in March. These ova will be
hatched by the following 1st of June at the latest, the water
being at high temperature, generally speaking in April and
May. The fry produced by these ova will be only eleven
months old the following May. We will now take ova de-
posited and impregnated on the 1st December, and allow
them the longest period, viz, 140 days, for incubation. They
will be fish-foetus about the middle of April, and of course,
twelve months old at the same period of the following year.
Now take the fry of ova deposited in the early part of No-
vember and hatched in the middle of March, they will be
twelve months old in the corresponding period of the
following year, and two and a half months or more in the
May of the year in which it is hatched. Calculate in like
manner the produce of ova deposited in the months of Ja-
nuary and February, and you will find that you will have
embryo fish, no more than a day or so old, in the middle of
April and the beginning of May each succeeding year,
which can neither be Mr. Shaw's " parr," nor Mr. Yarrell's
"pink." Mr. Young states that the "throng" time of
spawning is between the middle of November and the mid-
dle of December, The " throng " time of the migration of

PEOLIFIC AUTUMNAL SHOWERS. 169

invariably commences — I mean the spawning
season — at the heads of rivers, and one can see
that the first pair spawning are fish that by escaping
the nets and cruives have made their way up even
before the fishing operations are over. Many of
these fish are of the category of those, which on
Sundays when the cruives are open and netting
has for the time ceased, have entered the rivers
and ascended safely to the shallows. They are
autumnal spawners, the best and most prolific of
all, and they would be by far more numerous if
netting ceased some time in August. Why they
are the most prolific I will explain. It is in a
word, because their spawning operations are over
before the setting in of winter storms, and their
attendant heavy rains and floods. Before the
period of the inundation of rivers, the salmon -beds

smolts must be then between the middle of April and the
middle of May, not in the last fortnight of the April and
the first fortnight of the May that succeed the " throng "
time of spawning, but, according to Mr. Young between
the April and May of the first year after that, and accord-
ing to Mr. Shaw, not until the second year after. It is not
necessary for me to say that I am convinced of the accuracy
of Mr. Young's experiments and of his statements, the
result of them, and of very long and clear-headed obser-
vation. Salmon-fry and smolts are found in salmon rivers
nearly all the year round. Some of the fry represented in
the plates were taken from the Shin in November.

170 EARLY AND LATE SPAWNING.

or nests are completely filled in and levelled, which
is of the greatest importance to the preservation
of the ova deposited underneath, as the fiercest
currents of water will pass over the completed
beds innocuously. These observations will be
fully comprehended by and by, when I come to
describe the process of nidification, or bed or nest-
making of salmon.

Having touched upon the beneficial importance
of early spawning, I will mention some of the evil
effects of late spawning. When fish spawn late,
that is, in the winter months, or in the rainy, snowy,
or frosty season, they are in the first place almost
certain to have their operations disturbed or de-
stroyed by storms or floods ; their beds and ova
swept away during the progress of the execution
of the former, and the deposition of the latter.
In the second place, dry, wintry weather, which
at least in the North is invariably frosty, is almost
as equally injurious to productive spawning as
wet weather, because during its prevalence, the
waters of the shallows are frozen up. Salmon
cannot enter them, and as they are the only spots
appropriate for spawning, that operation is com-
pletely impeded, or else the fish are forced to
select spots unfit for the purposes of incubation.
When floods prevent salmon from depositing their

HINT TO THE LEGISLATURE. 171

ova in the shallows, they have recourse to the in-
undated banks or sides of rivers, and deposit their
ova there. The consequence is certain destruc-
tion of the deposited eggs, for long before they
can be incubated or hatched, the waters subside,
and the salmon-beds with their contents are left
high and dry upon shore.*

Before salmon commence the preparation of
their beds, I think, if not impeded, they will not
stop until they have arrived at the spot, or at
least very near the spot, at which they them-

* I call the attention of the Legislature to the facts and
inductions embodied in the two preceding paragraphs. Can
any thing be more evident than that early spawning is ne-
cessary for the successful propagation of salmon ? Is not
the converse of the proposition equally patent, that late
spawning is highly injurious to the breeding of that most
valuable fish ? Why then, with such results before us,
should we (be allowed to) oppose natural laws in such a
way as to change the regular and appointed time for salmon-
breeding ? Not even the most sceptical of the accuracy of
this natural history and habits of salmon can deny the al-
most next to uselessness of late breeders, or fail to acknow-
ledge that it is the early breeders that produce a numerous
progeny — a progeny likely to thrive, and, if permitted,
become in their turns early breeders. If the present system
continue, if the Legislature will allow salmon-fishing to
extend almost to the winter months, the consequence will
be salmonless rivers. And when the evil is done, restocking
the rivers will be the only remedy that can be resorted to
— a costly remedy both in time, trouble, and expense.

172 MOST INTERESTING FACTS.

selves first received life. This opinion I am able
to illustrate by, what appears to me, exceedingl}-
interesting and conclusive facts.

Loch Shin, a piece of water, about twenty-one
miles by fourteen, situate in the heart of the
Sutherland mountains, is the immediate feeder of
the river Shin, noted for its salmon fecundity.
The Loch itself has four feeders, middling sized
rivers, viz. the Terry, Fiack, Garvie, and Curry,
in which, previously to the year 1836, not a salmon
was ever seen, though many were in the habit of
entering the loch or lake.* In the year men-
tioned, at the request of his Grace of Sutherland,
and Mr. Loch, M.P., salmon were caught in the

* The following is interesting to the numerous fraternity
of salmon-fishers. Although salmon were frequently seen
going into Loch Shin in great numbers and leaping in
its waters, not one had been caught either by fly-fishing or
trolling in the Loch until last year (1849). His Grace, the
Duke of Argyle, trolling in the Loch last season for the
salmo ferox^ hooked and killed a salmon, and therefore was
the first to break the charm that had from time immemorial
protected the salmo-salar sojourners in this large lake. It
may be reasonably inferred from the above fact that as
spawning salmon increase in the four rivers that feed the
Loch, salmon and salmon -angling will increase in it also,
so that hereafter it may become as famous for salmon-fish-
ing with rod and line as it is now for angling for the salmo
ferox^ and various sorts of salmonidffi.

WONDERFUL INSTINCT OF SALMON. 173

river Shin, shortly before the spawning season,
and conveyed to the four rivers above-named,
amongst which they were distributed in due pro-
portions. Mr. Young was the managing director
on the occasion. In the wonted season all the fish
spawned, each in its respective river. Now, mark
one of the consequences : salmon at 23resent, and
ever since, come regularly to spawn, traversing the
lake to do so, in all these heretofore salmonless
rivers. Nay more, the fish hatched in the Terry,
at least those that survive long enough, return
to the Terry ; and the young of the other three
rivers return from the sea to them, each grilse or
salmon entering never-failingly the stream that
gave it birth. What wonderful and unerring
instinct ! One might think that they would re-
main in the river Shin, and spawn where their
ancestors had spawned ; but no, they leave their
own natal shallows, pass down the lake, through
the river Shin, along the kyle of Sunderland, to
the sea; and there having become adolescent, they
retrace their route, and, after necessary rests on
their long voyage, very frequently on the spots
of their parents' nativity, they revisit, for the
first time, the scenes of their birth and infancy.
Revisit them — for what ? Being nubile, to perform
the nuptial rights, which they do where their

174 FORMATION OF THE SPAWNING-BED.

forefathers begiit them, and so they go on increas-
ing and multiplying in colonies heretofore tenant-
less of salmon, ever since volcanic action called
from the " vasty deep," the mountains and rivers
of northern Caledonia I

Immediate Spawning Opeeations. — The
spawning-bed, which may be called a continuation
of nests, is never fashioned transversely, or across
the water current, but straightly against it. The
way the bed is formed has never been accurately de-
scribed. Some have aflSrmed that the male fish is the
sole architect ; others, that the female does all the
work ; others again, that the tail* is the only delv-

* By comparing the text with the following extract from
Mr. Shaw's " Experimental Observations," &c. (p. 19.), the
reader will see how widely he and Mr. Young differ on one
of the most interesting habits of salmon. Mr. Shaw says,
— " It has been generally supposed that the male salmon,
during the spawning season, assists the female in forming
the spawning-bed. This idea is, I think, founded in error,
as, during the whole course of my experience, I have never
been able to detect the male taking any share whatever in
the more laborious portion of these parental duties. The
only part he performs, beyond the mere sexual function,
consists in the unwearied vigilance which he exhibits in
protecting the spawning-bed from the intrusion of rival
males, all of which he assiduously endeavours to expel.
The female, regardless of the occasional absence of the
male during these contests, and probably satisfied with the
presence of the male parrs, proceeds with her operations

C5iNGULAR STATEMENTS BY MR. SHAW. 175

ing " implement employed," and others write that
the bed-trenches are dua: across the stream. These

by throwing herself at intervals of a few minutes upon her
side, and while in that position, by the rapid action of the
tail [the emphatic italics are Mr. Shaw's], she digs a re-
ceptacle in the ground for her ova, a portion of which she
deposits, and, again, turning upon her side, she covers it
up by a renewed action of the tail, — thus alternately dig-
ging, depositing, and covering the ova, until the process is
completed by the laying of the whole mass, an operation
which generally occupies three or four days. In the course
of these experiments, it has been ascertained that the milt
of a single male parr, whose entire weight may not exceed
one and a half ounce, is capable, when confined in a small
stream, of effectually impregnating all the ova of a very
large female salmon." Not satisfied with the assertions
contained in the above extract, Mr. Shaw appends a note
to it, in which he puts forth one fact with great positive -
ness. " I am aware," he says, " it has been a matter of
dispute amongst observers as to which of the two extremi-
ties of the fish is employed in the formation of the spawn-
ing-bed. However, from late opportunities of observation,
which rarely occur, owing to the turbid state of the river in
the spawning season, I am now satisfied that it is by the
action of the caudal extremity alone that the gravel is re-
moved." Salmon rivers are by no means always in a " tur-
bid state" during spawning time. They are frequently quite
limpid then, in the fine weather of September, or in the
clear frosty weather of October, November, or December.
jVIr. Young has over and over again seen salmon excavating,
in the way described in the text, not only in limpid water,
but in water so shallow that the dorsal fins of the fish could
be seen at the surface. No turbidness of water, there-

176 DEPOSITION OF OVA.

people, they must pardon my telling them so, are
feather-bed naturalists. I have already shown
the direction of the beds. It corresponds with
the run of the river. A salmon-bed is con-
structed thus : the fish having paired, chosen their
ground for bed-making, and being ready to lay
in, they drop down the stream a little, and then
returning with velocity towards the spot selected,
they dart their heads into the gravel, burrowing
with their snouts into it. This burrowing action,
assisted by the powers of the fins, is performed
with great force, and the water's current aiding,
the upper part or roof of the excavation is re-
moved. The burrowing process is continued until
a first nest is dug sufficiently capacious for a first
deposition of ova. Then the female enters this
first hollowed link of the bed, and deposits therein
a portion of her ova. That done, she retires down
stream, and the male instantly takes her place,
and pouring, by emission, a certain quantity of
milt over the deposited ova, impregnates them.
After this the fish commence a second excavation,
immediately above the first, and in a strais^ht line
with it. In making the excavations they relieve

fore, could have prevented him from observing with the
most minute accuracy.

THE SPAWNING-BED COMPLETED. 177

one another. When one fish grows tired of its
work it drops down stream until it is refreshed,
and then, with renovated powers, resumes its la-
bours, relieving at the same time its partner.
The partner acts in the same spirit, and so their
labour progresses by alternate exertion. The
second bed completed, the female enters it as she
did the first, again depositing a portion of ova,
and drops a little down stream. The male forth-
with enters the excavation, and impregnates the
ova in it. The ova in the first part of the bed
are covered by the sand and gravel dug from the
second being carried into it, chiefly by the action
of the current. The excavating process just de-
scribed is continued until the female has no more
ova to deposit. The last deposition of ova is
covered in by the action of the fish and water
breaking down some of the gravel bank above and
over the nest. Thus is formed a complete spawn-
ing bed — not at once, not by a single effort, but
piecemeal, and at several intervals of greater or
less duration, according to the age and size of the
fish, and quantity of ova and milt to be deposited
and emitted. A female salmon in its third year
has a larger quantity of ova to deposit than a
female grilse, or young salmon in its second year ;
and it may be taken for granted, that the older
N

178 HABITS OF SPAWNED-SALMON.

and larger either fish — male or female — is, the
greater the quantity of ova to be deposited, and
of milt to be emitted. In consequence, the time
occupied in deposition chiefly depends upon the
size and fecundity of the female fish. The average
time is from five to ten days. It would be more
correct to say the mean time lies betwixt.

When the spawning operations — I am describ-
ing those of a single pair of salmon — are termi-
nated, the female fish, with instinctive view to
repose and convalescence, falls back into some
pool below the spawning-bed just completed, and
sown with salmon-seed. The male frequently
follows her example, sometimes from two motives;
1st, to consort with another female, if he have any
milt remaining, and 2ndly, if he have not, for the
purpose of recovering from the debilitating efiects
of spawning. A male salmon may impregnate
the ova of one or more salmon. A mature male
salmon has milt enough to impregnate the ova of
several grilse, or young salmon ; and he will con-
tinue the operation of impregnation as long as the
seminal fluid lasts. If, in the first instance, a
female choose a mate unable to fecundate all her
ova, she will, when his milt is exhausted, go in
search of another, and will be a bigamist or poly-
gamist, as long as nature, or (as a phrenologist

LENGTH OF SPAWNING -BEDS. 179

would say) philo-progenitiveness, compels her to
be so.* The length of a spawning-bed depends

* This could never happen if Mr. Shaw's most extraor-
dinary statement were true, viz. " That the milt of a single
male parr [male, salmon-fry], whose entire weight may
not exceed one and a half-ounce^ is capable, when confined
in a small stream, of effectually impregnating all the ova
of a very large female salmon." Let me make a calculation.
The ova in mass of a very large salmon will weigh on a
very low average one pound and a half; and the ova sepa-
rated, as they are by the act of deposition, will number
many thousands. Supposing a male salmon-fry to have
milt in proportion to age and size — that a tenth part (I
am allowing Mr. Shaw's little fish the widest, indeed im-
probable, latitude) of its entire weight be milt, then the
weight of that of an ounce and a half fish would be 3
dwts. 12 grs. Now, I will ask the question how many ova,
each the size of a pea, will 3 dwts. 12 grs. of milt impreg-
nate ? Will 72 grs. of milt impregnate several thousand
ova, each weighing at the least 5 or 6 grs. ? Let us bear
in mind that each ovum is distinct from the others, and that
every ovum must, to be impregnated, come in contact with
milt. There is a wild German theory, that the emission of
milt in water, gives it impregnating power, and that all
ova in such water will receive from it the vivifying germ.
It would seem as if Mr. Shaw inclined to this theory. On
this point Mr. Young writes me, (Jan. 26. 1850.) " There
is no such thing in existence as a male salmon-fry impreg-
nating the ova of a female salmon of any size. I have
seen, perhaps, more salmon on the spawning-beds, and
watched their motions, perhaps, more frequently than any
man alive, and I must say that I never yet saw the remotest
appearance of salmon-fry offering to engage in the opera-
tions of spawning."

N 2

180 CHANGE OF SPAWNING-BEDS.

upon the quantity of spawn to be deposited
therein, and also upon the hardness or softness
of the gravel which has to be excavated. The
harder the gravel-bed, the shorter the spawning-
bed, for then the succession of nests will be more
compact, and take up less space, whether in length
or width.

A single pair of salmon may be forced to form
distinct beds, in different spots. For instance,
they have commenced spawning in a stream two
feet in depth more or less, and w^hilst so engaged,
the river falls so low, that they cannot continue
to work in the first selected spot, for want of
water wherein freely to move. When this hap-
pens they will drop lower down, or at any rate
retire elsewhere, in search of deeper running
water. Other causes may induce them, e.g. floods,
to have recourse to the formation of a second bed,
in a spot suited for it.

Thinking as I do the laying and impregnating,
covering up and hatching of salmon-eggs — I use
plain words purposely — most interesting points in
the history of our River-king, I will not, if I can,
leave any thing connected with them untouched.
When I do not state facts, I will bring forward
deductions and, as it were, circumstantial evidence
as convincing to the reasoning mind as fact itself.

Why spawning-beds are made bit by bit. 181

We have seen that the bed, or trench, in which
salmon deposit their spawn, is made bit by bit,
and no doubt the inquiring reader will ask why ?
I have, I hope, a ready and satisfactory answer.
The ova of the female salmon are not mature all at
the same time. That portion of them next the
vent becomes first ripe for deposition, whilst the
part in the pectoral regions is immature. In con-
sequence, the ova can be deposited by piecemeal
only, and that is one of the chief reasons why the
salmon-bed consists of a succession of excavations,
the first for the reception of the ova next the vent
which are already mature ; the second for the ova
that will become next the vent and matured in
four-and-twenty hours, perhaps, and so on for
several days until all the eggs forming what is
called the "hard roe" are ripe and fit to be laid.
On this point the common hen, and other birds
afford an analogy. They deposit their eggs at in-
tervals, as their outward covering or shells harden,
that is as they become mature. The analogy ex-
tends no further. Birds' eggs are impregnated
before they are deposited ; salmons' eggs are not ;
birds' eggs naturally require animal heat to vivify
them, salmons' eggs never do. The analogy,
therefore, applies only to deposition or laying at
intervals.

N 3

182 DESCRIPTION OF SALMON OVA.

Let any one examine the roe* of a female
salmon about spawning time, and the peas, grains,

* It would be exceedingly difficult to surpass for minute-
ness and accuracy the description of salmon ova given in
JNIr. Young's pamphlet, and running as follows : — " Ova,
when extracted from salmon in spawning time are of a pale
or light blue colour, and each is about the size of a small
pea. It is composed of a white shell, and light red yolk,
and from the crystalline nature of the shell, the inward
parts of the egg are quite perceptible, — the shell being full
of small pores, scarcely discernible to the naked eye,
which, at the time of deposition, fully prepare it for the
reception of the milt of the male fish. At this time the
yolk of the egg, apparently filling the cavity of the shell,
gives it an uniform colour, rendering the external whiteness
of the shell scarcely perceptible. After the eggs have lain
twenty days in the gravel of the spawning-bed, the yolk
approaches more to white, and gives the whole egg a lighter
appearance. Now is discernible on one side of the yolk a
very small brilliant spot which increases in size, so that by
the time the eggs have lain thirty-three days amongst the
gravel, it has covered nearly a third part of the yolk. The
remaining part approaches more to white, and exhibits the
shell more clearly, so that the observer is very much inte-
rested in noting the visible alteration. The red spot grows
larger daily, and when the eggs have been forty eight days
in the gravel, the red spot has covered fully one-half of the
yolk, and continues to spread daily more and more. At
this period are first seen traces of the embryo fish, under the
appearance of an elongated formation of a bluish white, in
the yolk of the egg, and of about the thickness of a small
thread. The yolk being of a different colour we can clearly
see the formation increasing in size daily, and drawing more

GROWTH OF THE FISH IN OVO. 183

or eggs of that part of it nearest to the vent will
always be found of larger size, and softer than

towards perfection. At the expiration of sixty-three days
the formation exhibits at one of its extremities two very
small black spots, which afterwards become the eyes of the
fish. A decided change now takes place daily ; the young
fish are getting larger — the black spots are becoming more
visible — and the brilliant red, which at one time nearly
covered the yolk, drawing closer towards the fish, arid
leaving the other parts of the egg of a paler appearance,
and the fish fully double the thickness that it was on its first
appearance : the shell of the egg appears thinner and more
transparent, so as to afford full opportunity for minute in-
spection. At seventy-nine days all the above appearances
are more marked, and at ninety-three days the shell of the
egg is a good deal distended — the head of the fish larger
and better formed — the eyes more visible — and the red. of
the yolk leaving the back parts and drawing more closely
towards the belly of the fish, where it appears to be formed
into a conical-looking bag, one end of which is attached to
the fish. This appears more clearly after the ova have been
deposited 100 days in the gravel, for now we see the em-
bryo fish alive — we see it turning over within the shell of
the egg, the shell being very thin and much distended —
the red appearance in the yolk is now fully formed into a
conical bag attached to the neck and belly of the fish ; and
as it turns over within the shell we see the little bag turn-
ing with it. If a single ovum at this stage is taken with a
little water into the hollow of the hand the water's temper-
ature is augmented, and the movements of the fish so much
expedited as to enable us to see all the difierent parts of
the fish-formation, and to aiFord us time to note all the
various alterations, which are now neither few nor small.
N 4

184 AN INTERESTING SPECTACLE.

those situated higher up in the stomach of the
fish. They are softer also, and their outward fila-

At the end of 113 days we find the fish visibly larger — the
head better shaped, but large in comparison with other
parts of the fish — the conical bag much the same in ap-
pearance as before, and the fish more lively, and turning
over more frequently in the shell. At 123 days, the fish are
stiU larger, and, from their restlessness and frequent turn-
ings, we now see that their cells have become too small for
them, and that they are unwilling to be kept much longer
in confinement. They must, however, remain a little
longer ; for, at the lapse of 133 days, we find the shells of
the eggs still unbroken, and the fish in a very restless state,
so that, by all appearance, they are not to endure their im-
prisonment much longer — the conical bag being now red
towards the belly, but of a pale colour on the outside —
the fish restless, and turning frequently and quickly from
one side of the shell to the other, and often appearing to
break out of confinement, — the shell being now extremely
distended and thin. The time has now arrived when an
immediate change from bondage to liberty is eagerly looked
for, and the observer feels anxious to continue looking on.
The myriads of young fish are continually moving from one
side to the other, and the whole spawning-bed is in a state
of commotion. Such is their state now, that night only
can force the observer to change his place, and, from an
anxiety to see the actual movements of development, he
leaves the spawning-bed with deep regret. With quick and
anxious steps he returns next morning by the dawn, fearing
that he has lost the long-looked-for and interesting sight
that he expected to see on the previous evening. He
watches all that day with the most intense anxiety, still
expecting the moment of the grand exhibition, but is yet

A MOMENT OF ANXIETY. 185

merits are thinner and more porous, and thus they
are fitter for impregnation — for absorbing the
milt of the male as it is poured over them. There
is another reason why all the ova cannot be de-
posited at once. It is forced from the fish, or
rather the fish forces it from itself by pressure —
by forcing itself into the gravel of the nest. No
natural pressure would be sufiicient to expel the
ova at once. When artificial pressure is employed
— I mean manual pressure — the mature ova alone
come freely away through the vent ; the immature
ova remain firmly inclosed within their reticulated
tissues or membranes — within, as it were, their
net-work fastenings. Although the unripe ova

disappointed. This state of matters continues until night-
fall, and yet no discernible change. Next morning, how-
ever, the ova having been now 135 days deposited, he finds
the shells yielding fast to the pressure from within — numbers
already burst, numbers bursting, and numbers yet re-
maining whole. This is the moment of anxiety — the
long-looked-for period has now arrived — that of a new
generation of fish being launched from a state of thraldom
into one of liberty, and into their own natural element.
They are now cast abroad amidst the waters with Nature
for their only guide ; to her provisions their parents have
left them 135 days ago, and she has formed them to thrive
without nurse or protector, and sent them forth on a hazard-
ous journey provisioned for four or five weeks, and she
exhibits them in all their history and habits amongst the
strangest and most wonderful works of creation."

186 SATISFACTORY EXPERIMENTS.

should be expressed, they would be useless for
production, for their absorbing pores are still closed
against the interpenetration of the milt, and con-
sequently in this state impregnation is impossible.
The milt of the male, like the ova of the female
fish, becomes mature by degrees. When mature
they are very easily exuded, for even holding up
the fish by the heads will cause limited exudation
of milt and ova. The pressure, or weight of the
roe above on the roe beneath, is sufficient to pro-
duce this partial exudation.

The facts stated in the preceding paragraph
are sufficient not only to account for impregnation
taking place at intervals, for the impossibility of
its being done tout dtun coup, but also for the im-
probability of impregnation by intermission or
coitus either before or at the time of the deposition
of ova. Mr. Young dissipated all doubts upon
this point by the following experiments : — He
took a female salmon, exuded by manipulation a
portion of her ova, and having simply done so, he
buried it beneath tlie gravel of one part of an
artificial spawning-pond. From the same salmon
he exuded another portion of ova, but before he co-
vered it over with the gravel of another portion
of his spawning-bed, he impregnated it by press-
ing milt from the male salmon, and causing it

GEAVITY OF SALMON-SPAWN. 187

to come in contact with the last ova deposited.
He then covered them in beneath the gravel, and
in due time they produced fish. The ova he had
covered in without impregnation produced nothing.
He repeated the experiment frequently, and al-
ways with similar results. He has even taken
two female salmon in the act of spawning. The
ova of one he impregnated with milt from a male ;
the ova of the other he did not impregnate. He
covered in each under equal conditions, apart in
the same spawning-bed. The ova that he had
caused to be impregnated were productive ; the
other proved perfectly barren. This experiment
was repeated, and the result Avas ever the same.

It may be asked, how is it that ova and milt
are not swept away by the action of the rapid
water in which they are deposited — that they are
not swept away in the act of deposition, and be-
fore they can be covered in beneath the gravel ?
It would appear that at the critical moment of
deposition the specific gravity of the water is less
than that of the mature spawn, for the grains of
ova fall to the bottom like grains of shot, and the
milt sinks as if it were molten lead. However,
we must take into account the effect of the force
by which ova and milt are expelled downwards
by the spawning fish.

188 DURATION OF THE HATCHING PROCESS.

As some of the ova are deposited and impreg-
nated ten or more days sooner than other portions,
we must expect to see the incubating progress
completed by degrees. Such, in fact, is the case.
The evolving of the fish-foetus is not simultaneous,
but gradual, and the infant fry come out from
their sand-bed by degrees; at intervals of time
corresponding with the intervals that took place
during the deposition of the ova. We may, there-
fore, have young fish from one and the same nest,
differing in age from one to ten or fourteen days.

The length of time necessary for the comple-
tion of the incubating process varies according to
the localties of rivers, because locality produces
different temperatures. The temperature of river
water is also very sensibly affected — heightened
or diminished by the mildness or rigour of the
season. In the rivers of the north of Scotland
salmon ova are hatched in a period varying in du-
ration from 100 to 140 days.* In conformity

* Mr. Young, in his pamphlet, mentioned at page 160,
says, — " The ova, after being deposited, progress very
slowly, particularly during the winter season, when the
temperature of the water is low ; as the length of time be-
tween deposition and hatching depends entirely on the heat
or cold when the seed is lying amongst the gravel. Ova
deposited in September, when the temperature is high, will
produce fry in the course of ninety days, whilst those de-

DESTEUCTION OF SALMON OVA. 189

with the habits of oviparous, or egg, or spawn-
bearing fish, the parent salmon having deposited
their spawn, impregnated it, and covered it in be-
neath sand and gravel, take no further heed of it,
or the fry it produces, except, perchance, here^
after to feed upon them. Water influenced bj
atmospheric action is the sole incubating agent.
I may here observe that after the ova are covered
in they are safe from all casualties, on which point
more hereafter.

It is during the deposition of ova that they are
destroyed, and the greatest destroyers of them
are river trout of every species. These salmon-
pests are ever on the watch whilst salmon are
depositing their ova, and are only kept away from
the spawning-beds or trenches by fierce attacks
and rapid charges made on them by male and fe-
male salmon, both whilst they are preparing to
spawn and are, at least one of them, actually en-
gaged in doing so. However, as long as a spawns
ing salmon is in its bed, or nest, laying ova or
impregnating it, no trout will venture to come
near the excavation. It is only when spawning
fish drop down the stream, to gather vigour for

posited in November and December, will require something
between 100 and 140 days, according as the winter months
piay be favourable or unfavourable."

190 DESTROYERS OF SALMON OVA.

the formation of another nest, or link of the bed
above that already excavated, and in which un-
covered ova are deposited, that trout dart towards
the bed and devour the spawn. The falling down
stream for a short time and short distance on the
part of salmon is of twofold necessity; first, to
gain renewed strength by temporary cessation
from labour; and secondly, to get space enough
to "take a run," if I may use a jumper's phrase,
in order to be able to dart their heads with greater
force and efiect into the sand and gravel for the
formation of a new nest, or link in the bed-trench.
The water-ousel is also a sad destroyer of salmon
ova. It watches their emission by the spawning
salmon, then dives into the water, and descending
to the bottom, runs along it to the spawning-bed,
out of which it extracts a large quantity of spawn,
and would steal more did not the procreating fish
see it and drive it away. The spawn once fairly
covered in, neither trout, nor water-ousel, nor any
other fish or bird can injure it. The supposition
that eels burrow into salmon-beds and feed upon
the spawn beneath, is erroneous.

It is alleged that alluvial deposits frequently
settle upon, and cover the beds, thereby destroy-
ing the ova — addling them, in fine, by preventing
the chemical action necessary for their incubation

SPOTS IN WHICH SALMON DO NOT BREED. 191

from reaching them. Such occurrences can very
rarely, if ever, take place in the spots salmon se-
lect for spawning. Those spots are in running
waters, where alluvial or other matter brought
clown by floods cannot well abide. And here let
me remark, that salmon never deposit their ova
in the sand or gravel of still, smooth, or deep
waters. They never breed in lochs or lakes. Xor,
a very curious fact, will they spawn in new gravel,
nor in gravel that has recently been disturbed by
natural, or artificial causes. For instance, a spate
or flood shall sweep away a portion of the gravel
of a ford, and, for many years, a favourite spawn-
ing locality, and by so doing expose a new stratum
of gravel. Not only will salmon spawn no longer
there, but they will not even rest in their journeys
in w^ater having a bottom recently disturbed. A
period of about two years must elapse bofore they
will frequent a pool or stream from which gravel
has been removed, or to which gravel has been
added. So that an excellent spawning-bed, or a
famous pool may be annihilated by a furious rush
of water.

Growth of Salmon-Fry. — The ova
having been hatched, the embryo salmon
pierces the sandy and gravelly crust of its nest,
and almost instanter assumes a shape somewhat

192 GROWTH OF SALMON-FRT.

like a hairless caterpillar, or fringed larva of about
three quarters of an inch in length, and tapering
from head to tail, having a small sac attached to
it, near the throat, about the size of, or rather
less than, the original ovum, or single pea or
spawn. This sac is the remains of the incubated
ovum, or egg, and still, no doubt, contains vitel-
line, or matter equivalent, for the sustentation of
the infant salmon. In connexion with the sac and
incipient fish, several conduits, or veins are visible.
The sac remains attached to the imperfectly formed
fish for about a month, and is detached or con-
sumed by degrees. The gradual detachment may
be observed in a specimen of twelve days old, for
at that age it will be seen that the sac has visibly
decreased in volume, though it has not as yet be-
come undetached, or entirely consumed.

At a month old the fish-foetus has grown in
length, and exhibits to the naked eye plain traces
of head, eyes, and tail. Still it is barely more
than a pale, misshapen, little longitudinal, half-
animated, substance.

At two months old the "fry" measures about
one inch and a half, is of nearly perfect piscine
formation, having all its fins well defined, and on
its coat a slight appearance of transverse bars, com-
monly and erroneously termed " parr marks." In

ADMEASUREMENT OF SALMON-FRY. 193

speaking of the young of salmon I shall invariably
use the word " fry," until they have attained the
age of twelve months, when I shall call them
" smolts." That is the correct nomenclature, as I
shall show when I describe the plates representino-
the young of salmon.

At from three to four months a salmon-fry
measures in length from two to two and a half
inches — hardly so much. Its head is round ;
there are pink spots on the body, and the trans-
verse bars are plainly apparent.

At six months the young fish measures from
three and a quarter to three and a half inches in
length, and the pink spots and transverse bars
continue to become more and more distinct.

At eight months the fry is very little longer
than it is at six months of age, but it is evidently
thicker or more bulky. At nine months even, the
increase of growth does not tally with increase of
age. No doubt its growth is impeded by (I beg
the reader to bear in mind that I am speaking
generally, and not of exceptions) its attaining the
above age in the winter months when its favourite
food, flies, other insects and larvse cannot be pro-
cured in any thing like abundance.

I think it is better to explain here why I say

that salmon-fry at eight months old enter, gene-
o

194 SALMON-FRY ALWAYS IN RIVERS.

rally speaking, the winter months. I have already
stated that the vast majority of salmon spawn
between the middle of November and the middle
of December. That interval in Scotland is called
the " throng " time of spawning. The ova are
hatched in from one hundred to one hundred and
forty days. The mean time, then, is one hundred
and twenty days or four months, so that as nearly
as possible the fish commence their existence about
the 1st of March, and will have completed their
eighth month by the following November, or the
first of the winter months.

Now, a w^ord or two about exceptions, and they
are most necessary, as they will exj^lain why sal-
mon-fry and smolts are found in rivers all the year
round, and why they are found of different sizes.
They will also explain, how it is that after the
general migration seawards of smolts in the
spring, some are still found in the rivers during
the summer, autumn, and winter months. Some
salmon spawn in September, and the ova, sub-
jected to water of a higher temperature, at least,
for two months, than the ova spawned in Decem-
ber, are hatched in about one hundred days, and
produce young about Christmas, or may be, a
fortnight earlier. They will be smolts, therefore,
in tlie midst of the following winter, and will
migrate at that period. They are the young of

DISAPPEARANCE OF THE TRANSVERSE BARS. 195

the earlier spawners. I will now come to fish
that spawn the latest of all, viz., in the month of
March. I should then say the ova of such fish,
considering the increasing temperature of the
water in March, April, and May, would be fully
incubated in ninety days, producing embryo sal-
mon in June. Now, in November when these fry
are only six months old, the fry of ova spawned
in September, will be eleven months old, and the
fry of those spawned at the " throng " season will
be about eight months of age. I have taken three
spawning periods, early, middle, and late, and
given the results. Even between those periods
fish spawn, so that there must be in every month
of the year, either fry of different sizes, or smolts in
their migratory coats preparing for their first de-
scent to the sea, or actually descending thither. I
have great hopes that this explanation will prove
satisfactory, and remove all scepticism from the
minds of those who have paid only cursory atten-
tion to the habits of salmon.

A salmon fry at ten months measures about four
inches, and the transverse bars begin to disappear,
silvery smolt scales by degrees taking their place.

At eleven months its length is four and a half
inches, and the bright silvery scales are now seen
descending towards the region of the belly.

o 2

196 MIGRATORY COAT ASSUMED.

A salmon-fry at twelve months old is called a
*' smolt." That is the name by which it is gene-
rally knowm. I deem that its proper name at this
age. It is the " last-spring " of the rivers of
Herefordshire, and of those of the neio;hbourincr
counties — of the Severn and its tributaries. He
■who calls smolts, or young salmon of twelve
months old, " salmon-fry" does not employ a mis-
nomer. If I mistake not, they are so denominated
in Ireland until they become salmon peal or grilse.
At the above age the young fish measures about
five inches, and weighs from three to four ounces,
more or less.*

It now — at the age of twelve months — assumes
the migratory coat, that is, the silvery one. The
transverse bars have disappeared, and so have the
pink spots on the sides. The young fish, a part
the back, belly, and head, is covered with bright,
silvery scales. At the shoulder a few trout-like

* The above descriptions of the growth of salmon-fry
are after admeasurements which I made last year of na-
tural specimens preserved in Mr. Young's salmon and sal-
monidas museum at Invershin. The reader, after perusing
a few pages, will come to other descriptions of young
salmon given in explanation of the plates in which they
are engraved, and coloured from the egg to the smolt state
inclusive. If in the separate descriptions any difference
may be found touching the age and size of fish, it will be so
small as not in any way to militate against the correctness
of our calculations on the growth of salmon-fry.

SMOLTS READY FOE SEA. 197

spots are visible. It is now ready at the first
fitting opportunity to commence journeying down
river to the sea. In order to induce and enable
smolts to do so, it is not necessary that rivers
should be flooded, but there must be a sufficient
volume of water to carry the migrating fish safely
over weirs, shallows, and other impediments.
They will not migrate at low water. They gene-
rally do so from their native rivers to the sea — tide
and time permitting — from the 15th April to the
middle of May. At that epoch rivers are gene-
rally full, neither flooded nor the reverse. Often-
times their migration takes place earlier, and fre-
quently later in the year. Late migration is
caused by late spawning, which is the result of a
late "close" time, or not allowing salmon to ascend
the rivers freely in the early autumn months — in
other words, killing the early spawners by means
of nets, cruives, and other devices after the month
of August has expired.

The reader must have already remarked the
very slow growth of salmon-fry. At the end of a
year, the whole of it passed in fresh water, the
young fish, on an average, weighs little more
than four ounces. At that weight, being a smolt,
it descends to the sea; and, if it should remain
therein, say for eight or nine weeks, and then

o 3

198 GROWTH OF SALMON AT SEA.

return to its natural element, fresh water, it will
in all probability, and no specific circumstances
preventing, have increased by the end of that
time, to the weight of five pounds or more. So,
if the growth of salmon during the first year of
their existence, is extremely tardy in fresh water, it
is, after that age, more than proportion ably rapid
in salt water. It will be well to bear in mind
that the growth of salmon is not always propor-
tioned to the length of time they sojourn at sea.
Several circumstances affect their rate of physical
development. Amongst others, indeed they are
the chief ones, quality and quantity of food found
on the salt-water feeding grounds, and hereditary
capacity for growth. By " hereditary capacity,"
I mean that the offspring of large fish have the
inherent power of growing, and do grow,* to a
larger size than the young of small salmon. When
I speak of large and small salmon, I refer to fish
which eventually become very large, and to fish
which, no matter what their age, will always be
small ; in fact, to giant and dwarf breeds. The
growth of salmon-fry is pretty equal in all rivers ;
and, therefore, smolts, no matter whether they are
the produce of large or small salmon, will be found
in different rivers, not differing much in size.
Such is not the case, however, after the smolt

DISPAKITY OF SALMON-GROWTH. 199'

stage of existence. After that, the growth of tlie
offspring of large-growing salmon, is more rapid
than that of the produce of salmon of more dimi-
nutive race. The smolts of rivers which pro-
duce sahnon weighing forty pounds, grow faster
in the grilse and salmon state, than the smolts of
rivers whose largest fish do not exceed twenty
pounds ; and faster still than the smolts of rivers,
the salmon of which do not average more than ten
pounds in weight each. I will suppose these
rivers running, at short distances, the one from
the other, into the same arm of the sea, as do the
Shin, the Oikel, and the Carsely, and that smolts
from each descend simultaneously, and take up
their quarters on the same feeding grounds.
Again, I will suppose them returning in the
grilse state, simultaneously to their respective
rivers. It will be then found that the grilse of the
Shin will be larger and much longer than the
grilse of the Oikel, and that the grilse of the
Oikel will be larger than the grilse of the Carsely.
The reason of this disparity is, the full-grown
fish of the Shin are much larger than those of the
Oikel, and the parent fish of the latter are some-
what larger than those of the Carsely.

The growth of salmon at sea, and at sea only,
after having attained in fresh water the smolt size,

o 4

200 HANDSOME AND UGLY GRILSE.

depends on three things: duration of time they
remain on their sea feeding-grounds^ quality and
quantity of food they obtain thereon, and heredi-
tary capacity for growth with apportioned capa-
city for digestion. The grilse of small salmon,
that is, of salmon which never grow beyond a
small size, are handsomer, in every way better
shaped, and generally of a brighter silvery hue,
than the grilse, the produce of larger growing
salmon. The grilse of the rivers Carron and Lax-
ford, in Rossshire and Sutherlandshire, are hand-
some, small-headed, thick and deep and short in
the body ; the scales of which are small, smooth,
and bright, because they are the offspring of small
parent salmon: whereas the grilse of the river
Shin, in which salmon grow to a very large size,
are ill-shaped fish, having large heads, long, thin
bodies, large, long fins, and large, rough, and by
no means brilliant scales. It requires experience
to distinguish a large and well- shaped grilse from
a small salmon ; indeed grilse are sometimes larger
than salmon, the cause whereof I shall state by
and by. Very frequently the only distinguishing
marks between grilse and salmon are the smaller
scales of the former, and longer and larger fins.
The fins of a grilse of eight pounds in weight, are

SALMON DISCOLOUKED BY FRESH WATEE. 201

lono^er and larger than those of a salmon of the same
size.

The backs, a great portion of the sides of the
gill- cover and of the rays of the fins, of river Shin
fish, become nearly black after two or three weeks
sojourn in fresh water. The chief cause arises
from the colouring matter in that river, which is
mainly fed from sources originating in peat soils,
or flowino; through them. I believe that the
waters of all rivers, derivable from sources of the
character of those of the Shin, speedily discolour
or render dark the bright, silvery scales of fish
fresh from the sea; and I believe that all fresh
water, no matter how pure its source, has a
similar effect, though less in degree. A black,
or dark fish, therefore, can never be a fresh-run
salmon.

Although a grilse or salmon, fresh run from the
sea, is larger and in better condition than it will
be after a few weeks' sojourn in fresh water, it is
neither so strong nor so active. At all events, its
strength and activity are not so enduring. One
evident cause of this is, that fresh water hardens
and renders tough and stiffly elastic, the fins*,

* Mr. Shaw remarks, — " On the approach of autumn,
the whole of the Salmonidae, resident as well as migratory,
while in fresh water, acquire a dusky exterior, accompa-

202 WHALEBOXE-LIKE FIX-RAYS.

which arc soft and feebly pliant in fish fresh from
the sea ; and the natural consequence is, that
aided by those whalebone fin-rays (for to the con-
sistency, or very nearly so, of that substance, fresh
water reduces them) they are more capable of
putting forth enduring effort and strong and rapid
motion, than the obese fresh-run fish, with its
limber fins. A man rowing a heavy boat, with
short, pliant sculls, will make but slow progress
through the water, and will be speedily fatigued ;
whereas, if he have long, stout oars, they yield
little to the water, and, by resistance but slightly
elastic to it, the boat is propelled rapidly onwards,
and the labour of the rower is considerably light-
ened. The pliant, almost powerless sculls of the
row^er, are the soft fins of the fresh-run fish — the
stout oars are the fins of the fish that has been a
lengthy sojourner in fresh water.

Besides, fresh-run fish that have been recently
feeding in rich sub-marine pastures, may not
be unaptly compared to horses just taken up from

nied by a considerable increase of mucus or sllrae. The
fins also become more muscular. However, on the return
of spring, they resume their wonted beautiful colouring,
and the fins, the cartilaginous portions of which are fre-
quently damaged during the winter floods, grow up and
acquire their former outline."

GRILSE STRONGER THAN SALMON. 203

luxurious grass or clover-fields, and submitted to
dry-feeding. The dry-feeding of salmon are the
insects, and larvte, and small fish afforded to them
in rivers. The consequence of dry-feeding, good
food in small quantities, is the same on quadra-
peds and on fish. They severally become less
bulky, lose superflous adipose matter, which is re-
placed by increase of muscular fibre, and, there-
fore, though smaller in size, their strength, ac-
tivity, and power of endurance, are greater. This
will explain why the angler finds it frequently
more difficult to tire out a small fish than a larger
one. For myself, I have had over and over again an
easier task in capturing with rod and line a fresh-
run salmon, of fifteen pounds in weight, than a grilse
half the size, which has been a few weeks training,
as it were, on short but strengthening commons in
fresh water. At all times a grilse will be found
more powerful than a salmon of the same weight,
because the fins of grilse are larger in proportion
to the size of their bodies than the fins of salmon.
Grilse possess, consequently, easier and greater
powers of locomotion than salmon. I cannot help
fancying that the aldermanic salmon, when put
to its speed by the spur of the hook, soon gets
"blown," or, as a turfite would say, exhibits
symptoms of " distress," whilst its child or brother.

204 GRILSE LARGER THAN SALMON.

limited to space and wholesome fresh-water diet,
has its air passages and muscular tissues unclogged
by obesity ; and, therefore, when compelled to make
abnormal exertions, as it does when hooked by the
fly-fisher, it evinces greater power of endurance,
or " bottom," as it is termed.

In some rare instances, a grilse, that is, a sal-
mon in its second year, which has been only once
to sea, has been known to weigh as much as
fourteen pounds ; w^hereas, a salmon, or fish in its
third year, or one that has been twice at sea, has
been known not to weigh more than six pounds.
This great disproportion in weight is chiefly
caused by difference in the duration of the time
each reaiains at sea ; to disparity in the amount
and quality of food, each finds there ; and, also, to
dissimilarity of race. The one, the grilse, being
probably the offspring of giant, the other of small
salmon of dwarfish stock. However, difference
in the duration of time is alone suflScient to pro-
duce inequality in weight. For instance, two
smolts from the same spawning-bed, or the pro-
duce of ova hatched in the same nest, shall go
down to the sea, and resort to the same feeding-
grounds. One shall tarry on them, say for two
months, and then return to its native stream ; the
stay of the other on the feeding-grounds, before

A VEEY DIFFICULT QUESTION. 205

its return homewards, shall be four months. The
result will be, on a most probable average, that
the latter grilse will be double the size of the
former. So that ccBteris paribus, all things be-
sides being equal, the fish that remains longest at
sea, must, in all cases be, though not the older,
the larger fish.

The question will naturally here arise, why
should one fish remain lousier on the feedinor-
grounds than another?* It is a very diflacult
question, one I do not think that can be very
satisfactorily answered. A fish may return from
the sea after a sojourn of one month, whilst
another may, in some very rare instance, re-

* Mr. Young, in his pamphlet, says, — "AVe have also mark-
ed numbers of spawned salmon, both after their second and
third spawning, and have found, at all times, that the
length of their sojourn in the sea exactly corresponds with
the length of time from the smolt to the grilse, and from
the foul grilse to the salmon. The time from the smolts
descending to the rivers, until they return to the rivers as
grilses, is about eight weeks ; and from the time the spawned
grilses leave the rivers, until they return as salmon, about
eight weeks, and so on throughout all their after stages.
We allude here only to the great body of the fish, as there
may be numerous exceptions from this general rule, and
part of them we have seen, and heard of others, viz., some
of them retiring earlier than the time we have stated, and
others remainini; lonijer in the sea."

206 HOW OLD SALMON MAY BE.

main in salt water several months.* Doing
so is exceptional, because as smolts frequently
emigrate in shoals, so grilse or salmon very often
immigrate in company. Hence there is " a sal-
mon season " and a " grilse season." If fish
from the same river and of the same age, con-
tinue all along travelling companions, slight will
be the difference in their appearance, on their
revisiting their haunts of infancy.

It is impossible to state with anything like
accuracy, the number of years salmon may live ;
nor can I devise any sure means of ascertaining
such information. Migration to the sea being
necessary to the physical development of salmon,
it must likewise be necessary for the prolongation
of its existence. Salmon, like pike and nearly all
the carp tribe, cannot be confined in ponds or
stews to discover whether they are long-lived or
not. Salmon must have runnins; water over a
gravelly bottom to breed in, and sea-water and
the various kinds of food it produces, to thrive and
grow. If confined to ponds, or even to lakes,
salmon would cease to increase and multiply ;
and their growth would be so much retarded and

* The earliest return recorded by ]\Ii\ Young ia five
weeks and three days, and the latest fourteen weeks.

RAPID GROWTH OF SALMON. 207

stunted by deprivation of their natural food;
and their natural constitution would be so much
impaired, that, in all probability, they would pre-
maturely die from inanition, or from other cause of
early decay. If they did not, I conjecture they
would become in time a distinct species offish, or
the progenitoi's of some distinct species ; very likely
some nondescript sort of fresh-water trout.

Salmon, if they live long, cannot grow in after
years as fast as they grew during the earlier pe-
riod, particularly the grilse stage of their existence,
when they frequently increase their size eight- fold
in a sea-sojourn of two months. A salmon weigh-
ing, when caught in its descent to the sea, 10 lbs.
has been retaken on its return after a sojourn of
thirty-eight days on its salt-water feeding-ground,
and when recaptured it weighed 21^ lbs. This
instance of the wonderfully rapid growth of salmon
occurred in the Tay near Dunkeld, and was ve-
rified by the present Duke of AthoL* Now, if

* In a private letter, dated May 11. 1845, his Grace,
then Lord Glenlyon, writes, " I have received the ticket
[a zinc one that had been attached to a foul fish or " kelt,"
caught by his Grace as it descended to the sea for the pur-
pose of ascertaining the duration of its sojourn, and its rate
of growth in salt-water.] No. 129. from Mr. Wilson, and
on referring to my salmon journal, I find that I caught this

208 SURMISES AND CALCULATIONS.

salmon increased in this ratio for the space of two
seasons we should have them weigliing upwards
of 80 lbs. each, leviathans assuredly never seen in
British Avaters.

I surmise and calculate on this point thus ; —
The growth of salmon after they arrive at a cer-
tain age is stationary or nearly so. They merely
recover at sea the loss in weight they have sus-
tained in fresh water, and from the wasting effects
of spawning. Not reasoning from the extraordin-
arily rapid growth of the Dunkeld salmon, I will
do so from what I consider to be the average rate
of increase on the part of fish of large breed. A
smolt going down for the first time to the sea
weiohino: 5 oz. will attain that season the weio;ht
of 7 lbs., more or less, according to the length of
time it remains there, and the quantity and quality
of food it consumes. I shall be extenuating if I
fix the average increase durino- the first season at
6 lbs. That weight will be doubled next season ;
then we shall have a salmon of 12 lbs. in weight.

fisli as a kelt this year, on the 31st of March, with the rod,
about two miles above Dunkeld-bridge, at which time it
weighed exactly ten pounds ; so that, in the short space of
five weeks and two days, it had gained the almost incredibl
increase of eleven pounds and a quarter ; for, when weighed
here on its arrival, it was twenty-one pounds and a quarter."

TABLES ABOUT SALMON. 209

the season after that of 24 lbs., and the season
after that of 48 lbs. Here we must stop, for
though we sometimes, very rarely assuredly, see
salmon weighing 48 lbs., we never see them of
double that weight, or of 96 lbs. What is my
conclusion from this most fair calculation ? Why,
that salmon grow very slowly after they have been
three seasons at sea, that is, after they have at-
tained their fourth year of existence, and arrived
at the weight of 20 lbs. I mean very slowly in
comparison w^ith the rapidity of their growth du-
ring the second and third years of their age, and
I believe that the growth of salmon after the sixth
year or fifth visit to the sea is merely nominal,
but at the same time I am of opinion that a fish
of that age may weigh 40 lbs. Finally, if I were
to be shown a Shannon or a Tweed salmon of the
weight of 50 lbs., and asked its age, my answer
would be ten years, or thereabouts.

Many fables have been seriously related as to
the mode and means practised by salmon in leap-
ing, and error has extensively prevailed in refer-
ence to the distance they can spring obliquely or
perpendicularly beyond the surface of the water.
It is a very prevalent opinion that salmon put
their tails in their mouths, and by bending them-
selves like a bow-string to extreme tension, and
p

210 HOW A SALMON LEAPS.

suddenly snapping the strain by prompt with-
drawal of the tail from the mouth, are jerked
upwards, like the dog that was sent sprawling into
air by the cow with the " crumpled horns." This
is merely laughable : but it is singular that Mr.
Scrope, a salmon -fisher, according to his OAvn
showing, of more than a quarter of a century's
experience, should have stated that on an average
salmon jump no further in height than six feet,
though he conceives that very large fish, in deep
water, could leap much higher. Last year I paid
particular attention to those points, and saw that
salmon surmounting obstacles in their way as
they ascended rivers, sprang straight forwards,
head foremost out of the water, no doubt, in a
great degree, by means of striking their fins against
the water which, with accompanying muscular
effort, sent them upwards and forwards. If a
salmon means to sink to the bottom it strikes its
fins, particularly the dorsal one against the w^ater
above. The action of the fins against the resist-
ance offered by the volume of water above tends
to force the fish downwards ; on the contrary,
when the fins are strongly pressed against the
volume of water beneath the fish, the tendency of
the pressure will be to propel the fish in a vertical
direction, or upwards. The class of fish denomi-

USE OF THE TAILS OF FISH. 211

nated cetacea, which require to rise frequently to
the surface of the water for the purpose of respi-
ration, have tails lying horizontally with the water
and not perpendicularly in it. This wise provision
of nature is to enable them to rise and sink in the
water with greater facility. They have only to
strike their flat tails against the waters in the
depth of ocean, and straightway they are sent
many fathoms upwards ; a contrary caudal action
will send them dov/n into the deeps again. If the
whale were not provided with the flat or horizontal
tail it would die of suffocation, as it would then be
unable to lift into vital air his huge carcase from
the dark unfathomed caves in which he cannot long
rest for want of ventilation. The dorsal, pectoral,
and ventral fins of salmon are the agents by which
they rise and sink in the water. By the agency,
in great part, of the caudal fin or tail, they are
enabled to propel themselves in any horizontal
direction.

A salmon cannot spring far out of the water
unless it be deep, but I do not think it need be
very deep. In making its spring it first sinks
rapidly by upward action of the fins, and then
suddenly reversing their action, and finding a
point cVappui in the volume of water under it
and bringing the saltant powers of its muscles

p 2

212 DISTANCE SALMON CAN JUMP.

into requisition, it bounds beyond the water's sur-
face, in an obliquely vertical direction, a distance
double that of six feet, if it is necessary that
it should do so. I have seen a grilse, and not
a very large one, jump upwards and forwards
somewhat obliquely the length, I and another cal-
culated, of my fishing-rod, viz., seventeen feet.
Mr. Young and other observant authorities have
told me, that before a portion of the mass of rock,
which is the cause of the large Shin water-fall,
was blasted, its first ledge was sixteen feet from
the surface of the water when the river was at its
average height. Salmon could spring into the
water on this ledge at a bound, and then stemming
the arch-formed cataract, they would ascend to
the upper pools. A little below the great Sliin
fall is a pool, by the cliffs of the left hand bank
running rapidly and deeply, called " Angus's
Pool." In it I hooked one day a large grilse,
which on being struck spang perpendicularly to a
distance of at least ten feet — I am confident I
may say twelve — above the surface of the water,
and then threw a sort of descending summerset
backward to the extent of sixteen or seventeen
feet.

Witnessing salmon jumping will ever be a fa-
vourite amusement of mine. It completes my

213

admiration of the pleasantly powerful efforts and
singularly interesting instincts of that fish. Last
season I watched for several evenings salmon sur-
mounting the upper Shin-fall. This cataract
forms beneath it a deep, foam-bubbling pool or
basin of oval shape, except that the round end at
the fall is cut off, and so is the thin end at the tail
of the constantly fermenting pool. On its left
are high, naked, rocky cliffs ; on its right are high
cliffs also, but they are studded with trees and
plants, amongst which the eglantine flourishes and
flowers generally, and they are crowned with an
attractive breadth of soft, springy green sward.
Seated on it, with legs dangling from its margin,
I used to watch with amusing curiosity salmon
springing out of the deep and fermenting eddies
ever seething and curling at the base of the rocky
barrier, over which the water rushed with head-
long rapidity. The lowest ledge of this barrier
had been reduced, as I said before, by blasting,
and was not now more than five feet above the
eddy's surface. Into the water of this ledge the
salmon would easily fling themselves, and then,
with dorsal fins perfectly upright, and working
them rapidly to and fro, they would plough their
way up the sweeping torrent that was rushing
over the arched rock, like a flood bursting over

r 3

214 SALMON ASCENDING A *' FALL."

the upper segment of a water-mill wheel at rest.
Very few fish succeeded at the first spring, for if
it was not made straight into the current, with
head splitting it like a wedge, they were whirled
by the force of the descending water back into
the frothy pool beneath. If they sprang obliquely
into the torrent, and the majority did so repeatedly,
they presented shoulder and side to the furiously
gushing-down stream, and the presentation of so
large a resisting surface brought a larger volume
of rushing water into play upon the fish, and they
were rolled back as a boat would be if in ascend-
ing a rapid its broadside were presented to it in-
stead of its prow. Neither salmon nor grilse
appeared much daunted by the repeated rough
rollings-over they experienced, for they were to
be seen again, after a very few minutes' pause,
reiterating their efforts and continuing to do so
until they succeeded in making what I shall call,
" the straight snout-foremost leap." Then, and it
was a pretty sight to see them do it, they worked
themselves upwards through the torrent, their
bodies moving shortly, rapidly, and tremulously
to and fro as they did so, their backs ajieiir cVeau,
and their dorsal fins quivering above it. Some
bounded perpendicularly from the water at the
base of the rock, some from four to twelve feet

MIGRATION OF SALMON. ^15

out in a smoother part of the pool towards its
middle, and many from a corner close by the left-
hand side cliff, and these latter, the current not
being so rapid at that point, succeeded in making
good their ascent at fewer leaps than the others.
I am perfectly convinced from minute observation
that a grilse or salmon, having a sufficiency of
water to give the requisite impulsion to its salta-
tory powers can spring a distance of twelve feet,
and in some extraordinary instances a yard further
out of the water, in a direction slanting upwards,
nor is there any habit or practice on the part of
this interesting fish that excites my surprise more
acutely than its amazing locomotive capacity to
pass through, over and against the swiftest and
strongest rapids, whether deep or shallow. Salmon
ascend falls principally of mornings and after-
noons, and very few are seen making the attempt
between ten o'clock, a. m. and two o'clock, p. M.

Migration of Salmon. — If all salmon de-
posited their ova at the same period of the year,
and if all ova were hatched in the same number
of days, which they would be if river water was
always of uniform temperature, then we should
have all salmon-fry of co-equal age, arriving at
the smolt state at the same time, and of course
migrating to the sea in vast shoals at one and the

p 4

216 THE "THROXG" migratory season.

same epoch. But as it is not so — as ova are de-
posited and incubated during six months of the
year, the ages of salmon-fry must differ, and the
period of migration must extend more or less over
half the year. 'Tis true the "throng" time of
migration is from the middle of April to the
middle of May, because the "throng" spawning
season is between the middle of November and
the middle of December. If we allow, in conse-
quence of the low temperature of water in the
winter months, 140 days for incubation, its
"throno;" time will be between the middle of
April and May. Twelve months afterwards we
shall have smolts and s^eneral misrration of them :
but on that account let no one say that we shall
not have some smolts and some migration of them
in other months of the year.

When salmon having spawned and, having be-
come " kelts," commence leaving for the sea the
upper stream of rivers they generally do so singly,
but when they have descended to the lower and
deeper parts of pools, and particularly when they
have reached the tidal ways they congregate in
small companies. When these bands of fish reach
the feeding-localities at sea, it is most probable
they again unite, and so companies become regi-
ments. These regiments are afterwards broken

ATROCIOUS CONTRIVANCES. 217

up, and immigration to fresh water takes place
in companies as did emigration to sea-water.
Why ? Because as all foul fish do not go to the
feeding-beds at the same time, so they do not re-
turn to fresh w^ater simultaneously. Those com-
panies which reach the feeding places at sea first,
leave them first, for no other reason than this,
that their appetites are the first to inform them
that they have consumed a quantum sufficit of
sea-grown food. They would return, being " full-
fed," as Mr. Young terms it, to their native rivers
in larger shoals than they do, were they not scat-
tered, injuriously dispersed, and considerably
thinned by natural enemies and artificial obstruc-
tions which they encounter in the firths in their
homeward journey, during which they are at-
tacked, routed, and slain in large numbers by por-
poises and seals, and impeded, caught, or driven
back to sea by the greatest of all salmon-abomi-
nations, those buccaniering implements of de-
struction called fixed or stake-nets. These atrocious
contrivances project from the shore long distances
into firths, remaining fixed night and day, and as
salmon travel homewards by an in-shore route,
rather than a deep-sea one, incalculable is the
mischief resulting from such destructive fixtures.
When salmon have descended rivers to the sea

218 TRAVELLING PACE OF SALMON.

they travel northwards, and of course on their
return their road runs south.

The travelling pace of salmon is slow, between
two and three miles an hour. When they meet
with rough streams and violent rapids they travel
much faster, because if they did not call into ac-
tion the full propelling powers of their fins they
could not stem rapidly running waters. Before
they hazard a trial of strength with the obstruct-
ing force of rapids and swift streams they take
rest in some easy pool below, and this delay makes
their average rate of progress be, whilst they are
actually travelling, about two and a half miles an
hour. I must here observe that in the spring
months the locomotive powers of salmon are less
by one half than in the summer months. When
the temperature of the water is 70° salmon travel
twice as fast as they do when the water's tem-
perature is as low as 30°.

On re-entering their native rivers, salmon ge-
nerally repose themselves in the first deep pool
they come to. It may be now said that their
great voyage is terminated, as they afterwards
travel by very easy relays. If one day they are
obliged to shoot with rapidity through strong
currents, on the next they will take their ease in
quiet water. After the month of June salmon

SALMON A FRESH-WATER FISH. 219

remain for several days stationary in the same
pools.

In conclusion, I will state, that salmon should
be considered a fresh-water fish. In fresh water
it is bred, and in fresh water it remains on a ge-
neral average ten months out of the twelve. The
notion that salmon return from the sea to fresh
water for the mere or immediate purpose of spawn-
ing is erroneous. Fish that return in the early
months have their spawn in an incipient state of
development, and to mature it and fit it for depo-
sition, a period of four, five, and six months is
frequently required. The truth is, salmon leave
the sea when instinct tells them they are suffi-
ciently high fed or fattened to the proper pitch na-
ture requires, and of course for their retirement no
spots can be more germane than those in which
they have been bred, or in which they have previ-
ously long sojourned. Those salmon, it is true, that
return to fresh water late in the season have ova
far advanced towards maturity, and leave the sea
not long before the spawning season. They are
those exceptional fish which scarcity of food at
sea, or other causes, innate or external, keep in
an ill-conditioned state longer than their fellows
which have fared and thrived better ; or, they are
those salmon that have remained longer than others

220 SALMON-FRY DEPICTED.

in the " kelt " or foul state in rivers before the j
migrated to the sea, and consequently they do
not leave it until the approach of the spawning
season.

THE PLATES OF SALMON-FRY DESCRIBED.

The 1st figure of plate Xo. VI., represents the
size of the ovum, or egg, a day before it is hatched.
It represents its outward appearance and very
little more. Its internal appearance, or rather
appearances, the art of the painter cannot fairly
depict. It cannot represent, withinside a thin and
distended shell, " an embryo fish, restless, and
turning frequently and quickly from one side of
the shell to the other, and often appearing to
break out of confinement, having a conical bag
attached, which is red inside and pale outside."*
What the pencil cannot describe the pen can ;
imperfect^, certainly, for it merely tells what
the investigator may observe as existing and oc-
curring in the interior of a salmon ovum, the day
before the young fish breaks through the shell.*

The 2nd figure represents the salmon foetus

* See note, page 182, on the appearances of salmon-ova
at successive sta2;es of incubation.

i:

EMBRYO SALMON DESCRIBED. 221

one day old. Its length is the seven-eighths of an
inch. It is altogether imperfectly formed. Still
we see something like mouth, eyes, and head.
We see a fringed body, and we see a little sac
depending from the region of the thorax. This
little bag contains vitelline matter for the sus-
tentation of the fish, until it can provide for
itself.

In reference to the above figures, Mr. Young
has written: "When the young fish are formed,
and while they are confined within the shell of
the egg they lie in a circular form, and the burst-
ing of this shell is from their endeavours to get
straight. The first opening of the shell invari-
ably takes place opposite to the back fin, or mid-
dle of the fish, and, as it were by the unstringing
of a bow, the tail starts out first, and thereby
leaves the fish in a straight position. The head
of the fish and the conical bag remain in the shell
a little longer ; but from the motion of the water
and the fish, they very soon throw oflf the last
encumbrance, and appear at large in the water.
From the first moments of their existence, we find
them formed with fear of their enemies; for,
from the least shadow passing over them, we find
them endeavouring to get shelter underneath the
stones and gravel of the pool, to which they hurry

222 THE PEOVISION-BAG DESCRIBED.

with wonderful alacrity. But if we stand mo-
tionless for a short time, they emerge in myriads
from their hiding-places, and then we can examine
them minutely and with freedom in all their forms
and appendages most correctly; we see a mul-
titude of fishes, although yet in an embryo state,
and very unlike salmon ; yet we are certain that
they are the young of that fish, albeit their ap-
pearance is little better than that of a tadpole.
The young fish are, on an average (we must
mention here that they are not all of the same
size; for, from the moment of hatching, we
have large and small, which distinctions con-
tinue throughout all their after ages), about three-
fourths of an inch long, with the provision-bag,
fully one-fourth of an inch, attached to the belly,
and their heads large in comparison with the body.
The bag, when carefully examined, is found to be
intersected with small red branches or veins, which
all collect into one, and centre at the head of the
fish ; and from this provision-bag, through its
conduits or veins, the young fish derive all their
nourishment for the first five weeks of their ex-
istence."

At this period, or, say at a month old, I have
not thought it necessary to give an engraving of
the fish. I'll describe its appeaaance at a month

SALMON A MONTH OLD. 223

old. Then the fringe or edge of fins that is seen
in the misshapen fry of a day old, is half worn
away, except at those parts where the fins are to
be. The sac or bag at the belly is more than half
consumed, and the body of the fish is lengthened
and getting more into fish-form. Still its shape
is imperfect. Of this period, Mr. Young re-
marks in his pamphlet, " The young fish, though
they are getting into a natural form, have now
arrived at a very critical period of their exist-
ence ; for the time has now come when the food
provided for them by nature becomes quite ex-
hausted, and nothing remains for each but to be
its own provider in the best way it can. An
entire change of being now takes place, and they
must leave their former sinecure habits and work
for their living ; but, from the sudden transition
from the one state to the other, we find that
numerous deaths take place amongst them. The
survivors very soon become familiar w^ith their
new state of existence, and providing meat seems
an amusement, as well as a duty ; for we see them
leaping for sport, as well as greedily catching
small objects in the water. After this they im-
prove in appearance very fast ; for at the age of
two months, we have a perfectly formed fish — the
transverse bars visible, and the fins distinct."

224 SALMOX, THREE, FOUR, FIVE MONTHS OLD.

The 3rd figure on the plate represents the
two months old salmon-fry. In length it is IJ
inches. Its shape is perfect, and its fins are well
defined. The transverse bars, beginning at the
lateral line, are visible ; but not so brilliant and
large as they afterwards by degrees become.

The 4th figure is that of a salmon-fry four
months' old, or a day or two more or less, and 2~
inches in length. The transverse bars, com-
mencino^ above the lateral line, have increased in
size and depth of colour ; and little spots are visi-
ble on the back. The fins are very large in pro-
portion to the size of the fry, showing that it is
the young of salmon, and not of any small species
oi salnionidcB. The fins of a trout of the same size
would be much smaller.

The 5th figm'e is that of a young salmon, at
the a2:e of six months. The drawinor is that of a
specimen more perfect in shape and colour than
ordinarily. It is 3^ inches in length ; its colours
are deepening, and the transverse bars are more
largely developed. Its fins are disproportionably
large in respect to the size of the body. Hitherto
its growth has been rapid ; but at its present age
it, generally speaking, enters the cold months, and
during four of them, its growth, chiefly from want
of insects for food, is very slow.

AN ADULT TROUT. 225

The 6th engraving on plate No. VII. is that of
a salmon-fry of between eight and nine months
old. In length it is four inches, and it is now
more deeply marked with transverse bars and
dorsal spots than at any other period. Those
spots are sometimes of a pink hue, sometimes
they are purple-coloured, and sometimes black.
The latter colour they assume after death. The
fish now resembles the little trout, called the parr;
but its fins are much longer than those of that
little fish, and its whole shape is much less per-
fect. Kot observing these marks of distinction has
led to the confounding of salmon-fry with parr ;
calling them, indeed, " parr," as Mr. Shaw and
his followers do; whereas the parr is a distinct
adult fish, of the river-trout species. I regret that,
owing to the season of the year at which I made
the application, I could not get a specimen of the
parr, to have it engraved and coloured, and placed
side by side with the salmon-fry represented on
the plate I am now describing. In answer to my
application, made from London, in November last,
to Mr. Young, at Invershin, he wrote: '* The
parr you want cannot be got at this season, in
consequence of the flooded state of the waters;
but from the description I will give, the artist can
easily engrave it. [I did not think so, and there-
Q

226 THE PARR DESCRIBED.

fore no artist was asked to make the attempt.] A
full-grown parr is the length of a salmon-fry of
nine months old ; but its fins are little more than
half the size of those of the fry. It is fuller and
darker in the body, and in form like that of a well
shaped common trout. Its cross-bars, or finger-
marks, as they are frequently called, lie closer
together on the body than the transverse bars do
on that of the salmon-fry."

The 7th figure is that of the fry at the age
of ten months. In length it is about four and a
half inches. The transverse bars are becoming
smaller, diminishing, and becoming paler above
and below the lateral line. It is a fish of lighter
general hue than it was before.

The 8th engraving on plate No. VIII. approaches
more to perfect resemblance, representing the sal-
mon-fry at the age of eleven months. It is five
inches in length, and the transverse bars are rapidly
fading away ; that is, they are becoming eclipsed
by the gradual over-spread of a lighter coating.
This coating consists of silvery scales, descending
in increasing brilliancy from above the lateral line
over the transverse bars. The change is fairly
represented in the plate. On a salmon- fry of this
age, Mr. Young writes, — " The new scales and
silver coating begin to appear, the transverse bars

SIZE AND AGE OP THE SMOLT. 227

begin to look more dimly through the scaly coat-
ing, and we now see the young fish fairly under-
going another wonderful and interesting change,
and rapidly advancing towards perfection."

The 9 th and last figure, is that of a smolt or
salmon-fry one year old. The transverse bars are
apparently gone, completely covered with silver
scales. The young fish, " clean as a smelt,'' has
assumed its migratory coat, and in colour and
shape, if not in size, puts in a clear title to its
salmon descent. It is now completely silver- sided.
Its silver scales are easily rubbed off, and when
that occurs the transverse bars become again
visible, showing what caused the visible disappear-
ance of the latter. The length of the specimen
here represented was five and a half inches. Of
young salmon at this stage, Mr. Young says : —
" They have now got on their migratory dress,
and are fully prepared to leave the streams of their
nativity for the trackless ocean ; they are now
full of mirth and activity, gathering together, in
shoals, and sporting freely among the waters;
feeding greedily, and at this time, they will very
readily rise at and take a fly, either natural or
artificial. We have various accounts of their size
at this age. Some make the smolts in general
eight inches long ; some allege to have seen them

Q 2

228 OUR SPECIMENS OP SALMON-FRY.

ten inches, while others have ventured even as
high as fourteen inches long. We could mention
numbers of half-and-between experiments, from
which we have various calculations, and although
we are convinced that these experiments were
made with the best intentions, yet they fell very
far short of the truth; as the fry were often
placed in ponds and places of confinement, and
their ages, both when they were put in and taken
out, unknown. From these imperfect experiments
have arisen all the conflicting opinions regarding
their size in the smolt state. In all the many
congregations of smolts I hr^ve examined, their in-
dividual length varied from four to six inches, but
in the great majority of instances the length was
about five inches."

The reader is urged to bear in mind that our
larger drawings are after specimens " born and
bred " in the river Shin, and not from ova or fry taken
from that river and transferred to spawning-beds or
ponds fed by water proceeding from another source.
On the contrary, the experiments of Mr. Shaw
were made on ova and fry taken from the waters
of the river Nith, and removed to experimental
basins supplied by " a stream of pure spring
Avater," or by that of "a rivulet." Hence, we
presume, the tardy growth of his fry ; t*s " con

MR. SHAW'S SPECIMENS. 229

verted parr," as he designates it, or smolt, being two
years old, whilst ours is only one. At two years
old his smolt measures about six inches in length ;
ours at the age of one year measures five and a
half inches, and at the age of two years it will be
most probably a well-conditioned salmon, weighing
from nine to fourteen pounds, or at any rate it
will be a grilse-kelt, averaging between two and
three feet in length, at a very moderate calcu-
lation, and having been of the weight of six lbs.
or thereabouts at the age of eighteen months, that
is at the time or nearly so of its spawning for the
first time. At this age of eighteen months, Mr.
Shaw's engraved specimen is about five and a half
inches in length, and its transverse bars distinctly
visible. It could barely weigh six ounces. Ours
at that age would weigh as many pounds or more,
and would be much nearer thirty-six inches in
length than five and a half inches. A very great
error exists somewhere. Is it ours or Mr. Shaw's ?
Time will tell.

Q S

230

CHAPTER n.

THE BREEDING OF SALMON ARTIFICIALLY.

In the procreation of salmon art can aid nature
by study of nature's laws, and then carrying into
practical effect the result of that study. Art can
remove obstructions nature meets with in her
operations — can render a field fitter for those
operations than it would be under natural circum-
stances; but art can only be a coadjutor, and I
therefore think that the epithet "artificial" ap-
plied to the breeding of salmon or any living crea-
ture is not altoo;ether correct. Thou2;h I have
used it, I do not wish it to be understood in any
but a limited sense. I am going to show how
salmon may be bred in part artificially. The be-
neficial results of being enabled to propagate the
salmon tribe by controllable artificial adjuncts are
many. They will make themselves self-evident
to the reader of the following pages.

The first thing to be taken care of in this way
of breeding salmon is that the spawning-beds
which are to be artificially formed, be supplied if

AKTIFICIAL rONDS. 231

possible with the water from which the ova, are
taken. In making experiments on the growth of
salmon-fry this precaution is more absolutely ne-
cessary than when one is breeding for the sole
sake of stocking a river. In all cases it will be
advisable that the spawning and rearing-ponds be
not fed with water of a temperature widely dif-
fering from that from which the spawn has been
procured.

With these few general remarks I will trans-
cribe the notes I have received from Mr. A. Youns^
on this interesting and important subject. To give
the seed, he says, the same advantages as that na-
turally spawned in rivers, the artificial breeding-
ponds should be erected in the immediate vicinity
of or in the river, and the ponds should be fed by a
small stream, or "lead" taken from the river, so
that the temperature and all the conditions of the
one may in every respect agree with those of the
other. At the spot you take the " lead" off the
river you commence the erection of a wall to
shut out the main current. The wall may be
built in the river by the side of one of its banks,
and its height then is to be greater than the
highest flood-marks of the river. In the bottom
of the wall, where it takes the " lead " off the river,
an opening or drain-mouth is to be constructed of

Q 4

232 ARTIFICIAL POND-BEDS.

the width of the current you wish to flow through
your ponds inside the defending wall. This
opening at the upper end of the wall is to be so
framed that whether the state of the river is low
or high, the supply of water to the pond will be
neither injuriously diminished nor increased. The
drain-mouth, or opening in the wall is to be se-
cured by a strong iron grating, the bars of which
are to be half-an-inch apart. This grating will
prevent the accumulation in the ponds of anything
hurtful to them.

The bed of the ponds must be dug up to the
depth of about ^we feet, and they must be nine
feet in width, and eighteen in length. Their
bottom must be lower by five feet than that of
their feeder. The bottom, however, must not be
quite flat, but graduated, rising from the end
furthest from the head of the current towards the
opening or drain-mouth. The necessary inclina-
tion can be given to the bottom of the pond, by
beginning with a layer of gravel one foot thick at
the furthest end, and finishing off towards the
mouth with a layer of gravel, eighteen inches in
depth. The bottom of the pond will thus become
an inclined plane. The ova are to be deposited
at the top of the gradient, where you have finished
off with a layer of eighteen inches of gravel, in

WALLS OF ARTIFICIAL PONDS. 233

order that they may have the benefit of sharply
running water. The lower part of the inclined
plane, or the deepest part of the pond, suits best
the fry after incubation.

The walls that are to secure the ponds must
be strongly built of rough stone. No lime must
be used in the construction of the walls, or of any
thing connected with the ponds. Every one ought
to know the destructive effects of lime upon fish.
To secure the ponds from the entrance of the
smallest fish, besides the iron grating already men-
tioned, there must be another fixed inside it of
copper wire closely interlaced, so closely as to
prevent the possibility of the smallest trout passing
through the interstices. If a diminutive trout
should enter, it would devour the fry as soon as
they were hatched. Each end of the pond should
be secured in the same way. At the end where
the pond-water runs out there should be if pos-
sible a fall into the river, which would effectually
prevent the ascension to the ponds of any pre-
datory fish.

Some persons have tried artificial breeding in
ponds supplied with water from springs and hill-
burns, but in such trials no sensible person ought
to expect satifactory results, or at an}^ rate results
similar to those that would be derived by the use

234 THE WATER OF ARTIFICIAL PONDS.

of ponds constructed in salmon-rivers, or fed by
water directly emanating from them. Both the
development of the fish in ovo and ah ovo depends
upon the temperature of the water, and we know
that a single frosty night will reduce by many
degrees the temperature of rills and rivulets,
whereas the currents of large rivers are little
affected by it. Fry hatched in ponds fed by these
hill-streams must be stinted in growth — kept in
a status quo during many weeks — and they can
never arrive at the smolt state in the same period
of time as fry produced and bred in the waters of
rivers. These latter fry are in their natural ele-
ment — natural in its temperature and in the food,
insects and so forth, it produces. On the contrary,
fry bred in ponds fed by springs or hill-burns are,
as it were, subjected to a different climate, strange
and unnatural to them, barren, or nearly so, of
insects, and foreign to their innate tastes. Their
progress in growth, therefore, cannot equal that
of fry bred in favourable localities.

When the ponds are perfectly formed and con-
structed they should be filled with water, and it
should be allowed to run freely into and out of
them for a few days previously to depositing the
spawn in them. This is necessary in order that
the newly laid gravel may be washed well, the

THE EXUDATION OF OVA AND MILT. 235

beds properly seasoned, and all mud or alluvial
matter got rid of. The artificial spawning-beds
must be reduced as nearly as can be to the con-
dition of the naturally formed ones of rivers.

The next step to be taken is towards procuring
proper spawn for deposition in the ponds. To do
so we must watch carefully some natural spawn-
ing-pond of the river at the time when the oper-
ations of spawning are going on, and we must
capture a pair of salmon that have actually com-
menced the spawning process. If we do not, we
cannot be sure of procuring spawn in a ripe state.
We must avoid capturing at random any pair of
fish we may see on the spawning-bed, because
many consorted males and females are to be seen
hovering about the spawning-grounds several days
before they begin depositing their spawn. If from
such fish ova are expressed by manipulation they
wiU be found in an immature state, their pores not
as yet open for the reception or absorption of the
milt, and expressing it over them will not produce
impregnation. On the contrary, when a pair, of
course, male and female, that have commenced
spawning are captured, their ova and milt will be
found in the mature state required, or at least, a
portion of them. A vessel, can, pail, or small
tub, must be ready, containing a small portion of

236 A GREAT FACT.

clean gravel from the river, and as mnch river
water as will cover the gravel, and the seed about
to be deposited in it. The female salmon just
captured must be held up by the head over the
vessel with one hand, whilst with the other hand
gentle pressure is made down the belly of the fish.
This pressure will cause the expulsion of all the
ova that are mature, which will be received in the
vessel. The male fish is then to be held and
pressed in the same way, which will cause the
emission of mature milt into the vessel. The fish
are to be returned to their native element, where,
if the manipulator be not a rough one, they will
speedily recover, and when the remaining spawn,
not artificially forced from them, becomes mature
they will deposit it as if nothing had happened.

Having expressed ova and milt into the vessel,
it must be shaken so that gravel, water, milt and
ova be properly mixed, and that no ova escape
from coming into contact with portions of milt.
If any do they will not be impregnated. On the
contrary, the ova that are touched by the milt
are impregnated, and if properly cared for will in
due time produce young salmon.

I solicit the attention of the owners of rivers
to the following great fact : — Salmon-spawn arti-
ficially expressed from parent fish, and treated in

EXPOKTATION OF IMPREGNATED OVA. 237

the manner just now directed, may be conveyed
without injury very long distances — from rivers
in one country to rivers in another. Salmon-
spawn containing the vivifying germ may be taken
from any of the rivers of the British isles, and
conveyed not only to any river on the continent
of Europe, but to those of other divisions of the
globe. The time may come when it may be con-
veyed to Australia, Van Diemen's Land, &c., in
order to colonise the rivers of those countries with
the finest and most valuable fish indigenous to the
nor'ard rivers of the northern hemisphere. After
the ova and milt are expressed, and mixed toge-
ther in the sand and water of the vessel prepared
to receive them, nothing more is necessary to pre-
serve them on a voyage than a change of wa-
ter every twelve hours. At each conclusion of
that interval of time, the stale water is to be
poured off, and the same quantity of pure fresh
water substituted.

To return to our artificial pond now ready for
the reception of the impregnated spawn. It
must be imbedded at the head of the pond — at
the commencement of the inclination of its bottom,
in a small trench about five inches in depth, formed
longitudinally with the current and not across it.
The spawn must not be laid all of a heap in the

238 ARTIFICIAL SPAWNING-TEENCHES.

trench, but carefully mixed with gravel all over its
bottom, and then covered in with the gravel that
has been excavated in fomiing the breeding-
furrow. The trench and its covering must be on
the slightly inclined-plane principle. The gravel
with which the trench is covered in must not be
pressed down, except very slightly, in order not
to prevent the free percolation of the water, which
must have full ingress and egress to and from the
spot where the seed lies deposited. The action
and contact of moving water are essentially ne-
cessary to perfect this strange incubating process.
Without them ova will be non-productive, for
placed in gravel at the bottom of still, or slug-
gishly running water, they will putrify, or, to use
a generally known expression, they will be
" addled."

For the purpose of making experiments, such
as watching the alterations that take place in the
ova during their progress towards expulsion of
the foetus, small wire baskets may be used. In
them spawn mixed with gravel is to be placed,
and they are to be put into the trenches of the
ponds. They are to be taken out from time to
time to ascertain the condition of the ova, some
of which can be extracted and preserved for the
information of students in natural history. The

TENDING THE PONDS. 239

baskets can be replaced without any injury to the
ova that remain in them. The breeding trenches
described in the paragraph preceding this, des-
tined for the propagation of stock or store salmon,
should never be disturbed.

The trenches of artificial ponds do not require
to be made so deep as the excavations salmon
make when they form their own spawning-beds,
because, in ponds rightly constructed, the volume
and force of water in them, and passing over and
through the gravel of the artificially constructed
beds, scarcely ever vary. It is not so with the
water in which salmon form their breeding-beds.
They are subjected to great variations in volume
and strength of water, and if they were not deeply
excavated, under a sufificiently resisting weight of
gravel, it and them would be frequently w^ ashed
away, and destroyed by the force of winter
floods.

When the spawn is fairly deposited in the
ponds, either by means of trenches or wire
baskets, all that the breeder has to do is to see
daily that the grating through which the water
feeding the ponds flows is free from all obstruc-
tions — that the stream flows into ponds fairly and
regularly, and that their supply of water is always
of the proper uniformity, neither diminished by dry

240 SALMON-FRY OF PONDS.

weather and low water in tlie river, nor influenced
in any way by floods. If every thing is done as
recommended, the ova will be hatched in seasons
of high temperature in a period of about 100 days.
Ova deposited in the early part of September,
taking the average temperature of late seasons,
will be hatched in 90 days, or thereabouts ; but
ova deposited in November, subjected as they
must be to the low temperature of the winter
months, will not be incubated or hatched in less
than from one hundred to one hundred and forty
days. The variation will depend on the mildness
or severity of the winter.

Salmon-fry bred in artificial ponds may be
allowed to remain in them one whole year, that
is, until they have assumed their silver-hued,
migratory dress. They are then to be turned
free into the river, when they will go to sea and
return from it as regularly as those fish which
have been produced by the natural process. There
are two ways for stocking rivers with salmon,
whether they be rivers in which salmon have
never bred, or rivers in which they formerly bred,
but in which the race is partly or totally extinct
by the carelessness or mismanagement of man.
The first is by conveying to them impregnated

HOW TO STOCK A SALMONLESS RIVER. 241

ova, and burying them in the gravel of running
water after the manner already shown. The
second method is by transferring to them parent
fish of both sexes, at the time of their commencing
in their native rivers the operations of spawning.
The transferred fish must be placed in a deep
pool of the new river, from which they will ascend
and select appropriate spawning localities.

The laws resfulatino; the salmon-fisheries in

O CD

Scotland and Ireland do not require material
amendment. The chief one required is the limi-
tation of net-fishing, cruives, and so forth to the
20th Aujrust. Ano^lino^, — I mean flv-fishing for
salmon, — may be permitted for a month later.
The rivers of England and Wales, without any
exception, should be placed under the nearly
wholesome restrictions to which happily those of
Ireland and Scotland are subjected.

I conclude these pages cheered by the hope
that they will lead to the propagation and pre-
servation of salmon on a far more extended,
liberal, and enlightened scale than hitherto — that
at a time when so much attention is directed to
waste lands, they will cause it to be likewise
directed to waste waters, in which exist abundant
fertile elements of most valuable production, in

242 A PARTING WISH.

the shape of food, as delicately palatable as it is
highly nutritious, and which elements require
less care and labour to render their cultivation
more profitable than that of any portion of waste
land in the empire.

No, this volume must not be concluded with a
utilitarian sentence. Our first sporting love —
fly-fishing — must not be forgotten. On n'ouhlle
jamais ce qui! on a une fois aime. For what I loved
once and love still, the delightfully animating
practice of salmon-fishing, let me ofler up a
parting wish — that no one may find in my treat-
ment of the art in the first portion of this little
tome any thing that does not smack, slightly at
least, of amusement and instruction !

THE END.

London :

Spottiswoodes and Shaw,

New-Street-Square.

-wouks onr fisbing, hun'Tzis-g, shootiitc, &.c.

I.

A HAND-BOOK OF ANGLING; Teaching Fly-
fishing, Trolling, Bottom-fishing, Salmon-fishing ; -with the
Natural History of River Fish, and the best modes of Catch-
ing them. By Ephe3iera. New Edition, enlarged. Fcp.
8vo. -with numerous AVoodcuts, 9s.

" A volume full of practical directions touching the different
kinds of angling ; written in an agreeable style, as if the author
were talking to his readers." Spectator.

" There is no book with which we are acquainted, professing
to be ' a plain, practical, sensible book' on the subject, so well
entitled to that praise as the work before us."

]MoRNiNG Chronicle.

THE ROD AND LINE; Or, Practical Hints and
Dainty Devices for the sure Taking of Trout, Grayling, &c.
By Hewett Wheatley, Esq. Senior Angler. Fcp. 8vo.
with Nine coloured Plates, IO5. 6d.

" We have perused carefully Mr. Wheatley's book, and have
great satisfaction in declaring it to be a most valuable instructor
and guide to the fisherman who pursues the noblest and liveliest
inhabitants of the stream ; viz. the salmon, the trout, and the
grayling." Morning Post.

" Mr. Wheatley does not attempt to teach the tyro, but only
to furnish hints and directions to the advanced angler. These
hints are original, and relate to various arts, and what in the
trade are called ' secrets,' by which the finny tribe may be
tricked on to the hook." Spectator.

" Besides smart, pungent, and practically profound disserta-
tions on the rod and line, this clever volume teems with practi-
cal hints. . . . The book is pleasantly written, and beneath a
semblance of levity will be found enunciated a mass of sterling
information," Bell's Life in London.

THE FLY-FISHER'S ENTOMOLOGY. Illus-
trated by coloured representations of the Natural and Artifi-
cial Insect ; and accompanied by a few Observations and
Instructions relative to Trout-and-Grayling Fishing. By
Alfred Ronalds. Fourth Edition, corrected ; with Twenty
copper-plates. 8vo. \4s.

Works on Fisliing^ Hunting, 8^c.

JXSTRUCTIONS TO YOUNG SPORTSMEN in

all that relates to Guns and Shooting. By Lieut.-Col. P.
Hawker. New Edition, corrected, enlarged, and improved;
with Eighty-five Plates and Woodcuts. 8vo. 21s.

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF RURAL SPORTS:

Comprising Hunting, Racing, Fishing, Shooting, Coursing,
Diseases of Horses and Dogs, Stable and Kennel Manage-
ment, Training, &c. By Delabere P. Blaine. With
nearly 600 Woodcuts. 8vo. 505.

PRACTICAL HORSEMANSHIP. By Harry

HiEOYER. Uniform with " The Pocket and the Stud." With
Two Plates, one representing "Going like Workmen;" the
other, " Going like Muffs." Fcp. 8vo.

THE STUD FOR PRACTICAL PURPOSES and

Practical Men : being a Guide to the Choice of a Horse for
use more than for show. By Harry Hieover. With Two
Plates, one representing " A pretty good sort for most pur-
poses ;" the other, " ' Rayther' a bad sort for any purpose."
Fcp. 8vo. 5s.

VIII.

THE POCKET AND THE STUD ; Or, Practical
Hints on the Management of the Stable. By Harry Hie-
over. With a Portrait of the Author on his favourite Horse
" Harlequin." Fcp. 8vo. hs.

IX.

STABLE TALK AND TABLE TALK ; Or, Spec-
tacles for Young Sportsmen. By Harry Hieover. New
Edition. 2 vols. 8vo. with Portrait, 24s.

HAWBUCK GRANGE Tor, the Sporting Adven-
tures of Thomas Scott, Esq. By the Author of " Handley
Cross; or, the Spa Hunt." With Eight Illustrations by Phiz.
Svo. 12s.

EoNDON : LONGMAN, BROWN, GREEN, & LONGMANS.

NEW WORKS

In miscellaneous and GENERAL LITERATURE,

PUBLISHED BY

Messrs. LONGMAN, BROWN, GREEN, and LONGMANS,

PATERNOSTER ROW, LONDON.

CLASSIFIED INDEX.
AGRICULTURE & RURAL AFFAIRS

Pages

- 6

- 9

Bajrldon on ValiiingRents, etc.

Crocker's Land Surveying

Johnson's Farmer's Encyclopedia - -16

Loudon's Encvclopsedia of Agriculture - 19
,, Self-Instruction for Farmers, etc. 18
,, (Mrs.) Lady'sCountry Companion 18

Low's Breeds of tliebomesticatedAnimals 19

,, Elements of Agriculture - - 19

,, On Landed Property ... 19

,, On the Domesticated Animals - 19

Parnell on Roads ----- 24

Thomson on Fattening Cattle, etc. - 30

ARTS, MANUFACTURES, AND
ARCHITECTURE.

Ballon the Manufacture of Tea . - 5

Brande's Dictionary of Science, etc. - /

Budge's Miner's Guide - • - - 7

Cartoons (The Prize) . - • - 8

Cresy's Encycl. of Civil Engineering - 9

D'Agincourt's History of Art - - - 9

Dresden Gallery ----- 10

Eastlake on Oil Painting _ - . 10

Evans's Sugar Planter's Manual - - H

Ferg-usson on Beauty in the Arts - - 11

Gwilt's Encyclopedia of Architecture - 12

Haydon's Lectures on Painting & Design 13

Holland's Manufactures in Metal - - 17

Jameson's Sacred and Legendary Art - 15

London's Rural Architecture - - - 19

Moselev's Engineering and Architecture 23

ParneU'on Roads ----- 24

Porter's Manufacture of Silk - - - 17

,, ,, Porcelain & Glass 17

Reid (Dr.) on Warming and Ventilating 25

Scoffern on Sugar Manufacture - - 27

Steam Engine (The) , by the Artisan Club 5

Twinin? on Painting . . - . 31

lire's Dictionary of Arts, etc. - - 31

Wood on Railroads ----- 32

BIOGRAPHY.

.Andersen's (H. C.) Autobiography - 5

Bell's Lives of the British Poets - - 1/

Collins's Life of Collins - ... 8

Dunham's Pearly Writers of Britain - 17

,, Lives of the British Dramatists 17

Forster'sStatesraenoftheCommonwealth 17
Foss's Judges of England - - -> 11

(ileig's British Military Commanders - 17

Grant (Mrs.) Memoir and Correspondence 12

Humphreys's BlackPrince - - - 15

James's Life of the Black Prince - - 15

,, Eminent Foreign Statesmen - 17
Kindersley's De Bavard . - - -16

Leslie's Life of Constable - - - 18

Mackintosh's Life of Sir T. More - - 20

Maunder'sBiographicalTreasury - - 22

Roscoe's LivesofEminent BritishLawyers 17

Rowtou's British Poetesses - - - 26

Russell's Bedford Correspondence - 6

Shelley's Literary Men of Italy, etc.
"minent French Writers

Pages

Southey's Lives of the British Admirals - 17

„ Life of Wesley - - - - 29

,, Life and Correspondence - 28

Stephen's Ecclesiastical Biography - 29

Taylor's Loyola . .... 30

Townsend's Twelve eminent Judges • 31

Waterton's Autobiography and Essays - 32

BOOKS OF GENERAL UTILITY.

Acton's (Eliza) Cookery Book . - 5

Black's Treatise on Brewing . - - 6

Cabinet Lawyer (The) - - - - 8

Donovan's Domestic Economy - - 17

Foster's Hand book of Literature - - 11

Hints on Etiquette 13

Hudson's Executor's Guide • - - 15

,, On Making Wills - . - 15

Loudon's Self Instruction - - - IS

,, (Mrs.) Amateur Gardener - 18

Maunder's Treasury of Knowledge - - 22

,, Scientific and LiteraryTreasury 21

,, Treasury of History - - 21

,, Biographical Treasury • - 22

,, Natural History - . - 22

Parkes's Domestic Duties - - - 24

Pocket and the Stud - - - . 25

Pycroft's Course of English Reading • 25

,, Collegian's Guide - - - 25

Reader's Time Tables - - _ - - 25

Rich's Companion to the Latin Dictionary 25

Riddle's Latin Dictionaries and Lexicon 2fi

Robinson's Art of Curing, Pickling, etc. 26

„ Art of Making British Wines, 2C

Rowton's Debater - - - - - 20

Short Whist 27

Stud (The) for Practical Purposes - 29

Suitor's Instructor (The) - - - 30

Thomson's Management of Sick Room - 30
,, Interest Tables - - .30

Webster's Encycl. of Domestic Economy 32

Zumpt's Latin Grammar - - - - 32

BOTANY AND GARDENING.

Ball on the Cultivation of Tea - - 5

Callcott'sScriptureHerbal ... 8

Conversations on Botany . • . 8

Evans'sSngar Planter's Manual - - 11

Henslow's Botany I7

Hoare On the Grape Vine on Open Walls 14

,, On the Roots of Vines . - - 14

Hooker's British Flora .... 14

,, Guide to Kew Gardens - - 14

Lindley'sTheory of Horticulture - . IS

,, Orchard and Kitchen Garden - IS

,( Introduction to Botany - -IS

,, Synopsis of British Flora . -18

Loudon's HortusBritannicus - . - 19

,, Hortus Lignosus Londinensis - 19

,, EncycloptediaofTrees& Shrubs 18

,, ,, Gardening - 19

Loudon: Printed by M. Mason, Ivy Lane, Paternoster Kov;-.

Loudon's Encyclopsedia of Plants

,, Self-Instruction for Gardeners
,, (Mr.) Amateur Gardener -

Uivers's Rose Amateur's Guide

Rogers's Vegetable Cultivator - . -

Schleiden's iJotauy, by hankester -

27

CHRONOLOGY.

Allen on the Rise of the Royal Prero-
gative, etc. ..... 5

Blair's ChronologicalTables - - - 6

Bunsen's Ancient Egypt . - - 7

Nicolas's Chronology of Historv - - 17

Riddle's Ecclesiastical Chronology . - 26

COMMERCE AND MERCANTILE
AFFAIRS,

Banfield and "Weld's Statistics - - 6

Gilbart's Treatise on Banking - - 12

Gray's Tables of Life Contingencies - 12

Lorimer's Letters to a Master Mariner - 18

M'CulIoch's Dictionary of Commerce - 20

Reader's Time Tables ... . 25

Steel's Shipmaster's Assistant - - - 29

Thomson's Tables of Interest - - - 30

Walford's Customs' Laws - - - 32

GEOGRAPHY AND ATLASES.

Butler's Ancient and Modern Geography /

,, Atlas of General Geography - 7

De Strzelecki's New South Wales - - 10

Erman's Travels through Siberia - - 11

Forster's Historical Geography of Arabia 11

Hall's Large Library Atlas - - - 13

M'CulIoch's Geographical Dictionary - 20

Mitchell's Australian Expedition - - 22

Murray's Encyclopiedia of Geography - 23

Parrot's Ascent of Mount Ararat - - 24

HISTORY AND CRITICISM.

Bell's History of Russia ....
Blair's Chron. and Historical Tables
Bloomfield's Translation of Thucydides -

,, Edition of Thucydides
Bunsen's Ancient Egypt ...

Coad's Memorandum ....
Conybeare and Howson's St. Paul -
Cool'ey's Maritime and Inland Discovery
Crowe's History of France ...
De Sismondi's Fall of the Roman Empire

,, Italian Republics

Dunham's History of Spain and Portugal
,, Europe'in the Middle Ages
,, History of the German Empire
,, Denmark, Sweden, and Norway
,, History of Poland . - -
Dunlop's History of Fiction
Eastlake's History of Oil Painting
Eccleston's English Antiquities
Foss's Judges of England - - .

Foster's European Literature -
Fergus's United States of America

Gibbon's Roman '.

.mpire

(jrant (Mrs.) Memoir andCorespondence
Grattau's History of Netherlands
Grimblofs William IIL and Louis XIV.
Harrison On the English Language
Haydon'sLectureson Paintingaud Design
Historical Pictures of the Middle Ages -
Humphreys's Black Prince
Jeffrey's iLord) Contributions
Keightley's Outlines of History
Kemble's Anglo-Saxons in England
Laing's Kings of Norway ...
Macaulay's Essays - '-

,, History of England

Pages

Mackintosh's History of England - - 17

,, Miscellaneous Works - 20
M'Culloch'.s Dictionary, Historical, Geo-

graphical, and Statistical - - 20

Maunder's Treasury of History - - 21

Merivale's Historv of Rome - - - 22

Milner's Church History ... 22

Moore's History of Ireland - - - 17

Mosheim's Ecclesiastical History - - 23
Miire's Ancient Greece - - -23

Nicolas's Chronology of History - - 1/

Passages from Modern History - - 28

Ranke's History of the Reformation - 25

Rich's Companion to the Latin Dictionary 2o

Riddle's Latin Dictionaries - - 1 26

Rome, History of 17

Rowton's British Poetesses - - - 2fi

Russell's Bedford Correspondence - 6

Scott's History of Scotland - - - 1"

Siiinett's Byways of History - - - 28

Souther's IJoctor, etc. - - - - 29
Stebbing's Historcof the Christian Church 17

,, Church History ... 17

Stephen's Essays 29

Switzerland, Historv of - - - - 17

Sydney Smith's Works - - - - 23

Taylor's Loyola - - - - - 30

Thirlwall's Historv of Greece - - - 30

Tooke's Histories of Prices - - - 31

Turner's History of England - - - 31

Twining's Philosophy of Painting - - 31

Zumpt's Latin Grammar - - - - 32

JUVENILE BOOKS.

Amy Herbert ---..- 27

Gertrude -.-----27

Gower's Scientific Phenomena - - 12

Hewitt's Bov's Country Book - - - 14

„ Children's Year - - - 14

Laneton Parsonage - - - . - 27

Mackintosh's Life of Sir T. More - - 20

Mrs. Marcet's Conversations . - - 21

Margaret Percival ----- 27

Marryat's Masterman Ready - - - 21

,', Privateer's-Mau - - - 21

,, Settlers in Canada - - - 21

,, Mission; or. Scenes in Africa 21

Passages from Modern History - - 28

Pvcroft's Course of English Reading - 25

Twelve Years Ago : a tale - . _ 31

MEDICINE.

Bull's Hints to Mothers

5, Management of Children
Copland's Dictionary of Medicine -
EUiotson's Human Physiology
Holland's Medical Notes -
Latham On Diseases of the Heart -
Pereira On Food and Diet
Thomson On Food ....

MISCELLANEOUS.

Allen on Royal Prerogative

Cartoons (The Prize)

Coad's Rlemorandum ...

Colton's Lacon

DeJaenisch On Chess Openings -
De la Gravi^re s Last Naval War -
Ue Morgan On Probabilities -
De Strzelecki's New South Wales -
Disney's Museum Disneianum
Dresden Gallery - - - .
Dunlop's History of Fiction •
Gardiner's Sights in Italy
Gower's Scientific Phenomena
Graham's English ....
Grant's Letters from the Mountains
Hooker's Kew Guide ...

Pagss

Hewitt's Rural Life of England - - 14

,, Visits to Remarkable Places - 14
,, Rural and Social Life of Germany 14

,, Colonisation and Christianity - 15

Jeffrey's (Lord) Contributions - ' - 15
Loudon's(Mrs.) Lady'sCountryCompanion 18

Macaulay's Critical and Historical Essays 20
Mackintosh's (Sir J.) Miscellaneous Works 20

Maitlands Church in the Catacoaibs - 20

Necker DeSaiissure's on Education - 23

Pascal's Miscellaneous Writings - - 24

„ Provincial Letters - - - 24

Plunkett On the Navv - - - • 25

Pycroft's Collegian'sGuide - - - 25

,, Course of English Reading- - 25
Rich's Companion to the Latin Dictionary 25

Richter's Levana - - - - - 25

Riddle's Latin Dictionaries and Lexicon 26

Rowton's Debater - . - . - 26

Saudford's Parochialia - - - - 26

Seaward 's Xarrativeof his Shipwreck - 27

Sir Roger De Coverley - - - 28

Southey's Common-Place Book - - 29

„ Doctor, etc. - - - - 29

Suitor's Instructor (The) - - - 30

Sydney Smith's Works - - - - 23

Thomson on Food of Animals, etc. - - SO
Walker's Chess Studies -
Willoughby's (Lady) Diary
Zumpt's Latin Grammar -

NATURAL HISTORY IN GENERAL.

Catlow's Popular Conchology - - - 8

Doubledav's Butterflies and Moths - 10

Gray and Mitchell's Ornithology - - 12

Kirby and Spence's Entomology - - 16

Lee's Taxidermy ----- 18

,, Elements'of Natural History - - 18

Maunder's Treasury of Natural History 21

Stephens' British Beetles - - - 29

Swainson on the Study of NaturalHistory 17

), Animals - - - - 17

,, Quadrupeds . - . - 7

,, Birds 17

,, Animals in Menageries - 17

,, Fish, Amphibia, and Reptiles 17

,, Insects - - - - 17

,, Malacology - - - - 17

,, Habits anil Instincts - - 17

,, Taxidermy - - - - 17

Turton'sShellsof theBritishlsIands - 31

Waterton's Essays on Natural History - 32

Westwood's Classification of Insects - 32

NOVELS AND WORKS OF FICTION.

Dunlop's History of Fiction . - - 10

Eotvos' Village Notary - - - - 11

Hall's Midsummer Eve - - - 13

Lady Willoughby's Diary - - - 32
Lander's Fountain of Arethusa

Madame De Malguet - - - -20

Marryat's Masterman Ready - - - 21

,, Privateer's-Man - » - 21

„ Settlers in Canada - - - 21

,, Mission; or, Scenes in Africa - 21

Senior's Charles Vernon - - - - 27

Sinclair's Sir Edward Graham • - - 27

Sir Roger de Coverley - - - - 28

Southey's Doctor, etc. - - - - 29

Twelve Years Ago : a Tale - . - 31

ONE VOLUrViE ENCYCLOP/EDIAS
AND DICTIONARIES.

Blaine's, of Rural Sports -.-.(;
Brande's, of Science, Literature, and Art 7
Copland's, of Medicine - ... 9

Cresy's, of Civil Engineering
Gwilt's, of Architecture -
Johnson's Farmer -

Pages

Loudon's, of Trees and Shrubs

,, of Gardening - . .

,, of Agriculture - - .

,, of Plants - - . .

,, of Rural Architecture
M'CuUoch's Geographical Dictionary
,, Dictionaiy of Commerce'

Murray's Encyclopaedia of Geography
Ure's Arts, Manufactures, and Mine's
Webster's Domestic Economy

POETRY AND THE DRAMA.

Aikiji's (Dr.) British Poets
Chalenor's Walter Gray - - _ .
Flowers and their Kindred Thoughts
Fruits from the Garden and Field
Goldsmith's Poems, illustrated
Gray's Elegy, illuminated ...

Hey's Moral of Flowers - . _ _
,, Sylvan Musings - - . .
L. E. L.'s Poetical Works - . .

Linwood's Anthologia Oxoniensis .
Macaulay's Lays of Ancient Rome .
Mackay's English Lakes - . . .
Montgomery's Poetical Works
Moore's Irish Melodies - . . .

,, Lalla Rookh . - . .

,, Poetical Works . . . .

,, Songs and Ballads - - -
Rowton's British Poetesses - . _
Shakspeare, by Bowdler ...

Songs, Madrigals, and Sonnets
Soufhey's Poetical Works ...

,, British Poets - . . .

Swain's English Melodies ...
Thomson's Seasons, illustrate 1

,, with Notes, by Dr. A. T Thomson

POLITICAL ECONOMY AND
STATISTICS.

Banfield and Weld's Statistics . . 5

Gilbart's Treatise on Banking - - - 12

Gray's Tables of Life Contingencies . 12
M'CuUoch's Geographical, Statistical, and

Historical Dictionary - . _ 20

M'CuUoch's Dictionary of Commerce - 20

,, Literature of Polit. Economy 20

,, On Succession to Property . 20

,, On Taxation and Funding - 20

,, Statistics of the British Empire 20

Marcet's Conversations on Polit. Economy 21

Tooke's Histories of Prices - - . 31

RELIGIOUS AND MORAL
WORKS, ETC.

Amy Herbert, edited by Rev. W, Sewell 27

Barrett's Old Testament Criticisms - - 6

Blakey on Christianity .... 6

Bloomfield's Greek Testament - - 6

,,, College and Schoolditto - 6

,, LexicontoGreek Testament fi

Book of Ruth (illuminated) ... 7

Bunsen's Church of the Future - . 7

Burder's Oriental Customs - . . 7

Burns's Christian Philosophy ... 7

,, Christian Fragments ... 7

Callcott's Scripture Herbal ... §
Conybeare and Howson's St. Paul - .8

Cooper's Sermons .... - 8

Coquerel's Christianity .... 9

Dale's Domestic Liturgy . . . 9

Dibdin's Sunday Library .... 10

i 4

CLASSIFIED INDEX.

Page*

Discipline - - - - - - 10

Kcclesiftstes (illuminated) - - - 10

Englishman's Hebrew Concordance - 11

., Greek Concordance • 11

Ktlicridife's Acts and Kpistles - - 11

Forster's Historical Geography of Arabia 11

From Oxford to Rome - - - - 12

Gertrude, edited by the Rev. VV. Sewell - 27

Hook's (Dr.) Lectures on Passion Week 1-1

Home's Introduction to the Scriptures - H

,, Compendium of ditto - - H

Jameson's Sacred and J^egendary Art - 15

„ Monastic Legends - - - 1?

Jehb's Translation of the Psalms - - 15

Jeremy Taylor's Works - - - - 16

Kip's Christmas in Rome - - . 16

Laneton Parsonage - - - - - 27

Letters to ray Unknown Friends - - IS

Maitland's Church in the Catacombs - 21

,, on Prophecy - - - -20

Margaret Percival 27

Marriage Service (illuminated) - - 21

Maxims, etc. of the Saviour - - - 22

Milner's Church History - - - - 22

Miracles of Our Saviour - - - 22

Moore on the Power of the Soul - - 22

,, on the Use of the Body - - 22

„ on Man and his Motives - - 22

Morell's Philosophy of Religion - - 23

Mosheim's Ecclesiastical History - - 23

Neale's Closing Scene - - - - 24

Parables of Our Lord - - - - 24

Parkes's Domestic Duties - - - 24

Pascal's Letters, by Pearce - - - 24

Ranke's Reformation - - - - 25

Rest in the Church - - ... 25

Riddle's Letters from a Godfather - - 25

Saudford On Female Improvement - - 26

,, On Woman .... 26

,, 's Parochialia . - - - 26

Sermon on the Mount (The) ... 27

Shunammite (The Good) - - . - 27

Sinclair's Journey of Life - - - 28

,, Business of Life - . . 27

Sketches (The) ... . - 28

Smith's (G.) PerilousTimes . - - 28

,t Religion of Ancient Britain 28

„ Sacred Annals - - - 28

„ (J.) St. Paul's Shipwreck . - 28

Soames s Latin Church . . - .28

Solomon's Song (illuminated) - - - 28

Southey's Life of Wesley ... 29

Stebbing's Christian Church ... 17

M Reformation - - - - 17

Stephen's Church of Scotland - - 29

Sydney Smith's Sermons - . - 28

Tate's History of St. Paul ... 30

Tayler's (Rev. C. B.) Margaret . . 30
„ " •• Lady Mary - .30
Taylor's (J.) Thumb Bible . . ..31

V ,(Is'»*'-) Loyola ... 30

lomline s Introduction to the Bible . 31

Turner's Sacred History - - - 31

Twelve Years Ago - . . . _ 3^

Walker's Elementa Liturgica . . . 32

Wardlaw On the Socinian Controversy . 32

Milberforce's View of Christianity . 32
WiUoughby's (Lady) Diary - . .30

WUson'sLandsof the Bible . - . "q-^

Wisdom of Johnson's Rambler etc - 16

Woodcock's Scripture Lands - '. . •>)

RURAL SPORTS.

Blaine'sDictionarvofSports . . . «

Hphemera on Angling - . . . ii

Hawbuck Grange ..... ^3

Hawker's Instructions to Sportsmen I 13
Loudou's(Mrs.) Lady'sCo

Pages

Pocket and the Stud

Stable Talk and Table Talk -

The Stud, for Practical Men - . -

THE SCIENCES IN GENERAL,
AND MATHEMATICS.

Baker's Railway Engineering . . -
Brande's Dictionary of Science, etc.
Brewster's Optics .....
Conversations on Mineralogy
De la Beche on theGeology of Cornwall, etc.
Donovan's Chemistry ....
Farey on the Steam Kngine . - -
Fosbroke on the Arts of the Ancients -
Gower's Scientific Phenomena
Herschel's Natural Philosophy

,, .Astronomy - '. . .

,, Outlines of Astronomy .

Holland's Manufactures in Metal -
Humboldt's Aspects of Nature

,, Cosmos ....

Hunt's Researches on Light -
Kane's Chemistry .....
Kater and Lardner's Mechanics
Lardner's Cabinet Cyclopa?dia

,, Hydrostatics and Pneumatics

,, and Walker's Electricity

,, Arithmetic ....

,, Geometry ....

,, Treatise on Heat . . -
Low's Chemistry .....
Marcet's Conversations on the Sciences
MatteucciOn Physical Phenomena
Memoirs of the Geological Survey .
Moseley's Practical Mechanics

,, Engineering and Architecture
Owen's Comparative Anatomy -
Peschel's Physics . . ' -
Phillips's PalseozoicFossilsof Cornwall, etc

,, Mineralogy, by Prof. Miller

,, Treatise on Geology -
Portlock's Geology of Londonderry
Powell's Natural Philosophy ...
Ritchie (Robert) on Railways
Schleiden's Scientific Botany -
Steam Enijine (Ure) , by the Artisan Club
Thomson's School Chemistry

TRAVELS.

Borrer's Campaign in Alareria -
Costello's (Miss) North Wales
Coulter's California, etc.

,, Paci6c . . . -
De Strzelecki's New South Wales -
Dunlop's Central America
Ermau's Travels through Siberia -
Gardiner's Sights in Italy
Head's Tour in Rome ...
HumboIdt's'Aspeets of Nature
Kip's Holydays in Rome
Laing's Tour in Sweden
Mackay's English Lakes
Marryat's Borneo . - . -
Mitchell's Expedition into Australia
Parrot's .Ascent of Mount Ararat .
Power's New Zealand Sketcbea
Seaward's Narrative of his Shipwreck
Von Orlich's Travels in India
Wilson's Travels in the Holy Land
Woodcock's Scripture Lauds -

tryCompanion

VETERINARY MEDICINE

Pocket and the Stud - - . .25

Stable Talk and Table Talk - - .29
The Stud, for Practical Purposes - - 29
Thomson on Fattening Cattle . .30

NEW WORKS AND NEW EDITIONS

PUBLISHED BY

Messes. LONGMAN, BROWN, GREEN, and LONGMANS,

ACTON.— MODERN COOKERY,

In allits Branches, reduced to a System of Easy Practice. Forthe use of Prirate Families.
In a Series of Practical Receipts, all of which have been strictly tested, and are given with
the most minute exactness. By Eliza Acton. New Edition, with Directions for Carving,
and other Additions. Foolscap 8vo. with Plates and Woodcuts, 7s. Brf. cloth.

"The whole of Miss Acton''i recipes' with a few trifliiig exceptiovs, which arescrupulomty
specified, are confined to such as may be perfectly depended on, from having been proved
beneath our own roof, and under our own personal in>-pection.'' We add, moreover, that the
recipes are alt reasonable, and never in any instance extravagant. They do not bid us
sacrifice ten pounds of eacellent meat, that we may get a couple of qttarts of gravy from it;
nor do they deal with butter and eggs as if they cost nothing. Miss Acton's book is a good
book in every way ; there is right-mindedness in every page of it, as well as thorough know-
ledge and experience of the subjects she Aa/irf/^*."— Medical Gazette.

AIKEN— SELECT WORKS OF THE BRITISH POETS:

From Ben Jonson to Coleridije. With Biographical and Critical Prefaces by Dr. Aikin.
A New Edition, with additional Selections, from more recent Poets, bvLucyAik'iu. Medium
8to. ISs. cloth,

ALLEN ON THE ROYAL PREROGATIVE.-INQUIRY INTO THE RISE

AND GROWTH OF THE ROYAL PRKROG.\TlVE. By the late John Allen, Master of
Dulwich CollciTe. A New Edition, with the Author's last correctiuns: preceded by M.
Bereuger's " Rapport" ou the Work read before the Institute of France ; an Article on the
• same from the " Edinburgh Review;" and a Biographical Notice of the Author. To which
is added, an Inquiry into the Life and Character of King Eadwig, from the Author's MS.
8vo. [Nearly ready.

ANDERSEN.— THE TRUE STORY OF MY LIFE;

A Sketch. By Hans Christian Andersen, author of "The Shoes of Fortune," «' The
Nightingale,"'" O. T.," " Only a Fiddler," "The Improvisatore," etc. Translated by Mary
Howitt. Fcp. 8vo. 5s. cloth.

ARTISAN CLUB (THE).— A TREATISE ON THE STEAM-ENGINE.

In its application to Mines, Mills, Steam Navigation, and Railways. By the Artisan Club.
Edited by John Bourne, C.E. New Edition. With 30 Steel Plates, and about 350 Wood
Engravings. 4to. 2Js. cloth.

BAKER.— RAILWAY ENGINEERING;

Containing the most approved Methods of laying out Railway Curves, and of setting out the
Cuttings, Embankments, and Tunnels of Railways; with aGeneral and two AuxiliaryTables,
for the Calculation of Earthworks of Railways, Canals, etc. Also, the Investigation of the
Formula for the Superelevation of the exterior Rail in Curves, By T. Baker, Surveyor and
Civil Engineer. 8vo. 5s. cloth.

BALL.— AN ACCOUNT OF THE CULTIVATION AND MANUFACTURE

OF TEA IN CHINA: derived from Personal Observation during an Official Residence in
that Country of upwards of Twenty Years ; and illustrated by the best Authorities, Chinese
as well as European. With some Remarks on the Experiments now making for the Intro-
duction of the Culture of the Tea Tree in other parts of the World. By S. Ball, Esq. late
Inspector of Teas to the East India Company in China. 8vo. with Plates and Woodcuts,
lis. cloth.

NEW WOUKS AND NEW EDITIONS

BANFIELD AND WELD.— THE STATISTICAL COMPANION;

Exhiliitiiig' the most interesting Facts in Moral and Intellectual, Vitnl, Kconomical, and
Political Statistics, at home and abroad . Compiled from Official and other authentic Sources,
by T. C. Banfield, Statistical Clerk to the Council of Kducation ; and C. R. Weld, Assistant
Secretary to the Uoyal Society. Foolscap 8vo. 5«. cloth.

BARRETT.— A SYNOPSIS OF CRITICISMS

Upon those Pass«i,'es of the Old Testament in which Modern Commenlators have differed
from the Authorized Version: tofjcther with an Explanation of various Diffii-ultics in the
Hebrew and English Texts. By the Rev. Richard A. F. Barrett, M.A. Fellow of Kintr's
Colletfe, Cambridge. Vols. Land II. 8vo, 28s. each cloth; or in 4 Half-vols. 14«. each.
Also.^Half-vol. V. 1-lj. cloth.

BAYLDON.— THE ART OF VALUING RENTS AND TILLAGES,

And the Tenant's Right of Entering and Quitting Farms, explained by several Specimens of
Valuations; and Remarks on the Cultivation pursued on Soils in different Situations.
Adapted to the Use of Landlords, Land-Agents, Appraisers, Farmers, and Tenants. By
J. S. Bayldon. New Edition, corrected and revised by John Donaldson. Svo. Ids. 6d. cloth.

BEDFORD CORRESPONDENCE.— CORRESPONDENCE OF JOHN,

FOURTH DUKE OF BEDFORD, selected from the Originals at Woburn Abbey, (1742-/0).
With Introductions by Lord John Russell. 3 vols. Svo. with Portrait, 48». cloth.

BLACK.— A PRACTICAL TREATISE ON BREWING.

Based on Chemical and Economical Principles: with Formulce for Public Brewers, and
Instructions for Private Families. By William Black, Practical Brewer. New Edition,
with considerable Additions. Svo. 10s. 6rf. cloth.

BLAINE.-AN ENCYCLOP/EDIA OF RURAL SPORTS;

Or, a complete Account, Historical, Practical, and Descriptive, of Hunting, Shooting, Fishing,
Racing, and ottier Field Sports and Athletic Amusements of the present day. By Delabere
P. Blaine, Esq., author of "Canine Pathology," etc. With nearly 600 Engravings on
Wood, by R. Branston, from Drawings by Alkeii, T. Landseer, Dickes, etc. Svo. 50s. cloth.

BLAIR'S CHRONOLOGICAL AND HISTORICAL TABLES,

From theCreationto the present Time: with Additions and Corrections from the mostauthen-
tic Writers ; iuiluding the Computation of St. Paul, as connecting the Period from the
Exode to the Temple. Under the revision of Sir Henry Ellis, K.H., Principal Librarian of
the British Museum. Imperial Svo. 31s. 6rf. half-bound morocco.

BLAKEY.— THE TEMPORAL BENEFITS OF CHRISTIANITY ;

Exemplified in its influence on the Social, Intellectual, and Political Condition of Mankind,
from it First Promulgation to the Present Day. By Robert Blakey, Author of the " History
of the Philosophy of Mind," etc. Svo. 9s. cloth.

BLOOMFIELD.— THE HISTORY OF THE PELOPONNESIAN WAR.

By Thucydides. A New Recension of the Text, with a carefully amended Punctuation ; and
copious Notes, Critical, Philological, and Explanatory, almost entirely original, but partly
selected and arranged from the best Expositors : accompanied with full Indexes. Illus-
trated by Maps and Plans. By the Rev. S.T. Bloomfield, D.D. F.S.A. 2 vols. Svo.SSs. cloth.

BL00:MFIELD.— THE HISTORY OF THE PELOPONNESIAN WAR.

By Tliuiydiiies. Translated into F'nglish, and accompanied with verv copious Notes,
Philological ami Explanatory, Historical and Geographical. By theRev.'S. T. Bloomfield,
D.D. F.S.A. 3 vols. Svo. with Maps and Plates,2?. 5s. boards.

BLOOMFIELD. -THE GREEK TESTAMENT :

With copious English Notes, Critical, Philological, and Explanatory. Formed for the use
of advanced Students of Divinity and Candidates for Holy Orders. Bv the Rev. S. T.
Bloomfield, D.D. F.S.A. New Edition. 2 vols. Svo. with a Map of Palestiiae, 40s. cloth.

BLOOMFIELD. —THE GREEK TESTAMENT FOR COLLEGES AND

SCHOOLS; with shorter English Notes, Critical, Philological, and Explanatory. By the
Rev. S. T. Bloomfield, D.D. New Edition, enlarged, with a New Map and an Index.
Foolscap Svo. 10s. 6rf. elotb,

BLOOMFIELD.— GREEK AND ENGLISH LEXICON TO THE NEW

TESTAMENT : especially adapted to the use of Colleges, and the Higher Classes in Public
Schools; but also intended as a convenient Manual for Biblical Students in general. By
Dr. Bloomfield. New Edition, improved. Foolscap Svo. 10s. 6rf. cloth.

PUBLISHED BY MESSRS. LONGMAN AND Co.

THE BOOK OF RUTH,

Frum the Holy Scriptures. Embellished with brilliant coloured Borders, selected from
some of the finest Illuminated MSS. in the British Museum, the Biblioth^que Nationale,
Paris, the Soane Museum, etc.; and with hig;hly-finished Miniatures. The Illumiuatious I
executed by H. N. Humphreys, Illuminator of " A Record of the Black Prince," etc.
Square foolscap 8vo. uniform in size with " Parables of our Lord," etc. ; in deeply embossed
leather covers. 21s. [In the' Autumn.

BORRER.— NARRATIVE OF A CAMPAIGN WITH A FRENCH COLUMN

against the Kabailes of Algeria : with the Mission of M. Suchet to the Emir Abd-el-Kader,
for an K.xchange of Prisoners. By Dawson Borrer, F.R.G.S. Membre Correspondant de la
Societe Orieniale a Paris, author of "A Journey from Naples to Jerusalem." Post 8vo.
10«.6rf. cloth.

BRANDE.-A DICTIONARY OF SCIENCE, LITERATURE, AND ART;

Comprising the History, Description, and Scientific Principles of every Branch of Human
Knowledge ; with the Derivation and Definition of all the Terms in general use. Edited by
VV.T. Brande.F.R.S.L.and E.; assisted by Dr. J. Cauvin. 8vo. with Woodcuts.

[New Edition, nearly ready.

BUDGE (J.)— THE PRACTICAL MINER'S GUIDE.

Comprising a Set of Trigonometrical Tables adapted to ail the purposes of Oblique or
Diagonal, Vertical, Horizontal, and Traverse Dialling; with their application to the Dial,
Exercise of Drifts, Lodes, Slides, Levelling, Inaccessible Distances, Heights, etc. By
J. Budge. NewEdition, enlarged. Svo.with Portrait, 12*. cloth.

BULL.-HINTS TO MOTHERS,

For the Management of their Health during the Period of Pregnancy and in the Lying-in
Koom: with an Exposure of PopularErrors in connexion with those subjects, etc.; and Hints
upon Nursing. By Thomas Bull, M.D. New Edition, carefully revised and enlarged.
Foolscap 8vo. os. cloth.

BULL.-THE MATERNAL MANAGEMENT OF CHILDREN,

In HE.ALTH and DISEASE. By Thomas Bull, M.D. late Phvsician Accoucheur to the
Finsbury Midwifery Institution. New Edition, revised and enlarged. Fcap. 8vo. 5s. cloth,

BUNSEN.— THE CONSTITUTION OF THE CHURCH OF THE FUTURE.

A practical Explanation of the Correspondence with the Right Hon. William Gladstone,
on the German Church, Episcopacy, and Jerusalem. With a'Preface, Notes, and the com-
plete Correspondence. By the Chevalier C. C.J. Bunsen, Ph.D., D.C.L. Translated under
tke superintendence of and with additions by the Author. Post8vo.9s. 6rf. cloth.

BUNSEN.— EGYPT'S PLACE IN UNIVERSAL HISTORY:

An Historical Investigation, in Five Books. By C.C. J. Bunsen, D. Ph. and D.C.L. Trans-
lated from the German, by C. H. Cottrell, Esq. M.A. Vol. I . containing the First Book, or
Sources and Primeval Facts of Egyptian History; with an Egyptian Grammar and Dictionary,
and a complete List of Hieroglypbical Signs; an Appendix of Authorities, embracing the
complete Text of Manetbo and Eratosthenes, jEgyptiaca from Pliny, Strabo, etc. ; and Plates
representing the Egyptian Divinities. 8vo. with numerous Illustrations, 28«. cloth,

BURDER.-ORIENTAL CUSTOMS,

Applied to the Illustration of the Sacred Scriptures. By Dr. Samuel Burder, New
Edition, with Additions. Foolscap 8vo. Ss. 6d. cloth.

BURNS.— THE PRINCIPLES OF CHRISTIAN PHILOSOPHY;

Containing the Doctrines, Duties, Admonitions, and Consolations of the Christian Religion.
By John Burns, M.D. F.R.S. 6th Edition. Foolscap 8vo. 6s. 6d. cloth.

BURNS.— CHRISTIAN FRAGMENTS;

Or. Remarks on the Nature, Precepts, and Comforts of Religion. By John Burns, M.D.
F.R.S. Foolscap 8vo. 5«. cloth.

BUTLER.-A SKETCH OF MODERN AND ANCIENT GEOGRAPHY,

for the use of Schools. By Samuel Butler, D.D., late Lord Bishop of Lichfield and
Coventry; and formerly Head Master of Shrewsbury School. New Edition, revised by the
Author's Sou. 8vo. 9s. boards.

BUTLER.— A GENERAL ATLAS OF MODERN AND ANCIENT GEOGRAPHY.

Consisting of Forty-five coloured Maps, and copious Indices referring to the Latitudes and
Longitudes. By the late Bishop Butler. New Edition, re-engraved; with corrections (in
the Modern Maps) from the Government Surveys and other recent Sources of Information ;
and (in the .Ancient Maps) from the most approved writers on Ancient Geography. 4lo. 24s.
half-bound.
Separately— The Ancient Atlas, 8vo. 12s. half-bound; the Modern Atlas, 8vo. 12s. half-bound.

M

NEW WORKS AND NEW EDITIONS

CABINET LAWYER (THE).

A Popular Digest of the Laws of Enj^laiul, Civil and Criminal; with a Dictionary of Law
Terms, Maxims, Statutes, and Judicial Antiquities ; Correct Tables of Assessed Taxes, Stamp
Duties, Kxcise Licences, and Post-Horse Duties; PostOffice Regnlations, and Prison
Discipline. Fourteenth Kdition, enlarged, and corrected throughout, with the Legal
Decisions and Statutes to Michaelmas Term, 10 and 11 Victoria. Fcap.Sro. lU«.6<f. clotn.

CALLCOTT.-A SCRIPTURE HERBAL:

Withupwardsof 120 Wood Engravings. By Lady Callcott. Square crownSvo. 17. 5». cloth.

CARTOONS.-THE PRIZE CARTOONS EXHIBITED IN WESTMINSTER-
HALL, Published under the Sanction and Patronage of Her Majesty's Comniis=ioner3 on
the Fine Arts. Eleven large folio Engraviugs, in a iieat Portfolio, ol.bt,; Proofs before
letters, 81.8s.

CATLOW.-POPULAR CONCHOLCGY;

Or, the Shell Cabinet arranged : beingan Introduction to themodern System of Conchology;
with a slietch of the Natural History of the Animals, an account of the Formation of the
Shells, and a complete Descriptive List of the Families and Genera. By Agnes Catlow.
FoolscapSvo.with 312 Woodcuts, 10s. 6d. cloth.

CHALENOR.— WALTER CRAY,

A Ballad, and other Poems. By Mary Chalenor. 2d Edition, with Additions, including the
Author's Poetical Remains. F'cap. Svo. 64. cloth.

COAD.-A MEMORANDUIVI

Of the Wonderful Providences of God to a Poor Unworthy Creature (from 12th of June 16S5
unto the 24th of November IfiOO) on and after the Revolution betweene the Duke of Mon-
mouth and King James. ByJuhnCoad. Square foolscap 8vo. [Nearly ready .

'■'■The best account of the suff'^rinss of those rebels who were sentenced to transportation is
to be found in a very curious tiarrutive written by John Cuad, an honest Godfearing carpen-
ter, who joined Monmouth, was badly wourided at Philip's Norton, was tried by Jeffreys, and
was sent to Jamaica. The original manuscript wis kindly lent to me by Air. Fhippard, to
whom it belongs." I\Iacaulay's England, vol. i. p. 64/ (note.)

*,* This work is printed, by permission of Mr. Phippard, from the MS. referred to in the
above note by Mr. Macaulay.

COLLINS.— MEMOIRS OF THE LIFE OF WILLIAM COLLINS, ESQ. R.A.

Including Selections from his Journals and Correspondence, Notices of many of his
eminent Contemporaries, and a Description of his principal Works. By his Son, W.Wilkie
Collins, Esq. With Portrait after Linnell, and 2 Vignettes from Sketches by the Painter.
2 vols, post Svo. 21s. cloth.

COLTON— LACON; OR, MANY THINGS IN FEW WORDS.

By theRev.C.C. Colton. New Edition. Svo. 12s. cloth .

CONVERSATIONS ON BOTANY.

New Edition, improved. Foolscap Svo. with 22 Plates, 7s. 6d. cloth ; withcolonredPlates,12».

CONVERSATIONS ON MINERALOGY.

With Plates, engraved by Mr. and Mrs. Lowry, from Original Drawings. Third Edition,
enlarged. 2 vols, foolscap Svo. 14s. cloth.

CONYBEARE AND HOWSON.— THE LIFE AND EPISTLES OF ST. PAUL;

comprising a complete Biography of the Apostle, and a Paraphrastic Translation of his
Epistles inserted in Chronological order. Edited bv the Rev. VV. J. Conybeare, M.A. late
FellowofTrinitv College, Cambridge ; and the Rev.J'. S. Howson,M.A. late Principal of the
Collegiate Institution, Liverpool. 2vols.4to., richly illu-strated by numerous Engravings
on Steel and Wood of the Principal Places visited by the Apostle, from Original Drawings
made on the spot by W. H. Bartlett ; and by Maps, Charts, Coins, etc.

•»* To be published in Monthly Parts, price 2s. each ; the First of which will appear on
January 1st, 1850.

COOPER (THE REV. E.)— PRACTICAL AND FAMILIAR SERMONS.

New Edition. 7 vols. 12mo. 1/. ISs. boards.

COOPER (THE REV. E.)-SERMONS,

Chieflydesigned toelucidate someof the leading Docttinesof the Gospel. BytheRev. Edward
Cooper. New Edition. 2 vols. 12mo. 10s. boards.

PUBLISHED BY MESSRS. LONGMAN AND CO.

COPLAND.— A DICTIONARY OF PRACTICAL MEDICINE;

Comprising General Patholojry, the Nature and Treatment of Diseases, iMorbid Structures,
and the Disorders especially incidental to Climates, to Sex, and to the different Epochs of
Life, with numerous approved Formulae of the Medicinesrecommended. By James Copland,
M.D., etc. etc. Vols. L and II., 8to. 3/. cloth ; and Parts X. to XIV. 4*. 6d. each.

COQUEREL.— CHRISTIANITY;

Its perfect adaptation to the Mental, Mora), and Spiritual Nature of Man. By Athanase
Coquerel, one of the Pastors of the French Protestant Church in Paris. Translated by the
Rev. U.Davison, M.A. With an Introductory Notice of the State of the Protestant Church
of France, written by the Author for the English Edition. Post 8vo. 12«. cloth.

COSTELLO (MISS)— FALLS, LAKES, AND MOUNTAINS OF NORTH

WALES; being a Pictorial Tour through the most interesting parts of the Country, by
Miss Louisa Stuart Costello. Profusely illustrated with Views, from Original Sketches by
D. H. M'Kewan, engraved on wood, and lithographed, by T. and E. Gilks. Square 8to.
with Map, 14*. cloth.

COULTER.-ADVENTURES ON THE WESTERN COAST OF SOUTH

AMERICA AND IN THE INTERIOR OF CALIFORNIA. Including aNarrative of Inci-
dents at the Kingsmill Islands, New Ireland, New Britain, New Guinea, and other Islands
in the Pacific Ocean. With an .\ccount of the Natural Productions, and the Manners and
Customs, in Peace and War, of the various Savage Tribes visited. By John Coulter, M.D.
author of "Adventures in the Pacific." 2 vols. postSvo. I6s. cloth.

COULTER.-ADVENTURES IN THE PACIFIC;

With Observations on the Natural Productions, Manners and Customs of the Nativesof the
various Islands ; Remarks on the Missionaries, British and other Residents, etc. By John
Coulter, M.D. Post Svo. Js. 6rf. cloth.

CRESY (E.)-AN ENCYCLOP/EDIA OF CIVIL ENGINEERING, HISTORICAL,

THEORETICAL, and PRACTICAL. By Edward Cresy, F.S.A.C.E. Illustrated by upwards
of Three Thousand Engravings on Wood, explanatory of the Principles, Machinery, and Con-
structions which come under the Direction of the Civil Engineer. One large Volume
Svo. upwards of 1,600 pages, 3l.\3s. 6d. cloth.

CROCKER'S ELEMENTS OF LAND SURVEYING.

Fifth Edition, corrected throughout, and considerably improved and modernised, bv
T. G. Bunt. Land Surveyor, Bristol. To which are added, TABLES OF SIX-FIGURE
LOGARITHMS, etc., superintended by Richard Farley, of the Nautical Almanac Establish-
ment. PostSvo. 12j. cloth.

•»* Mr. Farley's Tables of Six-Figure Logarithms may be had separately, price 4s. 6rf.

D'AGINCOURT.— THE HISTORY OF ART,

By its Monuments, from its Decline in the Fourth Century to its Restoration in the Six-
teenth. Translated from the French of Seroux D'Agiuc'ourt, by Owen Jones, architect.
With 3,335 Subjects, engraved on 328 Plates. Vol. I. Architecture, 73 plates; vol. II.
Sculpture, 51 plates ; vol. III. Painting, 204 plates. 3 vols, royal folio, 5/. oj. sewed .

DALE (THE REV. THOMAS). —THE DOMESTIC LITURGY AND

FAMILY CHAPLAIN, in Two Parts: the First Part being Church Services adapted for
Domestic Use, with Prayers for every Day of the Week, selected exclusively from the Book
of Common Praver. Part II. comprising an appropriate Sermon for every Sunday in the
Year. By the Rev. Thomas Dale, M.A. Vicar of St. Pancras. Post 4to. 21*. cloth ; or,
bound by Hayday, 3I». 6rf. calf lettered ; 50*. morocco.

DEJAENISCHAND WALKER.-DE JAENISCH'S CHESS PRECEPTOR:

A New Analysis of the Openings of Games. By C. F. De Jaenisch, of St. Petersburgh.
Translated from the French, with copious Notes, by G. Walker, author of "Chess Studies,''
and various other Works on the Game of Chess. Svo, 15*. cloth.

DELABECHE.-REPORTON THEGEOLOCY OF CORNWALL, DEVON,

AND WEST SOMERSET. By Henry T. De la Beche, F.R.S. etc.. Director of the Ordnance
Geological Survey. Published by Order of the Lords Commissioners of H. M, Treasury.
Svo. with Maps, Woodcuts, and 121arge Plates, 14*. cloth.

DE LAGRAVIERE.-SKETCHES OF THE LAST NAVAL WAR.

Translated from the French of Captain E. Jiirien de laGravifere, with an Introduction, and
Explanatory Notes. By the Hon. Captain Plnnkett,R. N., author of" The Past and Future
of the British Navy." 2 vols, post Svo. with Plans, 18*. cloth.

10 NEW V/OHKS AND NEW EDITIONS

DE STRZELECKI (P. E.)-PHYSICAL DESCRIPTION OF NEW SOUTH

WALKS AND VAN DIEMAN'S LAND. Accompanied by a Geological Map, Sections,
and Diairrams, and Figures of the Oriraiiic Remains. By P. E. De Strzelecki. 8vo. with
coloured Map and numerous Plates, 24». cloth.

DIBDIN (THE REV. T. F.)-THE SUNDAY LIBRARY:

Containing nearly One hundred Sermons by eminent Divines. With Notes, etc. by the
Uev.T. F. Dibdin', D.U. fi vols, foolscap Svo. with G Portraits, 3()j. cloth; neatly half-bound
in morocco, with gilt edges, 21. I2s. 6d.

DISCIPLINE.

By the Author of "Letters to my Unknown Friends," ••Twelve Years Ago," and " Some
Passages from Modern History." ISino. 2s. cloth.

DISNEY.— MUSEUM DISNEIANUM:

Being a Descriptiuu of a Collection of Ancient Marbles, Bronzes, and various other Speci-
nien.^of Ancient .-^rt, in the possession of John Disney, Esq. F. R.S. F.S.A. at the Hyde,
neiir Ingatestone. With numerous Plates and Wood Jingravings. 1 vol. 4to. comprising
1-20 Illustrations, 4/. 14s. fid. cloth.

Contents: —
Part I. Marbles. Comprising 59 Plates, chiefly Busts, with some whole-length Statues, and

some Bas-reliefs.
Part II. Miscellaneous .Antiquities, chiefly in Bronze. Comprising Five Statues, many

Lamps, Tripods, Patin?e, etc.
Part III. Vases and Fictilia.— Sold separately, only to the Purchasers of the First and Second

Parts, price 42s.

DOUBLEDxlY AND HEWITSON'S BUTTERFLIES.— THE GENERA OF

DIURNAL LEPIDOPTERA ; comprising their Generic Characters— a Notice of the Habits
and Transformations— and a Catalogue of the Species of each Genus. By Edward Double-
day, Esq. F.L.S.etc, Assistant in the Zoological Department of the British Museum. Im-
perial 4to. uniform with Gray and Mitchell's Ornithology; illustrated with Jo coloured Plates,
by W. C. Hewitson, Esq. Author of "British Oology."
•»• Publishing in Monthly Parts, 5s. each; each Part consisting of two colonred Plates, with
accompanying Letter-press- To be completed in about W Parts, 31 of which are now ready.

DRESDEN GALLERY.— THE MOST CELEBRATED PICTURES OF THE

ROYAL GALLERY at DRESDEN, drawn on Stone, from the Originals, by Franz
Hanfstaengel ; with Descriptive and Biographical Notices, in French and German. Nos. I.
to LI v., imperial folio, each containing 3 Plates with accompanying Letter-press, price
20s. to Subscribers; to Non-subscribers, 30s. Single Plates, 12s. each.
•»• To be completed in 8 more numbers, price 20s. each, to Subscribers; A'os. L/. to LX.
containing each 4 Plates and Letterpress.

DUNLOP.— TRAVELS IN CENTRAL AMERICA.

With a Journal of nearly Three Years' Residence in the Country. To which are added, a
Sketch of the History of the Republic, and an Account of its Climate, Productions, Com-
merce, etc. By Robert Glasgow Duulop, Esq. Post Svo. with Map, 10s. 6rf. cloth.

DUNLOP (JOHN).-THE HISTORY OF FICTION:

Being a Critical Account of the most celebrated Prose Works of Fiction, from the earliest
Greek Romances to the Novels of the Present Age. By John Dunlop. NewEditiou, com-
plete in One Volume. Medium Svo. 15s. cloth.

EASTLAKE.— MATERIALS FOR A HISTORY OF OIL PAINTING.

Bv Charles Lo-^k Eastlake, Esq. R.A. F.R.S. F.S.A. Secretary to the Royal Commission for
Promoting the Fine Arts in connexion with the rebuilding of the Houses of Parliament, etc.
Svo. 16s. cloth.
•«• rol. II. On the Italian Practice of Oil Painting, is preparing for publication.

ECCLESIASTES; OR, THE PREACHER.

The Words of tlie Preacher, Son of David, King of Jerusalem, from the Holy Scriptures.
Being the Twelve Chapters of the Book of Kcclesiastes, elegantly illuminated, in the Missal
Style, by Owen Jones. Imperial Svo. in a magnificent carved binding, 42s. ; or handsomely
bound ill red morocco, 50s.

ECCLESTON (JAMES).— AN INTRODUCTION TO ENGLISH ANTIQUITIES.

Intended as a Companion to the History of England. By James Eccleston, B.A. Head
Master of Sutton Goldfield Grammar School. Svo. with numerous Engravings on Wood,
2 Is. cloth.

ELLIOTSON.— HUMAN PHYSIOLOGY:

With which is incorporated much of the KlementaryPart of the "Institutiones Physiologicae''
of J. F. Blumenbach, Professor in the University of Gottingen. By Jolin EUiotson, M.D.
Cantab. F.R.S. Fifth FMition, Svo. with numerous Woodcuts, 2/.2s. cloth.

PUBLISHED BY MESSRS. LOXGMAN AND Co. 1 1

THE EMGLISHMAN'S CREEK CONCORDANCE OF THE NEW TESTA-
MENT; beiiiif an attempt at a Verbal Coiuiexioii between the Greek and the Eiiirlish
Texts; including a Concordance to the Proper Names, with Indexes, Greek-English
and Knglish-tireek. 2d Edition, carefully revised, with a new Index, Greek and English.
Royal Svo. 42s.

THE ENGLISHMAN'S HEBREW AND CHALDEE CONCORDANCE OF

TH?: OLD TESTAMENT; being an attempt at a Verbal Connexion between the Original
and the English Translations: with Indexes, a List of the Proper Names and their occur-
rences, etc. etc. 2 vols, royal 8vo. 3/. 13«.6rf. cloth ; large paper, 4/. l-is.Gd.

EOTVOS.— THE VILLAGE NOTARY:

A Romance of Hungarian Life. Translated from the Hungarian of Baron Eotvos, by Otto
Wenckstern. With Introductory Remarks, written expressly for the present Translation,
by Francis Pulszky. 3 vols, post 8vo. [Nearly ready.

EPHEMERA.-A HAND-BOOK OF ANGLING ;

Teaching Fly Fishing, Trolling, Bottom Fishing, and Salmon Fishing. With the Natural
History of River Fish, and the best Modes of Catching tliem. By Ephemera ( of Bell's
Life ill London). New Kdition. Foolscap Svo. with Wood Engravings, 9s. cloth.

ERMAN.— TRAVELS IN SIBERIA:

Including Excursions Northwards, down the Obi, to the Polar Circle, and Southwards,
to the Chinese Frontier. By Adolph Erman. Translated by W. D. Cooley, Ksij. author of
"The History of Maritime and Inland Discovery;" translator and editor of Ur. Parrot's
"Journey to .\rarat," etc. 2 vols. Svo. with Map, Sis. 6rf. cloth.

ETHERIDGE.— THE APOSTOLICAL ACTS AND EPISTLES,

From the Peschito, or Ancient Syriac. To which are added, the remaining F,pistles, and
the Book of Revelation, after a later Syrian Text. Translated, with Prolegomena and
Indices, byj. W. Etheridge, M..A. Docto'r in Philosophy of the University of Heidelberg,
and Member of the .Vsiatic Society of Paris ; author of " The Syrian Churches ; their early
History, Liturgies, and Literature." Royal 12mo. 'Js. Crf. cloth.

EVANS.— THE SUGAR PLANTER'S MANUAL;

Being a Treatise on the Art of obtaining Sugar from the Sugar Cane. By W. J.Evans,M.D.
Svo. 9s. cloth.

FAREY.— TREATISE ON THE STEAM-ENGINE,

Historical, Practical, and Discriptive. By Jolm Farey, Engineer. 4to. illustrated by
numerous Woodcuts, and 25 Copper- plates, 5/. 5s. in boards.

FERGUSSON-AN HISTORICAL INQUIRY INTO THE TRUE PRIN-
CIPLES OF BKaUTY IN ART, more especially with reference to ARCHITECTURE.
By James Fergusson, Estj., author of" An Essay on the Ancient Topography of Jerusalem,"
"Picturesque" Illustrations of Ancient Architecture in Hindostan," etc. Vol. 1. with five
Copperplates, a coloured Lithographic Engraving, and upwards of 100 Woodcuts. Imperial
Svo. 30s. cloth.

FLOWERS AND THEIR KINDRED THOUGHTS;

A Series of Stanzas— On Hope, Innocence, Modesty, Childhood, Humility, Joy, Love,
Constancy, Fascination, Timidity, Fine Taste, Thoughts, Recollection, and Friendship. By
Mary Anne Bacon. Illustrated by the Snowdrop, Primrose, Violet, Harebell and Pimpernel,
Lily of the Valley, Hawthorn, Rose, Honeysuckle, Carnation, Convolvulus, Fuchsia, Pansy,
Forget-me-not, and Holly ; designed and printed in Colours by Owen Jones. Imperial Svo.
31s. 6rf. elegantly bound.

FORSTER (REV. C.)-THE HISTORICAL GEOGRAPHY OF ARABIA;

Or, the Patriarchal Evidences of Revealed Religion. A Memoir, with Illustrative Maps and
an Appendix, containing Translations, By the Rev. Charles Forster. 2 vols. Svo. 30*. cloth.

FOSS.— THE JUDGES OF ENGLAND:

With Sketches of their Lives, and Miscellaneous Notices connected with theCourts at West-
minster from the time of the Conquest. By Edward Foss, F.S.A., of the Inner Temple.
Vols. Land II. Svo. 28». cloth.

FOSTER.— A HAND-BOOK OF MODERN EUROPEAN LITERATURE:

British, Danish, Dutch, French, German, Hungarian, Italian, Polish and Russian, Por-
tuguese, Spanish, and Swedish. With a full Biographical and Chronological Index. By Mrs.
Foster. Foolscap Svo. 8s. (irf. cloth.

•»• The object of this book is, not so much to give elaborate criticisms on the various
writers in the languages to whose literature it is intended as a guide, as to direct the student
to the best writers in each, and to inform him upon what subjects they have wiitten.

12

NEW WORKS AND NEW EDITIONS

FROM OXFORD TO ROME : AND, HOW IT FARED WITH SOME WHO

LATELY MA1)K THK JOURNEY. By a Companiou Traveller. New Edition, revised and
corrected, tcp. 8vo. with Frontispiece, 6«. cloth.

FRUITS FROM THE CARDEM AND THE FIELD:

A Series of Stanziis. By lM;iry Anne Baton, author of •'Flowers and their Kindred
rhoujrhts. Witli beautiful Illustrations of Fruit, designed and printed in colours bv Owen
Jones. Imperial 8vo. uniform with '-Flowers and their Kindred Thoiit;hts," '31 « 6d
elegantly bound. lAearli/ ready.

GARDINER.— SIGHTS IN ITALY:

With some Account of the Present State of Music and the Sister Arts in that Country By
William Gardiner, author of "Sacred Melodies," etc.; Member of the Academy of St
Cecilia, Rome ; and of the Class of Fine Arts of the Institut Historique of France . 8vo with
engraved Music, Kis. cloth.

GIBBON.-HISTORY OF THE DECLINE AND FALL OF THE ROMAN

EMPIRE. A new Edition, in One Volume ; with an Account of the Author's Life and
Writings, by Alexander Chalmers, Esq. F.A.S. 8vo. with Portrait, ISs. cloth.
*,* An Edition in 8 vuh. 8vo. 60a. boards.

GILBART.— A PRACTICAL TREATISE ON BANKING.

By James William Gilbart, F.R.S. General Manager of the London and Westminster Bank.
5th Edition, with Portrait of the .-Vuthor, and View of the "London and Westminster Bank,"
Lothbury. 2 vols. 8vo, i;4s. cloth.

GOLDSMITH-THE POETICAL WORKS OF OLIVER GOLDSMITH.

Illustrated by Wood Engravings, from Designs by Members of the Etching Club. Edited
by Bolton Corney, Esq. Square crown 8vo., uniform with "Thomson's Seasons," 21».
cloth; or 36s. bound in morocco, by Hayday.

GOWER.— THE SCIENTIFIC PHENOMENA OF DOMESTIC LIFE FAMILIARLY

EXPLAINED. By Charles Foote Gower. New Edition. Foolscap 8vo. with EntiravinffS
on Wood, OS. cloth.

GRAHAM.-ENGLISH; OR, THE ART OF COMPOSITION

explained ina Series of Instructions and Examples. By G. F. Graham. New Edition, re-
vised and improved. Foolscap 8vo. 6«. cloth.

GRANT (MRS.)-LETTERS FROM THE MOUNTAINS.

Being the Correspondence with her Friends, between the vears 1/73 and 1803. Bv Mrs.
Grant, of Laggan. 6th Edition. Edited, with Notes and Additions, by her Son, J. P. Grant,
Esq. -2 vols, post 8vo. •21a. cloth.

GRANT (MRS., OF LAGGAN).- MEMOIR AND CORRESPONDENCE

of the late Mrs. Grant, of Laggan, author of " Letters from the Mountains," etc. F'.dited
by her Son, J. P. Grant, Esq. New Edition. 3 vols, post 8vo. Portrait, 1/. 11». 6</. cloth.

GRAY (THOMAS). -GRAY'S ELEGY,

Written in a Country Churchyard. Illuminated in the Missal style. By Owen Jones,
Architect. Imp. Svo. 31». 6rf. elegantly bound.

GRAY AND MITCHELL'S ORNITHOLOGY.-THE GENERA OF BIRDS;

Comprising tlieir Generic Characters, a Notice of the Habits of each Genus, and an exten-
sive List of Species, referred to their several Genera. BvGeorge Robert Gray, Acad. Imp.
Georg. Florent. Soc. Corresp. Senior Assistant of the Zoological Department, British
Museum; and author of the " List of the Genera of Birtls," etc. 3 vols, imperial 4to.
illustrated with 350 coloured and plain Plates, by David William Mitchell, B.A. Parts I. to
XLIX. price Hi*. Crf. each. Part L. with Title, Indexes, Tables, etc. completing the Work,
in 3 volumes, is nearly ready.

GRAY.— TABLES AND FORMUL/E FOR THE COMPUTATION OF LIFE

CONTINGENCIES; with copious Examples of Annuity, Assurance, and Friendly Society
Calculations. By Peter Gray, F.R.A.S. Associate of tlie Institute of Actuaries 'of Great
Britain and Ireland. Royal 8vo. lbs. cloth.

GRIMBLOT (P.)-LETTERS OF WILLIAM III. AND LOUIS XIV. AND OF

THEIR MINISTERS. Illustrating the Domestic and Foreign Policy of England from the
Peace of Ryswick to the Accession of Philip V.of Spain, {1697 to 17701. Edited by P.
Grimblot. 2 vols. 8vo. 30i. cloth. r ' v ii i :

GWILT.^AN ENCYCLOP/EDIA OF ARCHITECTURE;

Historical, Theoretical, and Practical. By Joseph Gwilt, Esq., F.S.A. Illustrated with
upwards of 1,000 Engravings on Wood, from Designs by J. S. Gwilt. Svo. 2/. 12». 6rf. cloth.

PUBLISHED BY MESSRS. LONGMAN AND CO. 13

HALL.— lYIIDSUMIVIER EVE:

A Fairy Tale of Love. By Mrs. S. C. Hall. Square crown 8vo. with nearly 300 Wood
Eng^ravings, 21«. cloth, gilt edges.

HALL'S (SIDNEY) GENERAL LARGE LIBRARY ATLAS OF FIFTY-

THREE Maps (size 20 in. by 70 in.), with the Divisions and Boundaries carefully coloured ;
and an Alphabetical Index of' all the Names contained in the Maps, with their Latitude
and Longitude. An entirely New Edition, corrected throughout from the best and most
recent .\iithorities ; with all the Railways laid down, and many of the Maps re-drawn and
re-engraved. Colombier 4to. 5/. bs. half-bound in russia.
'^Thii is one of the very best of the larger collectona of maps with which we are acquainted,
for cleartiest and accuracy , as well as its very reasonable cost. Several striking improvements
characterise the edition before us. Jt has again undergone comparison with the best author-
ities, contains many corrections consequent on the latest government surveys, supplies all the
various lines of railway n'atly laid down, gives quite new maps where necessary, and is
enriched with an alphabetical indea; of more than seventy thousand names of places contained
in the collection, with their des^rees of latitude and longitude. This inder, which is quite
invaluable, is printed with ej-quisite clearness : and we have examined a sufficient number of
names and places to be convinced of its general and faultless accuracy," Examiner.

HARRISON.— ON THE RISE, PROGRESS, AND PRESENT STRUCTURE

OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE. Bv the Rev. M. Harrison, M.A., late Fellow of Queen's
College, Oxford. Post 8vo. Ss. firf. cloth.

*'An able, enlii{htened, and philosophical work. From the erudite and scholarly manner
in which the author has treated the subject, he has contrived to make hit work not onlu
excellent for the special purpose for which it is intended, but from the mass of curious
information which it contains, really interesting to all classes of readers.''— Sunday Times.

HAWBUCK GRANGE;

Or, the Sporting Adventures of Thomas Scott, Esq. By the Author of '« Handley Cross ; or
the Spa Hunt," "Jorrocks' Jaunts and Jollities," etc. 8to. with eight Illustrations, by
Phiz, 12«. cloth.

HAWKER.-INSTRUCTIONS TO YOUNG SPORTSMEN

In all that relates to Guns and Shooting. By Lieut. Col. P. Hawker. 9th edition, corrected,
enlarged, and improved, with Eighty-five Plates and Woodcuts, by Adlard and Branston,
from Drawings by C. Varley, Dicks, etc. 8vo. 21j. cloth.

HAYDON (B. R.>-LECTURES ON PAINTING AND DESIGN,

Delivered at the London Institution, the Royal Institution, Albermarle Street, to the
University of Oxford, etc. ByB.R. Haydon, Historical Painter. 2 vols. 8vo. with Por-
traits of the Author and Sir David Wilkie, and numerous other Illustrations, 24j. cloth.

SIR GEORGE HEAD.-ROME : A TOUR OF MANY DAYS.

By Sir George Head. Svols.svo. 36». cloth.
"TA? roads, the streets, the palaces, the churches, the fountains, the public buildings, and
the private houses of any note, the baths, the fortijications, the arches, the cemeteries, the
walls, the villas, the temples, the monuments, the theatres, the forums, the ruins, and the
relics of every kind, and the inhabitants also, are all set before ua in the best possible order.
/« short, it is a standard work, to last like Home!" Literary Gazette.

SIR JOHN HEUSCHEL— OUTLINES OF ASTRONOMY.

By Sir John F. W. Herschel, Bart. etc. etc. etc. Svo. with Plates and Woodcuts, 18». cloth,

"/n the earlier portions more especially much new matter is introduced ... . To all intents

and purposes, indeed, the ' Outlines of Astronomy' must be considered a new work,— so careful

kas been the revision, correction, and remodelling of the original treatise { so numerous the

additions to it ; and so important the new trains of inquiry opened up." Examiner.

MRS. HEY.— THE MORAL OF FLOWERS;

Or, Thoughts gathered from the Reld and the Garden. By Mrs. Hey. Being a New
Edition of "The Moral of Flowers;" and consisting of Poetical Thoughts on Garden and
Field Flowers, accompanied by Drawings beautifully coloured after Nature. Square crown
Svo. uniform in size with " Thomson's Seasons illustrated by the Etching Club." 21*. cloth.

MRS. HEY.-SYLVAN MUSINGS;

Or, the Spirit of the \Voods. Bv Mrs. Hey. Being a New Edition of "The Spirit of the
Woods ;" and consisting of Poetical Thoughts on Forest Trees, accompanied by Drawings
of Blossoms and Foliage, beantifuUy coloured after Nature. Square crown 8vo. uniform In
size with " Thomson's Seasons illustrated by the Etching Club." 21». cloth.

HINTS ON ETIQUETTE AND THE USAGES OF SOCIETY:

\S'ith a Glance at Bad Habits. By Ayooyog. "Manners make the Man." NewEdition,
revised (with additions) by a Ladyof Rank. Foolscap Svo. 2«. 6d. cloth.

1 4 NEW WORKS AND NEW EDITIONS

HISTORICAL PICTURES OF THE MIDDLE ACES,

1 n Black and White. Made on the spot, from Records iu the Archives of Switzerland . By a
Wandering Artist. 2 vols, post 8vo. I8s. cloth.

IIOARE— A PRACTICAL TREATISE ON THE CULTIVATION OF THE

GRAPE VINE ON OPEN WALLS. By Clement Hoare. NewEdition. 8vo. 7s. 6rf. cloth.

HOARE.— A DESCRIPTIVE ACCOUNT OF A NEW METHOD OF

PLANTING AND MANAGING THE ROOTS OF GRAPE VINES. By Clement Hoare,
author of "A Treatise on the Cultivation of the Giape Vine on Open Walls." 12mo. os. cl.

HOLLAND.— MEDICAL NOTES AND REFLECTIONS.

By Henry Holland, M.D. F.R.S. etc. Fellow of the Royal College of Physicians, Physician
Extraordinary to the Queen, and Physician in Ordinary to His Royal Highness Prince Albert.
NewEdition. 8vo. 18s. cloth.

HOOK fDR. W. F.)-THE LAST DAYS OF OUR LORD'S MINISTRY;

A Course of Lectures on the principal Events of Passion Week. By Walter KarquLar Hook,
D.O., Vicar of Leeds, Prebendary of Lincoln, and Chaplain iu Ordinary to the Queen. New
Edition. Foolscap Svo. Cs. cloth.

HOOKER.— KEW GARDENS ;

Or a Popular Guide to the Royal Botanic Gardens of Kew. By Sir William Jackson Hooker,
K.H. D.C.L. F.R.A. & L.S. etc. etc. Director. NewEdition. 16mo. with uuraerous Wood
Engravings, Orf. sewed.

HOOKER.— THE BRITISH FLORA.

Comprising the Phienogamous or Flowering Plants, and the Ferns. By Sir William Jackson
Hooker, K.H. LL.D. F.R.A. and L.S. etc. etc. etc. New Edition, with Additions and
Corrections; and 173 Figures, illustrative of the Umbelliferous Plants, the Composite
Plants, the Grasses, and the Ferns. Vol.1. 8vo., with 12 Plates, 14s. plain ; with the Plates
coloured, 245. cloth.
Vol.11, iu Two Parts, comprising the Cryptogamia and the Fungi, 8vo. 24s. boards.

HORNE (THE REV. T. H.)-AN INTRODUCTION TO THE CRITICAL

STUDY AND KNOWLEDGE OF THE HOLY SCRIPTURES. By the Rev. Thomas
Hartvfell Home, B.D. of St. John's College, Cambridge. New Sedition, revised and corrected.
5 vols. Svo. with Maps and Fac-similes, '61. lis. cloth ; or 5/. bound in calf by Hayday .

HORNE (THE REV. T. H.)-A COMPENDIOUS INTRODUCTION TO THE

STUDY OFTHE BIBLE. By the Rev. Thomas Hartwell Home, B.D. of St. John's College
Cambridge. Being an Analysis of his "Introduction to the Critical Study and Knowledge of
the Holy Scriptures." NewEdition. 12mo. with Maps and Engravings, 9s. boards.

HOWITT.— THE CHILDREN'S YEAR.

By Marv Howitt. With Four Illustrations, engraved by John Absolon, from Original
Designs'by Anna Mary Howitt. Square 16mo. 5s. cloth.

HOWITT.— THE BOY'S COUNTRY BOOK:

Being the real Life of a Country Boy, written by Himself; exhibiting all the Amusements,
Pleasures, and Pursuits of Children in the Country. Edited by William Howitt, author of
" The Rural Life of England," etc. New Edition. Fcap. Svo. with 40 Woodcuts, 6s. cloth.

HOWITT.— VISITS TO REMARKABLE PLACES;

Old Halls, Battle-Fields, and Scenes illustrative of Striking Passages in English History and
Poetry. By William Howitt. NewEdition. Medium Svo. with 40 Woodcuts, 21s. cloth.

SECOND SERIES, chiefly in the Counties of DURHAM and NORTHUMBERLAND, with a
Stroll along the BORDER. Medium Svo. with upwards of 40 highly-finished Woodcuts, from
Drawings made on the spot, 21s. cloth.

HOWITT.— THE RURAL LIFE OF ENGLAND.

By William Howitt. New Edition, corrected and revised. Medium Svo. with Engravings on
Wood by Bewick and Williams, uniform with " Visits to Remarkable Places," 21s. cloth.

HOWITT.— THE RURAL AND DOMESTIC LIFE OF GERMANY:

With Characteristic Sketches of its chief Cities and Scenery. Collected in a General Tour,
and during a Residence in that Country in the Years 1840-42. By William Howitt, author
of "The Rural Life of England," etc. Medium Svo., with above 50 Illustrations, 21s. cloth.

PUBLISHED BY MeSSKS. LONGMAN AND Co. 15

HOWITT.-COLONISATION AND CHRISTIANITY:

A Popular History of the Treatment of the Natives, in all their Colonies, bvthe Enroneans
By William Howitt. Post 8vo. 10».6rf. cloth. ' ^

HOWSON AND CONYBEARE.-THE LIFE AND EPISTLES OF ST

^A'^^:,, ^^ '*'- Kev. J. S. Howson, M.A., and the Rev. VV. J. Conybeare, M.A. " vols 4to'
richly illustrated. [See'p.S

HUDSON.-THE EXECUTOR'S GUIDE.

By J.C. Hudson, Esq., late of the Legacy Duty Office, London : author of 'Plain Directions
for Making Wills," aud '« The Parent's Hand-Book." New Edition. Foolscap 8vo.5».cloth,
*•* The above two works may be had in One volume, pricejt. cloth.

HUDSON.-PLAIN DIRECTIONS FOR MAKING WILLS

In conformity with the Law, and particularly with reference to the .\ct 7 Wm. IV and IVict
c. 26. To which is added, a clear Exposition of the Law relating to the Distribution of Per-'
sonal Estate in the case of Intestacy ; with two Forms of Wills, and much useful Information,
etc. By J. C.Hudson, Esq. New Edition, corrected. Fcap. 8vo.2«. 6tf. cloth.

HUMBOLDT.— ASPECTS OF NATURE,

In Different Lands and in Different Climates. Bv Alexander Von Humboldt. Translated,
with the Author's sanction aud co-operation, arid at his express desire, by Mrs Sabine
2 vols. 16mo. uniform with Mr. Murray's "Home and Colonial Library."

BARON HUMBOLDT'S COSMOS;

Or, a Sketch of a Physical Description of the Universe. Translated, with the Author's
sanction and co-operation, under the superintendence of Lieutenant-Colonel Edward Sabine
F.R.S. For. Sec. R.S. New Edition, uniform with Mr. Murray's "Home aud Colonial
Library." Vols. I. and II. 16mo. price Half-a-crown each.

*♦* -^^^ authorised '■'Library Edition,^' in post Svo. Fols. I. and II. price price 12». each,
may still be had, '

HUMPHREYS.— A RECORD OF THE BLACK PRINCE;

Being a Selection of such Passages in his Life as have been most quaintly nnd strikingly
narrated by the Chroniclers of the Period. Embellished with highly-wrought Miniatures
and Bordeiings, selected from various Illuminated MSS. referring to Events connected with
English History. By Heury Noel Humphreys. Post Svo. in a richly carved and deeply
pierced binding, 21«.

HUNT.-RESEARCHES ON LIGHT:

AnExaminationof all the Phenomena connected with the Chemical and MolecularChanges
produced by the Influence of the Solar Rays ; embracing all the known Photographic Pro-
cesses, and new Discoveries in the Art. By Robert Hunt, Keeper of Mininu- Records
Museum of Economic Geology. Svo. with Plate aud Woodcuts, 10*. 6rf. cloth. ° '

JAMES.-A HISTORY OF THE LIFE OF EDWARD THE BLACK PRINCE,

and of various Events connected therewith, which occurred during the Reisn of Edward 111.
King of England. By G. P. R.James, Esq. NewEdition. 2 vols, foolscap Sv^o. withMap, 15s.*

JAMESON (MRS.)-LEGENDS OF THE MONASTIC ORDERS:

Comprising the History of the Franciscans, as connected with the Uevival of An ; Legends
of those Royal Personages who died in the Religious Habit; aud Notes on the Remains of
English Legendary Art. By Mrs. Ji^ieson, Author of " Sacred and Legendary Art," etc.
Square crown Svo. with numerous Illustrations. [Nearly ready.

%• To be followed by '^ Legends of the Madonna,'''' by the same Author, similarly illustrated.

JAMESON (MRS.)— SACRED AND LEGENDARY ART.

By Mrs. Jameson. With 16 Etchings by the Author, and numerous Wood Engravings.
2 vols, square crown Svo. 42». cloth.

JEBB.-A LITERAL TRANSLATION OF THE BOOK OF PSALMS-

Intended to illustrate their Poetical and Moral Structure. To which are added, o'isserta-
tions on the word "Selah,"and on the Authorship, Order, Titles, ana Poetical Features
of the Psalms. By the Rev. John Jebb, A.M., Rector of Peterstow. 2 vols. Svo. 21 j. cloth.

JEFFREY (LORD).-CONTRIBUTIONSTOTHE EDINBURGH REVIEW.

By Francis Jcffrey,now one of the Judges in the Court of Sessionin Scotland. New Edit'.
Evols. Svo. 42s. cloth.

=^

16 NEW WORKS AND NEW EDITIONS

BISHOP JEREMY TAYLOR'S ENTIRE WORKS:

With the Life of Bishop Heher. Revised and corrected bv the Rev. Charles Pasre Eden,
Fellow of Oriel College, Oxford. Vols. II. III. IV. V. and VI. 8vo. 10». 6rf. each, cloth.

*,* In course of publication in 10 volt, pricf half-a-guinea each. Vol. I. fthe Inst in order
of publicationj uiitt contain Bishop Ueber's Life of Jeremy Taylor, extended by the Editor.
■' ^ .»./:' :^ ^fr^,^ yjj_i,i„ the press.

JOHNSON.— THE WISDOM OF THE RAMBLER, ADVENTURER, AND

lULKR. Comprising a Selection of 110 of the best Kssays. By Samuel Johnson, LL.D.
Foolscap 8vo. 7s- cloth.

JOHNSON.-THE FARMER'S ENCYCLOP/EDIA,

And DICTIONARY of RURAL AFFAIRS: embracing all the recent Discoveries in Agri-
cultural Chemistry; adapted to the comprehension of unscientific Readers. By Cuthbert
W.Johnson, Ksq'., F.R.S. Barrister-at-Law, Editor of the "Farmers' Almanack," etc.
Svo. with Wood Engravings, 2/. lOs. cloth.

SIR ROBERT KANE.-ELEMENTS OF CHEMISTRY,

Theoretical and Practical; including the most Recent Discoveries and Applications of the

Science of Medicine and Pharmacy to Agriculture and to Manufactures. By Sir Robert

Kane, M.D. M.R.I. A. 2d Edition, corrected and greatly enlarged ; illustrated'by 230 Wood

Engravings. In one large volume, Svo. of about 1,100 pages, 283. cloth.

•« The author's sti/le is clear, and his descriptions are concise nnd intelligible. For this

reason his work is well adapted to the use oj students .... ff'e can safely recommend this

edition to our readers, as containing an accurate account of the moit recent improvements and

discoveries in chemistry ." Medical Gazette.

KEMBLE.— THE SAXONS IN ENGLAND:

A History of the English Commonwealth till the period of the Norman Conquest. Bv John
Mitchell kemble, M.A.F.C.P.S., etc. 2 vols. Svo. 28s. cloth.

KINDERSLEY.—THE VERY JOYOUS, PLEASANT, AND REFRESHING

HISTORY of the Feats, Exploits, Triumphs, and .Achievements of the Good Kninht, without
Fear ;iud without Reproach, the gentle Lord De Bayard. Set forth in P^nglish by Edward
Cockburn Kindersley, Esq. With Ornamental Headings, and Frontispiece, by E. H.
Wehnert. Square post Svo. 9i. 6(i. cloth.

KIP.-THE CHRISTMAS HOLYDAYS IN ROME.

By the Rev. W. Ingraham Kip, M..^. Edited by the Rev. W. Sewell, B.D. Fellow and
Tutor of Exeter College, Oxford. New Edition. Foolscap Svo. os. cloth.

KIRBY AND SPENCE.— AN INTRODUCTION TO ENTOMOLOGY;

Or, Elements of the Natural History of Insects: comprising an account of noxious and
useful Insects, of their Metamorphoses, Food, Stratagems, Habitations, Societies, Motions,
Noises, Hybernation, Instinct, etc. By W. Kirby, M.A. F.R.S. & L.S. Rector of Barham;
and W. Spence, Esq., F.R.S. & L.S. 'NewEdition, enlarged. 2 vols. Svo. 31». 6rf. cloth.

LAING.— THE CHRONICLE OF THE KINGS OF NORWAY,

From the Earliest Period of the History of the Northern Sea Kings to the Middle of the
Twelfth Century: commonly called the Heimskringla. Translated from the Icelandic of
Snorro Sturleson, with Notes, and a Preliminary Discourse, by Samuel Laing, Esq. 3 vols.
Svo. 36j. cloth.

LAING.— A TOUR IN SWEDEN

In 1838; comprising Observations on the Moral, Political, and Economical State of the
Swedish Nation. By Samuel Laing, Esq. Svo. 12s. cloth.

LANDOR.-THE FOUNTAIN OF ARETHUSA.

Bv Robert Evres Laudor, M.A., author of "The Fawn of Sertorious," "The Impious
Feast," Tragedies, etc. 2 vols, post Svo. 18s. cloth.

L. E. L.— THE POETICAL WORKS OF LETITIA ELIZABETH LANDON :

Comprising the IMPItOVISATRICE, the VENETIAN BRACELET, the GOLDEN
VIOLET, the TROUBADOUR, and other Poetical Remains. NewEdition, uniform with
the smaller edition of Mr. Macaiilay's "Lays of Ancient Rome," and I^loore's "Songs,
Ballads, and Sacred Songs." 2 vols. 16mo. with Vignette Titles. [A'early ready.

•»• ^Iso an edition in 4 vols, foolscap Svo. with Illustrations by Howard, etc, 28s. cloth ;
or bound in morocco, with gilt edges, 21. is.

LATHAM.— ON DISEASES OF THE HEART.

Lectures on Subjects connected with Clinical Medicine ; comprising Diseases of the Heart.
BvP. M. Latham, M.D. Physician Extraordinary to the Queen ; and late Physician to St.
Bartholomew's Hospital. New Edition. 2 vols. 12mo. 16s. cloth.

PUBLISHED BY MESSRS. LONGMAN AND Co.

17

LARDNER'S CABINET CYCLOPiCDIA;

Being: a Series of Ori^aiial Works on History, Biog^-aphy, Natural Philosophy Natural
History, Literature, the Sciences, Arts, and Manufactures. BvBishopThirhvall Sir James
Mackintosh, Sir John Herschel.Sir Walter Scott, Thomas Moore, Robert Souther and other
Eminent Writers. Conducted and edited by Dr. Lardner.

The Series complete in One Hundred and Thirty-three Volumes, 39/. 13». The Works
separately, 6». per volume.

The Series comprises ; —
3 vols. 1S»
2 vols. 12«.
1 vol. 6*,

3 vols. IBs.
3 vols. 18».

1 vol. 6».

1 vol. 6».

2 vols. Us.
1vol. 6*.

1 . Bell's History of Russia

2. Bell's Lives of British Poets

3. Brewster's Treatise on Optics

4. Cooley's History of Maritime

and Inland Discovery

5. Crowe's History of France .

6. De Morgan's Treatise on Pro-

babilities ....

7. De Sismondi's History of the

Italian Republics

8. De Sismondi's Fall of the

Roman Empire .

9. Donovan's Treatise on Chem-

istry

10. Donovan's Domestic Economy, 2 vols. 12».

11. Dunham's History of Spain

and Portugal . . .5 vols. 30».

12. Dunham's History of Den-

mark, Sweden, and Nor-
way 3 vols. 18s.

13. Dunham's History of Poland 1vol. 6s.

14. Dunham's History of the

Germanic Empire

15. Dunham's History of Europe

during the Middle Ages .

16. Dunham's Lives of British

Dramatists

17. Dunham's Lives of Early

Writers of Great Britain .

18. Fergus's History of the

United States .

19. Fosbroke's Grecian and Ro-

man Antiquities

20. Forster's Lives of the States-

men of the Commonwealth

21. Forster, Mackintosh, and

Cnurtenay's Lives of
British Statesmen

Grattan's History of the
Netherlands

24. Henslow's Treatise on

Botany ....

25. Herschel's Treatise on As-

tronomy ....

26. Herschel's Preliminary Dis-

course on the Study of
Natural Philosophy .
27- History of Rome .

28. History of Switzerland .

29. Holland's Treatise on the

Manufactures in Metal

30. James's Lives of Foreign

Statesmen ....

31. Kater and Lardner's Treatise

on Mechanics .

3 vols

IS*.

4 vols.

24».

2 vols

12s.

1vol.

Ss.

2 vols

12».

2 vols.

12s.

3 vols

30*.

7 vols

42».

3 vols

18».

ivol.

6*.

1vol.

6».

1vol.

6s.

1vol.

6s.

2 vols

I2s.

1vol.

6s.

3 vols

18*.

5 vols

30*.

1vol.

6».

32. Keightley's Outlines of His-
tory

33. Lardner's Treatise on Arith-
metic

1 vol.

1 vol. 6».

2 vols. 12».

34. Lardner'sTreat. on Geometry 1vol.

35. Lardner's Treatise on Heat . 1 vol.

36. Lardner's Treatise on Hydro-

statics and Pneumatics

37. Lardner and Walker's Elec-

tricity and Magnetism

38. Mackintosh, Wallace, and

Bell's History of England, 10 vols. 60*,

39. Montgomery and Shelley's

Lives of Italian, Spanish,

and Portuguese Authors . 3 vols. 18*.

40. Moore's History of Ireland . 4 vols. 24s,

41. Nicolas's Chronology of

History . ... 1 vol. 6s,

42. Phillips's Treat, on Geology 2 vols. 12s,

43. Po«-eirs History of Natural

Philosophy

44. Porter's Treatise on the

Manufacture of Silk .

45. Porter's Treatise on the

Manufacture of Porcelain
and Glass . . . .

46. Roscoe's Lives of British

Lawyers ....
4". Scott's History of Scotland .

48. Shelley's Lives of French

Authors ....

49. Shuckard and Swainson's

Treatise on Insects .

50. Southey's Lives of British

Admirals ....
51

1 vol.
1vol.

6s.

1vol. 6s.

1 vol. 6s.

2 vols. 12s.

]2s.

6s.

Stebbing's History of the

Church . . . .

52. Stebbing's History of the
Reformation

2 vols

1 vol.
30».
12s.

2 vols. 12s.

5 vols

vols.

53. Swainson's Preliminary Dis-

course on Natural History, 1 vol.

54. Swainson's Natural History

and Classification of

Animals .... 1 vol.

55. Swainson's Habits and In-

stincts of Animals . . 1vol.

56. Swainson's Quadrupeds , 1vol.

57. Swainson's Birds .

58. Swainson's Fish, Reptiles

6».

2 vols. 12s.

etc 2 vols. 12s.

59. Swainson's Shells and Shell-

fish 1 vol. 6s.

60. Swainson's Animals in Me-

nageries .... 1vol. 6s.

61. Swainson's Taxidermy and

Bibliography ... 1 vol. 6s.

62. Thirlwall's Historyof Greece 8 vols. 48s.

LEE.— TAXIDERMY;

Or, the Art of Collecting, Preparing, and Mounting Objects of Natural History. For the use
of Museums and Travellers. By Mrs. K.Lee. New Edition, improved ; with an account of a
Visit to Walton Hall, and Mr. Waterton's Method of Preserving Animals. Fcap. 8vo. with
Woodcuts, 7s.

LEK-ELEMENTS OF NATURAL HISTORY,

For the Use of Schools and Young Persons: comprising the Principle.s of Classification,
interspersed with amusintr and instructive Accounts of the most remarkable Animals. By
Mrs. H. Lee. I2mo. with 55 Woodcuts, 7«. 6rf. bound.

LESLIE (C.R.)— MEMOIRS OF THE LIFE OF JOHN CONSTABLE, ESQ.

R.A. Composed chiefly of his Letters. By C. R. Leslie, R. .\. Second Edition, with further
Extracts from his Correspondence. Small 4to. with two Portraits (one from a new Sketch,
by Mr. Leslie,) and a plate of" Spring," engraved by Lucas, 21». cloth.

LETTERS TO MY UNKNOWN FRIENDS.

By a Lady. New Edition. Foolscap 8vo. 6». 6(i. cloth.

LINDLEY.— AN INTRODUCTION TO BOTANY.

By Prof. J. Lindley, Ph.D. F.R.S. L.S. etc. New Edition, with Corrections and numeroBS
Additions. 2 vols. 8vo. with Six Plates and numerous Woodcuts, 24«. cloth.

LINDLEY.— A SYNOPSIS OF THE BRITISH FLORA,

Arranged according to the Natural Orders. By Professor John Lindley, Ph. D., F.R.S.,ctc.
New Edition, with numerous Additions and Improvements. 12mo. 10». 6(j. cloth.

LINDLEY.— THE THEORY OF HORTICULTURE ;

Or, an Attempt to Explain the Principal Operations of Gardening upon Physiological Prin-
ciples. By John Lindley, Ph.D. F.R.S. 8vo. with illustrations ou Wood, 12». cloth.

LINDLEY.— GUIDE TO THE ORCHARD AND KITCHEN GARDEN;

Or, an Account of the most valuable Fruits and Vegetables cultivated in Great Britain: with
Kalendars of the Work required in the Orchard and Kitchen Garden during every Mouth in
the Year. By George Lindley, CM. H.S. Edited by Professor Lindley. 8to. 16«. boards.

LINWOOD (W.)-ANTHOLOGIA OXONIENSIS ;

Sive, Florilegium e lusibus poeticis diversorum Oxouiensium Grsecis et Latinis decerptnm'
Curante Gulielmo Linwood, M.A. ^Edis Christi Alummo. 8vo. 14*. cloth.

LORIMER.— LETTERS TO A YOUNG MASTER MARINER

On some Subjects connected with his Calling. By the late Charles Lorimer. A New Edi-
tion. Foolscap Svo. is, 6d. cloth.

" Tkis edition has been enrefulltf revised, and some improvements and additions made to it.
Nantival matters are not so muck the subject of the book, a.i the commercial duties and legal
po-aers or responsibilities of the master mariner, under the critical cirtumstances in which he
mat/ continually And himself ." Spectator.

LOUDON (MRS.)— THE AMATEUR GARDENER'S CALENDAR;

Being a Monthly Guide, as to what should be avoided as well as what should be done in a
Garden in each Month : with plain Rules how to do what is requisite ; Directions for laying
ont and planting Kitchen and Flower Gardens, Pleasuj-e Grounds, and Shrubberies ; and a
short aecovnt, in each Month, of the Quadrupeds, Birds, and Insects, then most injurious to
.Gardens. By Mrs. Loudon. 16mo. with numerous Wood Engravings, 7s> 6d. cloth.

LOUDON (MRS.)— THE LADY'S COUNTRY COMPANION;

Or, How to Enjov a Country Life Rationally. By Mrs. Loudon, author of "Gardenini^for
Ladies,"etc. New Edition. Foolscap Svo., with Plate and Woodcuts, 7s. 6rf. cloth.

LOUDON (J. C.)— SELF- INSTRUCTION FOR YOUNG GARDENERS,

Foresters, Bailiffs, Land Stewards, and Farmers; in Arithmetic, Book-keeping, Geo-
metry, Mensuration, Practical Trigonometry, Mechanics, Lanri-Surveying, Levelling,
Planning and Mapping, ArchitecturalDrawing, and Isoraetrical Projection and Perspective ;
with Examples shewing their applications to Horticultural and Agricultural Purposes.
By the late J. C. Loudon, F.L.S. H.S. etc. With a Portrait of Mr. Loudon, and a Memoir
by Mrs. Loudon. Svo. with Wood Engravings, 7s. 6(i. cloth.

LOUDON.— AN ENCYCLOP>EDIA OF TREES AND SHRUBS;

Being the "Arboretum etFruticetum Britannicum" abridged : containing the Hardy Trees
and Shrubs of Great Britain, Native and Foreign, scientifically and popularly described :
with their Propagation, Culture, and Uses in the Arts. ByJ. C. Loudon, F.L.S. etc. Svo. with
upwards of 2,U0irBngravings on Wood, 2/. 10.». cloth.

PUBLISHED BY MESSRS. LONGMAN AND Co. 19

LOUDON.— AN ENCYCLOP/EDIA OF GARDENING;

Presentinij in one systematic view, the Histon,- an'i Present State of Gardening in all Coun-
tries, and its Theory and Practice in Great Britain: with the Manat;ement ot the Kitchen
Garden, the Flower Garden, Layini^-out Grounds, etc. By J. C. Loudon, F.L.S. etc. A new
Edition. Svo.with neatly 1,000 Kngravings on Wood, 2/. 10s. cloth.

LOUDON.— AN ENCYCLOP/EDIA OF AGRICULTURE ;

Comprising the Theory and Practice of the Valuation, Transfer, Laying-out, Improvement,
and Management of Landed Property, and of the cultivation and economy of the Animal and
Vegetable Productions of Agriculture, including all the latest improvements. By J. C.
Loudon, F.L.G.Z. and H.S. etc. Fifth Edition. Svo. with upwards of 1,100 Engravings on
Wood, by Branston, 2/. 10s. cloth.

LOUDON.— AN ENCYCLOP/EDIA OF PLANTS;

Including all the Plnnts which are now found in, or have been introduced into,Great Britain ;
giving their Natural History, accompanied by such Descriptions, Engraved Figures, and
Elementary Details, as may enable a beginner, who is a mere English reader, to discover the
name of every Plant which he may find in flower, and acquire all the information respecting
it which is useful and interesting'. By J. C. Loudon, F.L.S., etc. The Specific Characters
by an Eminent Botanist ; the Drawings by J. D. C. Sowerby, F.L.S. A new Edition, with a
new Supplement and a new Index. Svo. with nearly 10,000 wood Engravings, 73«.6rf. cloth.

LOUDON.— AN ENCYCLOP/EDIA OF COTTAGE, FARM, AND VILLA

AllCHITECTURE and FURNITURE. Containing Designs for Cottages, Villas, Farm
Houses, Farmeries, Country Inns, Public Houses, Parochial schools, etc. ; with the requisite
Fittini,'S-up, Fixtures, and Furniture, and appropriate Offices, Gardens, and Garden Scenery:
each Design accompanied by Analytical and Critical Remarks. By J. C. Loudon, F.L.S.
etc. New Edition, Edited by Mrs. Loudou. Svo. with more thau2,000 Engraviugsou Wood,
63s. cloth.

LOUDON.— HORTUS BRITANNICUS:

A Catalogue of all the Plants indigenous to or introduced into Britain. New Edition,
with a Supplement, prepared, under the direction of J. C. Loudou, by VV. H. Baxter, and
revised by George Don, F.L.S. Svo. 31s. 6d. cloth.

L0UD0N.-HORTU5 LICNOSUS LONDINENSIS;

Or, a Catalogue of all the Ligneous Plants cultivated in the neighbourhood of London. To
which are added their usual Prices in Nurseries. By J. C.Loudon, F.L.S. etc. Svo. 7». 6d.

LOW.-ON LANDED PROPERTY, AND THE ECONOMY OF ESTATES;

Comprehending the Relations between Landlord and Tenant, and the Principles and Forms
of Leases; of Farm Buildings, Enclosures, Drains, Embankments, Roads, and other Rural
Works, Minerals, and Woods. By David Low, Esq. FR.S.E. etc., author of "Elements
of Practical Agriculture," etc. Svo. with numerous Wood Engravings, 21s. cloth.

LOW.— AN INQUIRY INTO THE NATURE OF THE SIMPLE BODIES OF

CHEMISTRY. By D.Low, F.R.S.E. Professor of Agriculture in the University of Edinburgh;
author of " Elements of Practical .Agriculture,"' " A Treatise on Landed Property and the
Economy of Estates," ".\ Treatise on the Breeds of the British Domesticated Animals,"
" The Breeds of the Domesticated Animals of Great Britain Illustrated and Described."
2d Edition, enlarged and improved. Svo, 9s. cloth.

LOW.—ON THE DOMESTICATED ANIMALS OF GREAT BRITAIN,

Comprehending the Natural andEconoraical History of the Species and Breeds; Illustrations
of the Properties of External Form; and Observations on the Principles and Practice of
Breeding. By David Low, Esq., F.R.S.E., Professor of Agriculture in the University of
Edinburgh, etc.; author of "Elements of Practical Agriculture, "etc. Svo. with Engravings
on Wood, 25s. cloth.

LOW.— THE BREEDS OF THE DOMESTICATED ANIMALS OF GREAT

BRITAIN described. By David Low, Esq. F.R.S.E., Professorof Agriculturein the Univer-
sity of Edinburgh, etc. The Plates from drawings by W. Nicholson, R.S.A., reduced
from a Series of Oil Paintings, executed for the Agricultural Museum of the University of
Edinburgh, by W. Shiels, R.S.A. 2 vols, atlas quarto, with 56 Plates of Animals, beautifully
coloured after Nature, 16/. 16s. half-bound in morocco.

Or in four separate portions, as follow: —
The OX. 1 Vol. With 22 Plates, price 61. I The HORSE. I Vol. With 8 Plates, price

16s 6rf. half-bound morocco. 3/. half-bound morocco.

The SHEEP. 1 Vol. With 21 Plates, price The HOG. 1 Vol. With5 Plates, price 2/. 2s.
6Z. 16s. 6(/. half-bound morocco. I half bound morocco.

LOW.— ELEMENTS OF PRACTICAL AGRICULTURE;

Comprehendingthe Cultivation of Plants, the Husbandry of the DomesticAnimals, and the
Economv of the Farm. By David Low, Esq. F.R.S.E., Professor of Agriculture in the Uni-
versity of Edinburgh. New Edition. Svo. with an entirely new set of above 200 Wood-
cuts, 21s. cloth.

2;) NEW WORKS AND NEW EDITIONS

MACAULAY.-THE HISTORY OF ENGLAND, ,., , ^,. . ,, , ,

From the Accession of James II. By Thomas Babiugtoii Macaulay. Fifth Edition. Vols. I.
and II. 8vo. 'i'2s. cloth,

MACAULAY.-CRITICAL AND HISTORICAL ESSAYS CONTRIBUTED TO

THE EDINBURGH REVIKAV. By the Right Hon. Thomas Babingtou Macaulay, RI.P.
Sixth Edition. 3 vols . 8vo. 3G«. cloth.

MACAULAY.— LAYS OF ANCIENT ROME. „,• , «

With"Ivry" and "The Armada." Bv the Right Honorable Thomas Babington Macaulay,
M.P. Ne\v Edition. 16mo.4i. 6d. cloth; morocco, lUt.C)d. (by Haydaif).

^%-^'>.^n^'^o^j:(^Ir^-^:fsf^^^^^ drawn on Wood by Georp

Scharf, jun.; and enirraved by Samuel Williams. New Edition. Fcp. 4to. 21». boards;
morocco, 42«. [bottnd by Hayday).

MACKAY(CHARLES).-THE SCENERY AND POETRY OF THE ENGLISH

LAKES: a Summer Ramble. Bv Charles Mackay, Esq. LL.D. author of "Legends of the
Isles," "The Salamandrine,""the Thames and its Tributaries," etc. Svo. with beautUul
Wood Engravings from Original Sketches, ]4s. cloth.

MACKINTOSH (SIR JAMES).— THE LIFE OF SIR THOMAS MORE.

By the Rio-ht Hon. Sir James Mackintosh. Reprinted from the Cabinet Cydopiedia.
Foolscap 8vo. with Portrait, 5s. cloth; or bound in vellum, 8j.

MACKINTOSH'S (SIR JAMES) MISCELLANEOUS V/ORKS;

Including his contributions to The EDINBURGH REVIEW. Edited by Robert James
Mackintosh, Esq. 3 vols . 8vo. 42s. cloth .

M'CULLOCH.-A DICTIONARY, GEOGRAPHICAL, STATISTICAL, AND

HISTORICAL of the various Countries, Places, and Principal Natural Objects in the World.
Bv J R M'Culloch.Esq. NewEdition (1849) , revised and enlarged ; including new articles
on Australia, Austria, the British Empire, France, etc. : in two thick and closely-printed
volumes, illustrated with Six large Maps. Svo. 4/. cloth.

• • A SUPPLEMENT to the edition pnhlhhed in 1846, embodies the latest information with
respect to the Australian Colognes, New Zealand, Natal, Labuan, etc. Price Half-a-crown.

M'CULLOCH.— A DICTIONARY, PRACTICAL, THEORETICAL. AND
HISTORICAL OF COMMERCE. AND COMMERCIAL NAVIGATION. By J. R.
M'Culloch Esq. A New Edition (1849) , corrected, enlarged, and improved ; with a Supple-
ment. Svo! with Maps and Plans, 50s. cloth; or 55s. strongly half-bound in russia.

• • A SUPPLEMENT io the last Edition, published in 184/, may be had separately, price
4s, Grf. sewed.

M'CULLOCH.-A TREATISE ON THE SUCCESSION TO PROPERTY

VACANT BY DEATH: including Inquiries into the Influence of Primogeniture, Entails,
the Law of Compulsory Partition, Foundations, etc, over the Public Interests. By J. B.
M'Culloch, Esq. 8vo. 6«. 6d. cloth.

M'CULLOCH.-AN ACCOUNT, DESCRIPTIVE, AND STATISTICAL, OF

the BRITISH EMPIRE; exhibiting its Extent, Physical Capacities, Population, Industry,
and Civil and Religious Institutions. By J. R. M'Culloch, Esq, 3d Edition, corrected,
enlarged, and greatly improved. 2 thick vols. Svo. 42s. cloth.

M'CULLOCH.-THE LITERATURE OF POLITICAL ECONOMY;

Being a Classified Catalogue of the principal Works in the different departments of Political
Economy, interspersed with Historical, Critical, and Biographical Notices. By J. K,
M'Culloch, Esq. 8vo. 14s. cloth.

AI«CULLOCH.— A TREATISE ON THE PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICAL

* INFLUP:NCE of taxation and the FUNDING SYSTEM. By J. R. M'Culloch,

Esq. Svo. lOs. cloth.

MADAME DE. MALGUET:

A T.ile of 1820. 3 vols, post S\

post Svo, 31s. 6rf. boards.

MAITLAND.— THE APOSTLES' SCHOOL OF PROPHETIC INTERPRETA-
TION: with its History to the Present Time. By Charles Maitland, author of "The Church
in the Catacombs." Svo. 128. cloth.
"/re have no hesitation in recommending it to the consideration of all students of the
prophetical aritings, as oneofthe moit valuable works that has ever appearedun the tiibjcct.'^

British Magazine.

PUBLISHED BY MESSRS. LONGMAN AND Co.

21

MAITLAND.— THE CHURCH IN THE CATACOMBS:

A Description of the Primitive Church of Home, illustrated by its Sepulchral Remains.
By Charles Maitland. New Edition, revised. 8vo. with numerous Eng^ravings on Wood. 14».

MARCET.— CONVERSATIONS ON CHEMISTRY;

In which the Elements of that Science are familiarly Explained and Illustrated by
raents. By Jane Marcet. New Edition, corrected. '2 vols, foolscap 8vo. 14». cloth

MARCET.— CONVERSATIONS ON NATURAL PHILOSOPHY;

In which the Elements of that Science are familiarly explained, and adapted to the compre-
hension of Young Persons. By Jane Marcet. New Edition, enlarged and corrected. Fcap.
Svo. with 23 Plates, 10». 6d. cloth.

MARCET.— CONVERSATIONS ON POLITICAL ECONOMY;

In which the Elements of that Science are familiarly explained. By Jane Marcet. New
Edition, revised and enlarged. Foolscap Svo. 7«. 6d. cloth.

MARCET.— CONVERSATIONS ON VEGETABLE PHYSIOLOGY;

Comprehending the Elements of Botanv, with their application to Agriculture. By Jane
Marcet, New Edition. Foolscap 8vo. with Four Plates, 9s. cloth.

MARCET.— CONVERSATIONS ON LAND AND WATER.

By Jane Marcet. New Edition revised and corrected. Foolscap Svo. with coloured Map
shewing the comparative Altitude of Mountains, os.6d. cloth.

THE MARRIAGE SERVICE, ILLUMINATED.— THE FORM OF SOLEM-
NIZATION OF MATRIMONY. From "The Book of Common Prayer." Illuminated, in
the Missal style, by Owen Jones. Square ISmo. 21*. elegantly bound.' ^Nearly ready.

MARRYAT.— BORNEO AND THE EAST INDIAN ARCHIPELAGO.

By Francis S. Marryat, late Midshipman of H.M.S. Samaraug, Surveying Vessel, With
many Drawings of Costume and Scenery, from Oritrinal Sketches made on the spot by Mr.
Marryat. Imperial Svo. with numerous Lithographic Plates and Wood Engravings, blj.Crf.

MARRYAT (CAPT.)-MASTERMAN READY;

Or, the Wreck of the Pacific. Written for Young People. By Captain Marryat, C.B. author
of "Peter Simple," etc. '6 vols. fcap. Svo. with numerous Engravings on Wood,22«.6rf. cloth.

MARRYAT.— THE PRIVATEER'S- MAN ONE HUNDRED YEARS AGO.

By Captain F. Marryat, C.B. author of "Peter Simple," "Masterman Heady," etc. 2 vols,
fcap. Svo. 12*. cloth,

MARRYAT.— THE MISSION ;

Or, Scenes in Africa. Written for Young People. By Captain Marryat. C.B. , author of
*' Peter Simple," "Masterman Ready,'' etc. 2 vols. fcap. Svo. 12s. cloth.

MARRYAT.— THE SETTLERS IN CANADA.

Written for Young People. By Captain IMarryat, C.B. author of "Peter Simple,"
"Masterman Ready," etc. New Edition. Fcap. Svo. with two Illustrations, 7s. 6d. cloth.

MATTEUCCL- LECTURES ON THE PHYSICAL PHCENOMENA OF

LIVING BEINGS. By Siguor Carlo IMatteucci, Professor of the University of Pisa.
Translated under the superfntendence of J. Pereira, M.D. F.R.S. Vice-President of the
Royal Medical and Chirurgical Society. r2mo. 9s. cloth.

MAUNDER.— THE SCIENTIFIC AND LITERARY TREASURY:

A New and Popular Encyclopjedia of Science and the Belles Lettres ; includingall Branches
of Science, and every Subject connected with Literature and Art. The whole written in a
familiar style, adapted to the comprehension of all persons desirous of acquiring information
on the subjects comprised in the work, and also adapted for a Manual of convenient Refer-
encetothemoreinstructed. By Samuel Maunder. NewEditiou. Fcap. Svo. 10s. cloth; bound
in roan, 12s.

MAUNDER.— THE TREASURY OF HISTORY;

Comprising a General Introductory Outline of Universal History, Ancient and Jlodern, and
a Series of separate Histories of every principal Nation that exists ; developing their Rise,
Progress, and Present Condition, the Moral and Social Character of tlieir respective
Inhabitants, their Religion, Manners, and Customs, etc. etc. By Samuel Maunder. New Edit.
Fcap. Svo. 10s. cloth; bound in roan, 12s.

MAUNDER.-THE TREASURY OF NATURAL HISTORY;

Or, a Popular Dictionary of Animated Nature: in whicli the Zoological Characteristics that
distinguish the different Classes, Genera, and Species are combined with a variety of interest-
ing Information illustrative of the Habits, Instincts, and General Economy of the Animal
Kingdom. To which are added, a Syllabus of Practical Taxidermy, and a Glos'sarial Appendix.
Embellished with 900 Engravings on Wood, from Drawings made expressly for this Work.
By Samuel Maunder. New Edition. Fcp. Svo. 10s. cloth ; bound in roan, 12s.

NEW WORKS AND NEW EDITIONS

MAUNDER.— THE TREASURY OF KNOWLEDGE,

And LIBRARY of REKKRKNCK: Comprising an Kni^lish Grammar; Tables of English
Verbal Distinctions ; I'rovcrbs, Terms, and Phrases, in Latin, Spanish, French, and Italian,
translated; new and enlarged Kiij;lish Dictionary; Directions lor Pronunciation; new-
Universal Gazetteer; Tables of Population and Statistics; List of Cities, Boroughs, ^nd
Market Towns in the United Kiiiffdom ; Regulations of the General Post-Office; List of
Foreign Animal, Vegetable, and Mineral Productions; comperidious Classical Dictionary ;
Scripture Proper Names accented, and Christian Names of Men and Women: with Latin
Maxims translated; List of Abbreviations; Chronology and Historyi; compendious Law
Dictionary; Abstract of Tax Acts ; Interest and other Tables ; Forms of Epistolary Address ;
Tables of' Precedency ; Synopsis of the British Peerage; and Tables of Number, Money,
Weights and Measures. By Samuel Maunder. 18th Hdition, revised throughout and
greatly enlarged. Foolscap 8vo. lUs. cloth ; bound in roan, 12s.

MAUNt)ER.-THE BIOGRAPHICAL TREASURY:

Consisting of Memoirs, Sketches, and brief Notices of above 12,000 Eminent Persons of all
Ages and "Nations, from the Earliest Period of History; forming a new and complete Dic-
tionary of Universal Biography. By Samuel Maunder. New Edition, revised throughout ;
with a copious Supplement. Foolscap 8vo. 10s. cloth; bound in roan, 12*.

MAXIMS AND PRECEPTS OF THE SAVIOUR:

Being a Selection of the most beautiful Christian Precepts contained in the Four Gospels;
illustrated by a series of Illuminations of original character, founded on the Passages—
"Behold the Fowls of the Air," "Consider the Lilies of the Field," etc. In a rich
binding, in the style of the celebrated opus Anglicum. Square foolscap 8vo. 21s.; or 30s.
bound in morocco.

MEMOIRS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SURVEY OF GREAT BRITAIN,

And of the Museum of Economic Geology in London. Published by order of the Lords
Commissioners of HerMajesty's Treasury. Vol. I. royal 8to. with Woodcuts and OPlates,
(seven coloured"), 21s. cloth; and Vol. 1 1. 'in two thick Parts, with 63 Plates (three coloured)
and numerous Woodcuts. 42s. cloth, or, separately, 21s. each Part Also,

BRITISH ORGANIC REM.^INS ; consisting of Plates and Figures engraved on Steel, with
descriptive Letterpress, and forming a portion of the Memoirs of the Geological Surrey.
Decades I. and II. royal 8vo. 2s. Od. each, or royal 4to. 4s. 6d. each.

MERIVALE.— A HISTORY OF ROME UNDER THE EMPERORS.

Book the First, "Julius Cassar." By the Rev. Charles Merivale. 2vols.8vo.

[Nearly ready.

MILNER (REV. J. AND I.) — THE HISTORY OF THE CHURCH OF

CHRIST. Bv the Rev. Joseph Miluer, A.M. With Additions and Corrections by the late
Rev. Isaac Mllner, D.D. F.R.S. A Nevr Edition, revised, with additional Notes, by the Rev.
Thomas Grantham, B.D., Chaplain to the Bishop of Kildare. 4 vols. 8to. 52s. cloth.

MIRACLES OF OUR SAVIOUR.

With rich and appropriate Borders of Original Design, a series of Illuminated Figures of the
Apostles from the Old Masters, six Illuminated Miniatures, and other Embellishments. By
the Illuminator of the "Parables." Square fcap.Svo.in massive carved covers, 21s. ; or
bound in morocco, in the missal style, 30s.

MITCHELL.— JOURNAL OF AN EXPEDITION INTO THE INTERIOR OF

TROPICAL AUSTRALIA, in Search of a Route from Sydney to the Gulf of Carpentaria.
By Lieut. -Colonel Sir T. L. Mitchell, Knt. D.C.L. Surveyor-General of New South Wales,
and late elective Member of the Legislative Council of that Colony. Svo. with Maps, Views,
and Engravings of Objects of Natural History, 21s. cloth.

MONTGOMERY'S (JAMES) POETICAL WORKS.

New and only complete Edition. With some additional Poems, and Autobiographical
Prefaces. Collected and edited by Mr. Montgomery. 4vols. foolscap 8vo. with Portrait, and
seven other Plates, 20s. cloth; bound in morocco, lZ.16s.

MOORE.— THE POWER OF THE SOUL OVER THE BODY,

Considered in relation to Health and Morals. By George Moore, M.D. Member of the
Royal College of Physicians, Loudon, etc. New Edition. Post 8vo. 7s. 6d. cloth.

MOORE.— THE USE OF THE BODY IN RELATION TO THE MIND.

By George Moore, M.D. Member of the Royal College of Physicians, Loudon, etc. New
Edition. Post 8vo. Os. cloth.

MOORE.-MAN AND HIS MOTIVES.

Bv George Moore, M.D. Member of the Roval College of Physicians, London, etc.; author
of " The Power of the Soul over the Body," and " The Use of the Body in relation to the
Mind." New Edition. Post 8vo. 8s. cloth.

PUBLISHED BY MESSRS. LONGMAN AND CO. 23

MOORE'S POETICAL WORKS;

Containing the Autlior's recent Introduction and Notes. Complete ih one Tolnme, uniform
with Lord Byron's Poems. Medium 8vo. with Portrait and Vignette, 11. 1$. cloth ; or 42s.
bound in morocco, by Hayday.

*.* Also, an Edition in 10 toIs. foolicap 8vo. with Portrait, and 19 Plates, 2M0». cloth ;
morocco, 4/. lOj.

MOORE.- SONGS, BALLADS, AND SACRED SONGS.

By Thomas Moore, author of " Lalla Rookh," "Irish Melodies," etc. First colle<;teil
Edition, uniform with the new Edition of Moore's "Irish Melodies " and " Lalla Rootdi,"
16mo. with Vignette Title. [In October.

MOORE'S IRISH MELODIES.

New and cheaper Edition, uniform in size with the smaller Edition of Mr. Macaulay's " Lays
of Ancient Rome." With the Autobiographical Preface from the Collective Edition of Mr.
Moore's Poetical Works, and a Vignette by D. Maclise, R.A., Engraved on Wood by
J. Thompson. 16mo. 5s. cloth , or 12*. 6d. bound in morocco, by Hayday.

MOORE'S IRISH MELODIES.

Illustrated bv D. Maclise, R.A. Imp.Svo. with 161 Designs, engraved on Steel, 3/. 3j.
boards; or 4/. 14». 6rf. bound in morrocco, by Hayday. Proof Impressions (only 200 copies
printed, of which a few remain) , 6/. 6«. boards.

MOORE'S IRISH MELODIES.

New Edition. Fcap. 8to. with Vignette Title, 10s. cloth ; bound in morocco, 13«. 6rf.

MOORE'S LALLA ROOKH: AN ORIENTAL ROMANCE.

New and cheaper Edition, uniform in size with the smaller Edition of Mr. Macaulay's "Lays
of Ancient Rome." With the Autobiographical Preface from the Collective Edition of Mr.
Moore's Poetical Works, and a. Vignette by D. Maclise, R.A., Engraved on Wood by
J. Thompson. 16mo. bs. cloth ; or 12». 6</. bound in morocco, by Hayday.

MOORE'S LALLA ROOKH: AN ORIENTAL ROMANCE.

New Edition. Medium 8vo. illustrated with 13 fine Engravings, 2]». clotk ; inoroeeo,35».;
with India Proof Plates, 42j. cloth.

MOORE'S LALLA ROOKH : AN ORIENTAL ROMANCE.

New Edition. Foolscap Svo. with 4 Plates, by Westall, 10». 6d. cloth; or 14». bound ia
morocco.

MORELL.— THE PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION.

By J. D. Morell, M.A., author of an Historical and Critical "View of the Speculative PhUo.
sophy of Europe in the Nineteenth Century.'' Svo. 12». cloth.

MOSELEY.— ILLUSTRATIONS OF PRACTICAL MECHANICS.

By the Rev. H. Moselev, M.A., Professor of Natural Philosophy and Astronomy in King; s
College, London; author of "The Mechanical Principles of Engineering and Architec-
ture.'"' New Edition. Fcap. 8vo. with Woodcuts, 8i. cloth.

MOSELEY.— THE MECHANICAL PRINCIPLES OF ENGINEERING AND

ARCHITECTURE. By the Rev. H. Moseley, M.A. F.R.S., Professorof Natural Philosophy
and Astronomy in King's College, London; and author of " Illustrations of Practical
Mechanics,*' etc. 8vo. with Woodcuts and Diagrams, II. 4s. cloth.

MOSHEIM'S ECCLESIASTICAL HISTORY,

Ancient and Modern. Translated, with copious Notes, by James Murdock, D.D. New
Edition, revised, and continued, by the Rev. Henry Soames, M.A. 4 vols. Svo. 48«. cloth.

MURE.-A CRITICAL HISTORY OF THE LANGUAGE AND LITERA-
TURE OF ANCIENT GREECE, from the Earliest Period to the Death of Solon. By
William Mure, M.P., of Caldwell. 3 vols. Svo. [la the press.

MURRAY.— AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF GEOGRAPHY;

comprising a complete Description of the Earth: exhibiting its Relation to the Heavenly
Bodies, its Physical Structure, the Natural History of each Country, and the Industry, Com-
merce, Political Institutions, and Civil and Social State of all Nations. By Hugh Murray,
F.R.S.E. New Edition. Svo. with 82 Maps, and upwards of 1,000 other Wood En-
gravings, 3/. cloth.

NECKER DE SAUSSURE.— PROGRESSIVE EDUCATION:

Or, Considerations on the Course of Life. Translated and Abridged from the French of
Madame NeckerDe Saussure, by Miss Holland. 3 vols, foolscap Svo. 19». 6d. cloth.
S* Separately-VoU. I. and II. 125. ; Vol. III. 7»- 6d.

24 NEW WORKS AND NEW EDITIONS

NEALE.— THE CLOSING SCENE;

Or, Cbristianity and Intidelity coiitrasteii in the Last Hours of Remarkable Persons. By the
Rev.Erskine Neale, M.A., Hector of Kirton, Suffolk ; author of "The Bishop's Daughter,"
"Self-Sacrifice," ''The Life-Book of a Labourer," etc. 2 vols. fcap.8?o. 13». cloth,

%• Separately -Vol. I. (First Series), 6j.; Vol. U. (Second Series), 7*.
OWEN. — LECTURES ON THE COMPARATIVE ANATOMY AND PHYSI-

OLOGYOF THE INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS, delivered at the RoyalCoIleye of Surgeons
in 1843. By Richard Owen, K.R.S. Hunterian Professor to the College. From Notes taken
by William White Cooper, M.R.C.S. and revised by Professor Owen. With Glossary and
Index. Svo. \rith nearly 140 Woodcuts, 14«. cloth.

OWEN.- LECTURES ON THE COMPARATIVE ANATOMY AND

PHYSIOLOOy of the VERTEBRATE ANIMALS, delivered at the Royal College of
Surgeons in 1844 and 1846. By Richard Owen, F.R.S. Hunterian Professor to the College.
In 2 vols. Vol.1. 8vo. with numerous Woodcuts, 14«. cloth.

PARABLES OF OUR LORD.

Richly Illuminated with appropriate Borders, printed in Colours, and in Black and Gold ;
with a Design from one of the early German engravers. Square foolscap 8vo., uniform in
size with the "Sermon on the Mount," 2l«., in a massive carved binding; morocco, 30«.,
bound by Hayday.

PARKES.— DOMESTIC DUTIES;

Or, Instructions to Young Married Ladies on the Management of their Households and the
Regulation of their Conduct in the various Relations and Duties of Married Life. By Mrs.
W. Parkes. New Edition. Foolscap 8vo. 9». cloth.

PARNELL.— A TREATISE ON ROADS,

Wherein the Principles on which Roads should be made are explained and illustrated by the
Plans, Specifications, and Contracts, made use of by Thomas Telford, Esq., on the Holy-
head Road. By Sir Henry Parnell, Bart. New Edition, enlarged. 8vo. with Plates, 21*.
cloth,

PARROT.— THE ASCENT OF MOUNT ARARAT.

By Dr. Friedrich Parrot, Professor of Natural Philosophy in the University of Dorpat,
Russian Imperial Councillor of State, etc. Translated and Edited by W. D. Cooley, Esq.
author of the " History of Maritime and Inland Discovery," etc. 8vo. vfith a Map by Arrow-
smith, and Woodcuts, 14«. cloth.

PASCAL.-THE MISCELLANEOUS WRITINGS OF PASCAL.

Consisting of Correspondence with Relatives and Friends; Letter on the Death of his
Father, in a complete state, from original Sources; Philosophical Treatises; Discourse on
the " Passion of Love" (lately discovered) ; Essay on the Art of Persuasion, and Notes on
Eloquence and Style; Conversations— on the Condition of the Great, etc. ; Detached
Thoughts and Notes, etc. etc. : the greater Part never before published in this Country, and
large Portions from original Manuscripts. Arranged and Translated from the French
Edition of M. P. Faug&re, with Introduction, Editorial Notices, Notes, etc., by George
Pearce, Esq. Post 8vo. Si. 6rf. cloth.

PASCAL.— THE PROVINCIAL LETTERS OF PASCAL:

With an " Essay on Pascal, considered as a Writer and Moralist." By M. Villemain, Peer
of France, late Minister of Public Instruction, etc. Newly Translated from the French,
with Memoir, Notes, and Appendix, by George Pearce, Esq. Post 8vo. 8s. 6rf. cloth.

PEREIRA.-A TREATISE ON FOOD AND DIET:

With Observations on the Dietetical Regimen suited for Disordered States of the Digestive
Organs; and an Account of the Dietaries of some of the principal Metropolitan and other
Establishments for Paupers, Lunatics, Criminals, Children, the Sick, etc. By Jon. Pereira,
M.D.F.R.S., author of "Elements of Materia Medica." 8vo.l6». cloth.

PESCHEL (C. F.)— ELEMENTS OF PHYSICS,

By C.F. Peschel, Principal of the Roval Military College, Dresden, etc. etc. Translated
from the German, with Notes, by E. West. 3 vols. fcap. Svo. with Woodcuts, 21». cloth.

r Part I. The Physics of Ponderable Bodies. Fcap. Svo. 7*. Crf. cloth.
Separately-^ Part II. Imponderable Bodies (Light, Heat, Magnetism, Electricity,
I. and Electro-Dynamics). 2 vols. fcap. Svo. 13s. 6d. cloth.

PHILLIPS.-FICURES & DESCRIPTIONS OF THE PALAEOZOIC FOSSILS OF

CORNWALL, DEVON, and WEST SOMERSET; observed in the course of the Ordnance
Geological Survev of that District. By John Phillips, F.R.S. F.G.S. etc. Published by
Order of the Lords Commissioners of H.M. Treasury. Svo. with 60 Plates, comprising
very numerous Figures, ys. cloth.

PHILLIPS.— AN ELEMENTARY INTRODUCTION TO MINERALOGY ;

Comprising- a Notice of the Characters, Properties, and Chemical Constitution of Minerals;
with Accounts of the Places and Circumstances in which tliev are found. By William
Phillips, F.L.S. M.G.S. etc. A New Edition, corrected, enlarged', and improved, by W. H.
Miller, M.A. F.R S. Professor of Mineralogy in the University of Cambridge. 8vo. with
numerous Wood Engravings. [/" the press.

PLUNKETT.— THE PAST AND FUTURE OF THE BRITISH NAVY.

By Captain the Hon. E. Plunkett, R.N. 2d Edition, corrected and enlarged; with Notes,
and New Information communicated by several Officers of Distinction. Post 8vo. 8». 6d.

THE POCKET AND THE STUDj

Practical Hints on the Management of the Stable. By Harry Hieover, author of "Stable-
Talk and Table-Talk; or. Spectacles for Young Sportsmen." With u Portrait of the
Author on his favourite Horse " Harlequin." Foolscap 8vo. oj. balf-bound.

PORTLOCK. - REPORT ON THE GEOLOGY OF THE COUNTY OF

LONDONDERRY, and of Parts of Tyrone and Fermanagh, examined and described under
the Authority of the Master-General and Board of Ordnance. By J. E. Portlock.F.R.S.etc.
8vo. with 48 Plates, 24». cloth.

P0\\T:R.— SKETCHES IN NEW ZEALAND,

with Pen and Pencil. By W. Tyrone Power. D.A.C.G. From a Journal kept in that Coun-
try, from July 1846 to June 184S. With 8 Plates and 2 Woodcuts, from Drawings made on
the spot. Post 8vo. 12s. cloth.
"The book is very pleasant!!/ written, crowded with picturesque sketches, by both pen and
pencil, and exhibits, with brevity and clearness, a complete review of the past and present
relations, complicated enoiiirh in their origin and progress, between the native tribes, the
New Zealand Company, the British (ioverrnnent, and the settlers. We have not seen the case
of New Zealand stated so fairly or so intelligibly elsewhere. Mr. Power's personal narrative
considerably enhances the interest and value of his statements. His journeys np rivers and
mountains, and in various directions across a trackless country, his intercourse with the
natives, and the incidents of savage life which every now and then rose upon his course, are
full of excitement, and bring out in their details an effective picture of the colony."

V Bentley's Miscellany.

PYCROFT.— THE COLLEGIAN'S GUIDE;

Or, Recollections of College Days; setting: forth the Advantages and Temptations of a
University Education. By the Rev. James Pycroft, B. A., author of "A Course of English
Reading," etc. Post Svo. Ws.6d. cloth.

PYCROFT.— A COURSE OF ENGLISH READING;

Adapted to every Taste and Capacity. AVith Anecdotes of Men of Genius. By the Rev.
James Pycroft, B.A., author of "The Collegian's Guide," etc. Foolscap Svo. 6s. 6rf. cloth,

RANKE (PROFESSOR).-RANKE'S HISTORY OF THE REFORMATION.

Translated bv Sarah Austin, translatoi ot Rauke's " History of the Popes.' Vols. Land 11.
Svo. 30«.; Vol. Ill, 1S«. cloth.

READER (THOMAS).-TIME TABLES.

On a New and Simplified Plan; to facilitate the Operation of Discounting Bills, and the
Calculation of Interest on Banking and Current Accounts, etc. : shewing, without calcula-
tion, the Number of Davs from every Day in the Year to any other Day, tor any Period not
exceeding 365 Days. By Thomas Reader. Post Svo. 14s. cloth, or l/s. calf lettered.

REID (DR.)-ILLUSTRATIONS OF THE THEORY AND PRACTICE OF

VENTILATION : with Remarks on Warming, Exclusive Lighting, and the Communication
of Sound. By D. B. Reid, M.D.F.R.S.E. etc. Svo. with Engravings on Wood, 16s. cloth.

REST IN THE CHURCH.

By the Author of "From Oxford to Rome; and, How it Fared with Some who lately made
theJourney." New Edition. Fcap. Svo. 6s. 6rf. cloth.

RICH.— THE ILLUSTRATED COMPANION TO THE LATIN DICTIONARY

AND GREEK LEXICON: forming a Glossary of all the Words respecting Visible Objects
connected with the Arts, Manufactures, and Every-day Life of the Ancients. With Repre-
sentations of nearly Two Thousand Objects from the Antique. By Anthony Rich, jun. B.A.
late of Caius College, Cambridge. Post Svo. with about 2,000 Woodcuts, 21s. cloth.

RICHTER.— LEVANA ; OR, THE DOCTRINE OF EDUCATION.

Translated from the German of Jean Paul Fr. Richter. Post Svo. lOs.Gd. cloth.

RIDDLE. -LETTERS FROM AN ABSENT GODFATHER;

Or, a Compendium of Religious Instruction for Young Persons. By the Rev. J. E. Riddle,
M.A. Foolscap Svo. 6s. cloth.

m=

26

NEW WORKS AND NEW EDITIONS

RIDDLE.— A COPIOUS AND CRITICAL LATIN-ENCILSH LEXICON,

founded on the Gernian-L-itin Dictionaries of Dr. William Freund. By the Rev. J. E.
Riddle, M.A., author of "A Complete L.itin-Eng:lish and English-Latin Dictionary,"
'Ecclesiastical Chronology," etc. Post 4to. uniform with "Liddell and Scott's Greek
Lexicon," 50j. cloth.

RIDDLE.-A COMPLETE LATIN-ENGLISH AND ENGLISH-LATIN DIC-

TIOXARY, for the use of Colleges and Schools. By the Rev. J. K. Kiddle, M.A. New
Edition. 8vo. 31f. 6rf. cloth.

•,* Separately— TheEuerlish-Latin Dictionary, 10s. 6rf.; the Latin-English Dictionary, 2U.
RIDDLE.— A DIAMOND LATIN-ENGLISH DICTIONARY.

A Guide to the Meaning, Quality, and right .Accentuation of Latin Classical Word*. By
the Rev. J. E. Riddle, M.A. New Edition. Royal 32mo.4j. bound.

RIDDLE.— ECCLESIASTICAL CHRONOLOGY;

Or, Annals of the Christian Church, from its Foundation to the present Time. Containing a
View of General Church History, and the Course of Secular Events ; the Limits of the Church
and its Relations to the State; Controversies; Sects and Parties; Rites, Institutions, and
Discipline ; Ecclesiastical Writers, etc. By the Rev. J. E. Riddle, M.A. Svo. 15». cloth.

RITCHIE (POBERT.)-RAILWAYS: THEIR RISE AND PROGRESS, AND

COXSTRUCTIOX, with Remarks on Railway Accidents, and Proposals for their Preven-
tion. By Robert Ritchie, Esq., F. R.S., S.a'., Civil Engineer, Associate of the Institution
of Civil Engineers, etc. Fcap. Svo. with Woodcuts and Diagrams, 9». cloth.

RIVERS.-THE ROSE AMATEUR'S GUIDE:

Containing ample Descriptions of all the fine leading varieties of Roses, regularly classed in
their respective Families; their History and Mode of Culture. By T. Rivers, Jun. Fourth
Edition, corrected and improved. Foolscap Svo. 6s. cloth.

ROBINSON.-THE WHOLE ART OF MAKING BRITISH WINES, CORDIALS,

AND LIQUEURS, IX THE GRE.\TEST PERFKCTIOX ; AS ALSO STRONG AND
CORDIAL WATERS. To which is added, a Collection of Valuable Recipes for Brewing
Fine and Strong Ales, and Miscellaneous Articles connected with the Practice. By James
Robinson. Fcap. Svo. 6*. cloth.

ROBINSON fJAMES).-THE WHOLE ART OF CURING, PICKLING,

and SMOKING ME.AT and FISH, both in the'British and Foreign Modes. With many
useful Miscellaneous Recipes, and full Directions for the Construction of an Economical
Drying-Chimney and Apparatus, on an entirely new Plan. By James Robinson, Eighteen
Years a Practical Curer. Fcap. Svo. 4j. 6rf. cloth.

ROGERS.— THE VEGETABLE CULTIVATOR;

Containinga plain and accurate Description of all the different Species of Culinary Vegetables,
with the most approved Method of Cultivating them by Xatural and Artificial Means, and the
best Modes of Cooking them. By John Rogers, author of "The Fruit Cultivator.-" New
Edition. Foolscap Svo. 7s. cloth.

ROWTON.— THE FEMALE POETS OF GREAT BRITAIN,

Chronologically arranured : with copious Selections, and Critical Remarks. By Frederic
Rowton, author of " The Debater," etc. Square crown Svo. 14j. cloth.

ROWTON (F.)-THE DEBATER;

Being a Series of complete Debates, Outlines of Debates, and Questions for Discussion.
With ample references to the best sources of information upon each piirticular topic. By
Frederic Rowton, Lecturer on General Literature. Foolscap Svo. 6s. cloth.

SANDFORD (REV. JOHN).-PAROCHIALIA,

■ Or Church, School, and Parish. By the Rev. John Sandford, B.D. Vicar of Dunchnrch,
Chaplain to the Lord Bishop of Worcester, Hon. Canon of Worcester, and Rural Dean,
Svo. with numerous Woodcuts, 16s. cloth.

SANDFORD.— WOMAN IN HER SOCIAL AND DOMESTIC CHARACTER.

By Mrs. John Sandford. 6th Edition. Foolscap Svo. 6s. cloth.

SANDFORD.— FEMALE IMPROVEMENT.

By Mrs. John Sandford. New Edition. Foolscap Svo. 7«. cloth.

PUBLISHED BY MESSRS. LONGMAN AND CO. 2/

SCHLEIDEN.-PRINCIPLES OF SCIENTIFIC BOTANY ;

or, Botany as an luductive Science. By Dr. M. J. Sclileiden, Extraordinary Professor of

Botany in the University of Jena. Translated by Edwin Lankester, M.L)., F.L.S., Lecturer

on Botany at the St. George's School of Medicine, London. 8vo. with Plates and Woodcuts,

2U. cloth.

" IVe congratulate our readers on the appearance of an English edition of this remarkable

tuork, by n irentleman so capable to do full justice to it as Dr. Lankester. It cannot fail to

interest deeply all true lovers of Botanical Science, and we believe it will be considered a

valuable addition to our Botanical literature." Jameson's Philosophical Journal.

SCOFFERN.— THE MANUFACTURE OF SUGAR,

in the Colonies and at Home, chemically considered. By John ScoflFern, M.B. Lond., late
Professorof Chemistry at the Aldersgate School of Medicine. 8vo. with Illustrations (oae
coloured), 10*. 6rf. cloth.

SEAWARD.— SIR EDWARD SEA WARD'S NARRATIVE OF HIS SHIPWRECK,

and consequent Discovery of certain Islands in the Caribbean Sea: wij;h a Detail of many
extraordinary and highly interesting Events in his Life, from 1/33 to 1749, as written in his
own Diary. Edited by Miss Jaue Porter. New Edition. 2 vols, post 8vo.21». cloth.

SENIOR.— CHARLES VERNON :

A Transatlantic Tale. By Lieut. -Colonel Henry Senior. 2 vols, post 8vo. 21g. boards.
THE SERMON ON THE MOUNT.

Intended as a Birthday-Present, or Gift-Book for all Seasons. Printed in Gold and Colours,
in the Missal Style ; with Ornamental Borders by Owen Jones, Architect, and an Illuminated
Frontispiece by W. Boxall, Esq. A nevr edition. Foolscap 4to. in a rich brocaded silk cover^
21s.; or bound in morocco, by Hayday, 25s.

SEWELL.— AMY HERBERT.

By a Lady. Edited by the Rev. William Sewell,B.D., Fellow and Tutor of Exeter Col-
lege,Oxford. New Edition. 2 vols, foolscap 8vo. 9s. cloth.

SEWELL.— GERTRUDE.

A Tale. By the author of <'Amy Herbert." Edited by the Rev. William Sewell, B.D.,
Fellow and Tutor of Exeter College, Oxford. New Edition. 2 vols, foolscap 8vo. 9s. cloth.

SEWELL.-LANETON PARSONAGE :

A Tale for Children, on the practical use of a] portion of the Church Catechism. Bytlie
author of "Amy Herbert," Edited by the Rev. W. Sewell, B.D., Fellow and Tutor of
Exeter College, Oxford. New Edition. 3 vols. fcap.Svo. 16s. cloth.

SEWELL.— MARGARET PERCiVAL.

By the Author of "Amy Herbert." Edited by the Rev. AV. Sewell, B.D., Fellow and Tu»or
of Exeter College, Oxford. New Edition. 2 vols, foolscap 8vo. I2«. cloth.

SHAKSPEARE, BY BOWDLER.

THE FAMILY SHAKSPEARE, in whichnothingisadded to the Original Text ; butthose
Words and Expressions are omitted which cannot with propriety be read aloud. By T.
Bowdler, Esq. F.R.S. New Edition. 8vo. with 36 Illustrations after Smirke, etc., 21«,
cloth ; or, without Illustrations, 8 vols. 8vo. 41. lis, 6d, boards.

SHORT WHIST:

Its Rise, Progress, and Laws; with the recent Decisions of the Clubs, and Observations to
make any one a Whist Player. Containing also the Laws of Piquet, Cassino. Ecarte, Cribbage,
Backgammon. ByMajorA ***** NewEdition. Towhich are added, PreceptsforTyros.
By Mrs. B ***** Foolscap 8vo.3s. cloth, gilt edges.

THE GOOD SHUNAMMITE.

From the Scriptures. With 6 Original Designs by A. Klein, and an Ornamental Border to
each page, in the Missal style, by L. Gruner. Printed in Colours and Gold. Square
fcap.Svo. 21s. in massive carved covers ; or 30s. bound in morocco.

SINCLAIR.-SIR EDWARD GRAHAM ;

Or, Rrtilway Speculators. By Catherine Sinclair, author of "Modern Accomplishments,"
etc. 3 vols, post 8vo. [Nearly ready.

SINCLAIR— THE BUSINESS OF LIFE.

By Catherine Sinclair, author of "The Journey of Life," ••Jane Bouverie," "Modern
Accomplishments," " Modern Society," etc. 2 vols. fcap. 8vo. lOs. cloth.

28 NEW WORKS AND NEW EDITIONS

SINCLAIR.— THE JOURNEY OF LIFE.

By Catherine Sinclair, author of "The Business of Life," •'Modern Society," "Jane
Bonverie,"etc. New Edition, corrected and enlarged, Fcap.8vo.5». cloth.

SINNETT,— BY-WAYS OF HISTORY, FROM THE TWELFTH TO THE

SIXTEENTH CENTUKY, By Mrs. Percy Siunett. i; vols, post 8vo, 18«, cloth,

SIR ROGER DE COVERLEY.

From the Spectator. With Notes and Illustrations, and Engravings on AVood from Designs
by Frederick Tayler, Member of the Society of Painters in U'ater Colours.

INearly ready.

THE sketches;

ThreeTales. By the Authors of "Amy Herbert," "The King's Messengers," and" Hawk-
stone." New Edition. Fcap. 8vo. with six Plates, S». cloth,

THE WORKS OF THE REV. SYDNEY SMITH.

Comprising the Author's Miscellaneous Writings, and Contributions to the Edinburgh
Review. Ne\y Edition, with Additions. 3 vols. 8vo. with Portrait, 36«. cloth.

SMITH.— SERMONS PREACHED AT ST. PAUL'S CATHEDRAL,

the Foundling Hospital, and several Churches in London; together with others addressed
to a Country Congregation. By the late Rev, Sydney Smith, Canon Residentiary of St,
Paul's Cathedral. Svo, 12s, cloth.

SMITH.— THE VOYAGE AND SHIPWRECK OF SAINT PAUL :

with Dissertations on the Sourcesofthe Writings of St. Luke, and the Ships and Navigation
of the .Antients. By James Smith, Esq, of Jordanhill, F,R.S. etc, 8vo, with illustrative
Views, Charts, and Woodcuts, 14». cloth,

SMITH.-SACRED ANNALS:

Or, Researches into the History and Religion of Mankind, from the Creation of the World
to the Death of Isaac : deduced from tlie Writings of Moses and other Inspired Authors,
copiously illustrated and confirmed by the ancient Records, Traditions, and Mythology of
the Heathen World. By George Smith, F.S.A.etc. author of •'The Religion of Ancient
Britain," etc. Crown 8vo. 10s, cloth,

*»• Vol. II. comprising the History and Religion of the Hebrew People, from the origin of
the Nation to the time of Chriit, it nearly ready.

THE RELIGION OF ANCIENT BRITAIN HISTORICALLY CONSIDERED:

Or, a Succinct Account of the several Religious Systems which have obtained in this
Island from the Earliest Times to the Norman Conquest: including an Investigation into
the Early Progress of Error in the Christian Church, the Introduction of the Gospel into
Britain, and the State of Religion in England till Popery had gained the Ascendancy,
By George Smith, F.A.S, New Edition, Svo, 7s.6d.cloth.

PERILOUS TIMES:

Or, the Atrressions of Anti-Christian Error on Scriptural Christianity: considered in refer-
ence to the Dangers and Duties of Protestants. By George Smith, F.A.S. Member of the
Royal Asiatic Society, and of the Royal Society of Literature, Foolscap 8vo. 6«. cloth.

SOAMES— THE LATIN CHURCH DURING ANGLO-SAXON TIMES.

By the Rev. Henry Soames, M.A., Editor of "Mosheim's Institutes of Ecclesiastical
History." Svo. 14s. cloth.

SOME PASSAGES FROM MODERN HISTORY.

By the .•\uthor<>f " Letters to My Unknown Friends," and "Twelve Years Ago." Foolscap
8vo.6s.6rf.cloth.

THE SONG OF SONGS, WHICH IS SOLOMON'S.

From the Holy Scriptures. Being the Six Chapters of the Book of the Song of Solomon,
richly illuminated, in the Missal Style, by Owen Jones, Elegantly bound in relievo leather
Imperial 16mo.21s.

SONGS, MADRIGALS, AND SONNETS:

A Gathering of some of the most pleasant Flowers of old English Poetry. Set in Borders of
coloured Ornaments and Vignettes. Square foolscap Svo. 10s. 6<i. ornameutal boards, or
17s. bound in morocco,

SOUTHEY — THE LIFE AND CORRESPONDENCE OF THE LATE ROBERT

SOUTHEY, Edited by his Sou, the Rev, Charles Cuthbert Souther, M.A. Post Svo.

[In the press.

SOUTHEY.— THE LATE MR. SOUTHEY'S COIVIIVION-PLACE BOOK.

Edited bj'his So:i-hi-Law, the Rev. John Wood Warter. First Series, comprisinsf CHOICE
PASSAGES, Moral, Religious, Political, Philosophical, Historical, Poetical, and Miscella-
neous ; and COLLECTIONS for the Historj' of Manners and Literature in England. Form-
ini? a volume complete in itself. With a Medallion Portrait of Southey. Square crown 8vo.
ISs. cloth.
"Such a collection of ' Choice Passages^ we have never previotislp met with. They are
drawn from works of all classes, and from every age of our literature, and bespeak an
acquaintance, at once minute and comprehensive, with the whole range of English author-
ship. It is a book to be taken up for the hour, and the more frequently its companionship is
sought, the higher will be the opinion formed of its vast treasures. An ample Index is
happily supplied, which serves the purpose of a skilful ifuide in what would otherwise he a
trackless though rich v:ilderness. The literateur and the general reader will be alike
gratified by its pages, in which wit and lo^ic, humour and grave discourse, poetry and science^
the Jaets of history and the lessons of philosophy, are happily mingled in due proportions.^'

Eclectic Review.

•,• The Second Series, being SPECIAL COLLECTIONS, is in the press.

SOUTHEY— THE DOCTOR, ETC.

By the late Robert Southey. Complete in One Volume. Edited by the Author's Son-in-
Law, the Rev. John Wood Warter. With Portrait, Vignette Title-page, and Bust of the
Author. NewEdition. Square crown 8vo. 21». cloth.

SOUTHEY.— THE LIFE OF WESLEY,

And Rise and Progress of Methodism. By Robert Southey, Esq. LL.D. New Edition, -with
Notes by the late Samuel Taylor Coleridge, Esq., and Remarks on the Life and Character
of John Wesley, by the late Alexander Knox, Esq. Edited by the Rev. Charles Cuthbert
Southey, A.M. Curate of Cockermouth. 2 vols. 8vo. with two Portraits, l/.8». cloth.

ROBERT SOUTHEY'S COMPLETE POETICAL WORKS:

Containing allthe Author's last Introductions and Notes. Complete in One Volume, 24». 6d.,
with Portrait and Vignette, uniform with Byron's and Moore's Poetical Works. Medium 8vo.
21s. cloth; or 42s. bound in morocco, by Hayday.
Also, an Edition in 10 vols. foolscap Svo. with Portrait and 19 Plates, 21. lOt.; morocco, 4/. 10».

SOUTHEY.— SELECT WORKS OF THE BRITISH POETS:

From Chaucer to '.V'ithers. With Biographical Sketches, by U. Southey, LL.D. Medium
Svo. 30s. cloth i or, with gilt edges, 31s. 6rf.
STABLE TALK AND TABLE TALK; OR, SPECTACLES FOR YOUNG
SPORTSMEN. By Harry Hieover. 2 vols. Svo. with Portrait, 24s. cloth.

STEEL'S SHIPMASTER'S ASSISTANT.

Compiled for the use of Merchants, Owners and Masters of Ships, Officers of Customs, and
all Persons connected with Shipping or Commerce ; containing the Law and Local Regula-
tions affecting the Ownership, Charge, and Management ot Ships and their Cargoes;
together with Notices of other Matters, and all necessary Information for Mariners. New
Edition, rewritten throughout. Edited by Graham Willmore, Esq. M.A. Barrister-at-Law ;
George Clements, of the Customs, London, and William Tate, author of "The Modern
Cambist." Svo .28!i. cloth; or 29s. bound.

STEPHEN.—ESSAYS IN ECCLESIASTICAL BIOGRAPHY.

By the Right Hon. Sir James Stephen, K.C.B. 2 vols. Svo. 24s. cloth.
" As a complete treasury of biography of men whose lives deserve to be known, we heartily
recommend these volumes to all who can admire talent, love healthy rending, and are desirous,
not only of rich amusement, but of being furnished with instruction worth the remembering."

Church and State Gazette.

STEPHEN.— THE HISTORY OF THE CHURCH OF SCOTLAND,

From the Reformation to the Present Time. By Thomas Stephen, author of "The Book of
the Constitution," "Spiritofthe Church of Rome," etc. 4 vols. Svo. with 24 highly-finished
Portraits, engraved on Steel, 32s. cloth.

STEPHENS.— A MANUAL OF BRITISH COLEOPTERA ;

Or BEETLES : containing a Description of all the Species of Beetles hitherto ascertained to
inh'abitGreat Britain and Ireland, etc. By J. F. Stephens, F.L.S. Post Svo. 14*. cloth.

THE STUD, FOR PRACTICAL PURPOSES AND PRACTICAL MEN:

Being a Guide to the Choice of a Horse for use more than for show. By Harry Hieover.

Uniform with "The Pocket and the Stud." With Two Plates, one representing *' A pretty

good sort for most purposes ; " the other, "'Rayther' a bad sort for any purpose." Fcap.

Svo. 5s. half-bound.
"This little volume contains excellent advice to those who are desirous of becoming possessed
of a good and sound horse, and cannot rely upon their own judgment. The a uthor's name is
a guarantee for his thorough knowledge in all that relates to horse-flesh.".— Weekly Dispatch.

THE SUITOR'S INSTRUCTOR IN THE PRACTICE OF THE COUNTY

COURTS: containing: all the Information necessary for Conducting or Defendins; a Suit;
the Fees paj'able on each Step ; Definitions of the Legal Terms used in the Proceedings ; an
Abstract of the Act of Parliament ; the Rules of Practice, etc. etc. Also a District Direc-
tory, giving; the Names of all the Streets (and the number of Houses in each Street) which
form the Boundaries of the Metropolitan Districts; made from an actual Perambulation
around each: and a List of the Country Districts. By a County Court Assistant Clerk.
i'2mo.4s. firf. cloth.

SWAIN.-ENCLISH MELODIES.

By Charles Swain, author of "The Mind, and other Poems." Fcap. 8ro.6«. cloth.
"yj volume of li/rics vhich will be rend with avidity . . . The diverntp of subjects— the
harmony of rhythm — the feeling and kindlitiens of heart — the pathos manifested, — tnust render
this book deservedly popular. There is in numbers of the songs a striking originality that
cannot fail to charm the reader and rivet his attention." Sunday Times.

TATE— THE CONTINUOUS HISTORY OF THE LIFE AND WRITINGS OF

ST. PAUL, on the basis of the Acts ; with Intercalary Matter of Sacred Narrative, supplied
from the Epistles, and elucidated in occasional Dissertations: with the Horse Paulinje of
Dr. Paley,in a more correct edition, subjoined. By James Tate, M.A. 8vo. Map, 13*. cloth.

TAYLER (REV. CHARLES B.)-MARCARET;

Or, the Pearl. By the Rev. Charles B. Tayler, M.A. , author of «' Lady Mary; or. Not of
the World;" etc. New Edition. Foolscap 8vo. 64. cloth.

TAYLER (REV.CHARLESB.)-LADY MARY; OR, NOT OF THE WORLD.

By the Rev. Charles B. Tayler, author of " Margaret, or the Pearl," etc. New Edition-
Foolscap 8vo. with Frontispiece, 6». 6rf. cloth.

TAYLOR.-LOYOLA AND JESUITISM :

In its Rudiments. By Isaac Tavlor, author of "Natural History of Society." Withmedal-

lion Portrait. Post 8vo. 10s. (,d. cloth.

" VarioKS books on individual Jesuits, or on the constitutions of their order, have lately

appeared, but nothins: at all approaching in interest or merit to Loyola : and Jesuitism in its

Rudiments. . ..a book that must be carefully read by any 07ie who wishes to form a true idea

of Loyola, and an idea of Jesuitism." Spectator.

THIRLWALL.— THE HISTORY OF GREECE.

By the Right Rev. the Lord Bishop of St. David's. A new Edition, revised; with Notes.
Vols. I. to V. Svo.with Maps, 12s. each cloth. To be completed in 8 volumes.
" Tf'e are glad to receive another volume of this edition of Bishop ThirlwalVs • History,''
and are quite sntisjied, on an inspection of its contents, at the delay which has occurred in~its
appearance. The work is one of which English scholarship may well be proud— uniting sound
erudition with elegant taste, an intimate knowledge of the sources of Greek history, with a
discriminating judgment, and a very felicitous style of composition. Eclectic Review.

*,• Also, an Edition in 8 vols. fcap. 81/0. with Vignette Titles, 21. 8s. cloth.

THOMSON'S SEASONS.

Edited by Bolton Corney, Esq. Illustrated with Seventy-seven Designs drawn on Wood by
the Members of the Etching Club. Engraved by Thompson and other eminent Engravers.
Square crown 8vo. uniform with "Goldsmith's Poems," 21s. cloth; bound in morocco, by
Hayday, 36».

THOMSON'S SEASONS.

Edited, with Notes, Philosophical, Classical, Historical, and Biographical, by Anthony Todd
Thomson, M D. F.L.S., Professor of Materia Medica and Therapeutics, and of Forensic
Medicine, in University College, London, etc. Fcap.Svo.7a. Gd. cloth.

THOMSON. -THE DOMESTIC MANAGEMENT OF THE SICK ROOM,

Necessary, in Aid of Medical Treatment, for the Cure of Diseases. By Anthony Todd
Thomson, M.D.F.L.S. etc. New Edition. Post Svo. 10s. 6rf. cloth.

THOMSON (JOHN).— TABLES OF INTEREST,

At Throe, Four, Four-and-a-half, and Five per Cent., from One Pound to Ten Thousand,
and from One to Three Hundred and Sixty-five Days, in a regular progression of Single
Davs; with Interest at all the above Rates, from One to Twelve Months, and from One" to
Teii Years. Also, Tables shewing the Exchange on Bills, etc. etc. etc. By John Thomson,
Accountant. New Edition. 12mo. 8s. bound.

THOMSON.— EXPERIMENTAL RESEARCHES ON THE FOOD OF ANIMALS,

AND THE FATTENING OF CATTLE: with Remarks on the Food of Man. Bv Robert
Dundas Thomson. M.l). author of "School Chemistry, or Practical Rudiments of the
Science." Fcap. Svo. 5s. cloth.

THOMSON. -SCHOOL CHEMISTRY ;

Or Practical Rudiments of the Science, By Robert Dundas Thomson, M.D. Master in
Surgery in the University of Glasgow ; Lecturer on Chemistry in the same University ; and
forrnerly in the Medical Service of the Honourable East India Company. Foolscap Svo.
with Woodcuts, 7«- cloth.

— ■ m

PUBLISHED BY MESSRS. LONGMAN AND CO. 31

THE THUMB BIBLE;

Or, Verbum Sempiternum. By J. Taylor. Being an Epitome of the Old and New Testa-
ments in Eiurlish Verse. Printed from the Edition of 1693, by C. Whittingham, Chiswick.
64mo. Ij. 6d. bound and clasped.

TOMLINE (BISHOP).— AN INTRODUCTION TO THE STUDY OF THE BIBLE :

Being the First Volume of the Elements of Christian Theology ; containing Proots of the
Authenticity and Inspiration of the Holy Scriptures ; a Summary of the History of the Jews ;
an Account of the Jewish Sects ; and a brief Statement of the Contents of the several Books
of the Old Testament. By the late George Tomline.D.D.F.R.S. New Edition. Foolscap 8vo.
as. 6rf. cloth.

TOOKE.-THE HISTORY OF PRICES;

With reference to the Causes of their principal Variations, from the year 1792 to the year
183S, inclusive. Preceded by a Sketch of the History of the Corn Trade in the last Tvf o
Centuries. By Thomas Tooke, Esq. F.R.S. 3 vols. 8vo. 2/. 84. cloth.

TOOKE.-THE HISTORY OF PRICES,

And of the State of the Circulation, from 1839 to 1847, inclusive: with a General Review
of the Currency Question, and Remarks on the Operation of the Act 7 and 8 Vict. c. 32 :
being acontinuation of " The History of Prices from 1792 to 1839." By Thomas Tooke. Esq.
F.R.S. 8vo. 18*. cloth. '

TO^VNSEND (CHARLES). -THE LIVES OF TWELVE EMINENT JUDGES

OF THE LAST AND OF THE PRESENT CENTURY. By W. Charles Townsend, Esq.,
A.M. Recorder of Macclesfield, author of "Memoirs of the House of Commons." 2 vols.
Svo.28». cloth.

TURNER.— THE SACRED HISTORY OF THE WORLD,

Attempted to be Philosophically considered, in a Series of Letters to a Son. By Sharon
Turner, F.S. A. and R.A.S.L. Eighth Edition, edited by the Rev, Sydney Turner. 3 vols,
post Svo. 31*. 6rf. cloth.

TURNER.— THE HISTORY OF ENGLAND,

From the Earliest Period to the Death of Elizabeth. By SharonTurner,Esq.F.A.S.R.A.S.

New Editions. 12 vols. 8vo. SI. 3s. cloth ; or, separately —
THE HISTORY of the ANGLO-SAXONS. 3 vols.8vo. 2/. 5*.
THE HISTORY of ENGLAND during the MIDDLE AGES. 5 vols.Svo. 3i.
THE HISTORY of the REIGN of HENRY VIII. 2 vols. 8vo. 26s.
THE REIGNS of EDWARD VI., MARY, and ELIZABETH. 2yols.8yo.324.

TURTON'S (DR.) MANUAL OF THE LAND AND FRESHWATER SHELLS OF

THE BRITISH ISLANDS. A new Edition, thoroughly revised, with Additions. By John
Edward Gray. Post 8vo. with Woodcuts, and 12 coloured Plates, 15s. cloth.

TWELVE YEARS AGO :

A Tale. By the Author of " Letters to My Unknown Friends." Foolscap Svo. 6».6rf. cloth.
" These ^Passages'' are erveltent specimens of a flowing and agreeable style, free from all
pedantry. The author says that no new facts are brought forward, and no new truths
elicited. This is true so far as a well-read student of history is concerned; but even he will
find a ^reat charm in the telling. The notes, too, are valuable, as suggestive of other Jields
of history, or stores of pleasant knowledge yet to be acquired by the young student. The
manner in which the aiithor parallels, as it were, characteristics or tastes in men whose coun-
tries and careers were Jar remote, yet in the bent of whose minds there was much resemblance,
is one of the most recommendable things in the book." Weekly News.

TWINING.— ON THE PHILOSOPHY OF PAINTING:

A Theoretical and Practical Treatise ; comprising jEsthetics in reference to Art— the Appli-
cation of Rules to Painting— and General Ohservations on Perspective. By H. Twining, Esq.
Imperial 8vo. with numerous Plates and Wood Engravings, 21». cloth.

URE.— DICTIONARY OF ARTS, MANUFACTURES, AND MINES:

Containing a clear Exposition of their Principles and Practice. By Andrew Ure, M.D.
F.R.S. M.G.S.M.A.S. Lond., M.Acad. N.S.Philad.; S.Ph.Soc.N. Germ.Hanov.; Mullii,
etc. etc. 3d Edition, corrected. 8vo. with 1,240 Woodcuts oUs. cloth.
By the same Author,
SUPPLEMENT OF RECENT IMPROVEMENTS. 2dEdition. 8vo, 14». cloth.

VON ORLICH (CAPT.)-TRAVELS IN INDIA,

And the adjacent Countries, in 1842 and 1843. By Capt. Leopold Von Orlich. Translated
from the German by H. Evans Lloyd, Esq. 2 vols. 8vo. with coloured Frontispieces, and
numerous Illustrations on Wood, 25s. cloth.

WALFORD (J. E.)— THE LAWS OF THE CUSTOMS,

Compiled by Direction of the Lords Commissioners of Her Majesty's Treasury, and pub-
lished under the Sanction of the Commissioners of Her Majesty's Customs; wth NoteR and
a General Index. Edited by J. G. Walford, Esq. Solicitor for the Customs. Printed for Her
Majesty's Stationery Office, and published by Authority. 8vo. 10». 6rf. cloth.

WALKER.-ELEMENTA LITURCICA ;

Or, the Churchman's Primer, for the Scholastic Study of the Book of Common Prayer. By
G. A. Walker, A.M., of Christ College, Cambridge. New Edition, entirely rearranged and
considerably cnlarg-ed. Fcap. 8vo. 4s. 6d. cloth.

WALKER (GEO.)-CHESS STUDIES : .

Comprising 1,(KW Games actually Played during the last Half Century ; presenting a unique
Collection of Classical and Brilliant Specimens of Chess Skill in every stage of the Game,
and forming an Encyclop;cdia of Reference. By George Walker. 8vo. 1U». 6rf. sewed.

WARDLAW. -DISCOURSES ON THE PRINCIPAL POINTS OF THE SOCINIAN

CONTROVERSY— the Unity ofGod.and theTrinity of Persons inthe Godhead— the Supreme
Divinitv of Jesus Christ— the Doctrine of the Atonement,— the Christian Character, etc.
By Ralph WardlaWjD.D. New Edition. Svo. 15«. cloth.

WATERTON.-ESSAYS ON NATURAL HISTORY,

Chiefly Ornithology. By Charles Waterton, Esq., author of "Wanderings in South
America." With an' Autobiography of the Author, and Views of Walton Hall. New Editions.
2 vols, foolscap Svo. 14s. 6d. cloth.

*** Separately— Vol. 1. (First SeriesJ, 8».; Vol. II. (Second Series), 6», dd.

WEBSTER.— AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF DOMESTIC ECONOMY ;

Comprising such subjects as are most immediately connected with Housekeeping; as,
The Construction of Domestic Edifices, with the Modes of Warming, Ventilating, and
Lighting them— A Description of the various Articles of P'urniture, wittf the Nature of their
Materials— Duties of Servants, etc. etc. By Thomas Webster, F.G.S., etc. etc.; assisted
by the late Mrs. Parkes. New Edition. 8vo. with nearly 1,000 Woodcuts, 50s. cloth.

W^ESTWOOD (J.O.)-AN INTRODUCTION TO THE MODERN CLASSIFI-
CATION OF INSECTS; founded on the Natural Habits and comparative Organisation of
the different Families. By J. O.Westwood, F. L. S. etc. 2 vols. Svo. with numerous
Illustrations, 2/. 7*. cloth.

WILBERFORCE (W.) — A PRACTICAL VIEW OF THE PREVAILING

RELIGIOUS SYSTEMS OF PROFESSED CHRISTIANS, in the Higher and Middle
Classes in this Countrv, contrasted with Real Christianity. By William Wilberforce, Esq.
M. P. for the County of York. New Editions. 8vo.8». boards. 12mo. 4s. 6d. cloth.

WILSON.-THE LANDS OF THE BIBLE VISITED AND DESCRIBED,

In an Extensive Journey undertaken with special reference to the Promotion of Biblical
Research and the Advancement of' the Cause oi Philanthropy. By John Wilson, D.D. F.R.S.
Honorary President of the Bombay Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society, etc. 2 vols. Svo.
with Maps and numerous Illustrations, 1/. 16s. cloth.

WILLOUGHBY(LAD\")— SO MUCH OF THE DIARY OF LADY WIL-

LOUGHBY as relates to her Domestic History, and to the Eventful Period of the
reign of King Charles the First, the Protectorate, and the Restoration (163.5 to 1663).
Printed, ornamented, and bound in the style of the period to which The Diary refers. New
Editions. Parts I. and II. Square foolscap 8vo. 8s. each, boards ; or 18«. each, bound in
morocco, by Hayday.

WOOD.— A PRACTICAL TREATISE ON RAILROADS,

And Interior Communication in General; containing numerous Experiments on the Powers
of the Improved Locomotive Engines, and Tables of the comparative Cost of Conveyance
on Canals, Railways, and Turnpike Roads. By Nicholas Wood, Memb.Inst. Civ. Eug. etc.
3d Edition. Svo. with Plates and Woodcuts, Sis. 6d. cloth.

WOODCOCK.— SCRIPTURE LANDS:

Being a Visit to the Scenes of the Bible. By the Rev. W. J. Woodcock, St. Agnes, Nassau,

New Providence. With 4 coloured Plates. ' Post Svo. 10s. 6d. cloth.
'^The author is a true pilirrimin spirit.— treading the lands nf the Bible with the reverence
due to ^Holy ground.' His style is pleasing,— his descriptions nicely worded, — and his
criticism, tchen he ventures on it, sound and intelligent . . . The volume beams with know-
ledge of both the word and spirit of Scripture.'" Britannia.

ZUMPT— A GRAMMAR OF THE LATIN LANGUAGE.

By C. G. Zumpt, Ph. D. Professor in the University, and Member of the Roval Academy of
Berlin. Translated from the 9th Edition of the original, and adapted to the use of English
Students, by Leonhard Schmitz, Ph. 1)., Rector of the High School of Edinburgh ; with
numerous Additions and Corrections by the Author. New Edition. Svo. 14s. cloth.

[September ZQ,\S^.

-m

Londou: Priated by INI, Mason, Ivy Laoe, Paternoster Row.

r

14 DAY USE

RETURN TO DESK FROM WHICH BORRO^

BIOLOGY LIBRARY

TEL. NO. 642-2531

This book is due on the last date stamped below, or

on the date to which renewed.

Renewed books are subject to immediate recall.

MAR13J9Z0

MAR g- 1970 3

^^OVT^^57T

-f ■il'u'^

MAR -2 1972

MAR 9 J972 6

LD 2lA-15m-2,'69
(J6057S101476 — A-32

General Library

University of California

Berkeley